Australasian Journal of Herpetology 50-51:1-128

AustralasianAustralasian JournalJournal ofof HerpetologyHerpetology

Hoser, R. T. 2020. 3 new tribes, 3 new subtribes, 5 new genera, 3 new subgenera, 39 new species and 11 new subspecies of mainly small ground-dwelling frogs from Australia. Australasian Journal of Herpetology 50-51:1-128.

ISSN 1836-5698 (Print) ISSN 1836-5779 (Online)

ISSUEISSUE 50,50, PUBLISHEDPUBLISHED 1010 OCTOBEROCTOBER 20202020 AustralasianAustralasian JournalJournal ofof HerpetologyHerpetology

Hoser,Hoser, R.R. T.T. 2020.2020. 33 newnew tribes,tribes, 33 newnew subtribes,subtribes, 55 newnew genera,genera, 33 newnew subgenera,subgenera, 3939 newnew speciesspecies andand 1111 newnew subspeciessubspecies ofof mainlymainly smallsmall ground-dwellingground-dwelling frogsfrogs fromfrom Australia.Australia. AustralasianAustralasian JournalJournal ofof HerpetologyHerpetology 50-51:1-128.50-51:1-128.

ISSN 1836-5698 (Print) ISSN 1836-5779 (Online)

ISSUEISSUE 50,50, PUBLISHEDPUBLISHED 1010 OCTOBEROCTOBER 20202020 Australasian Journal of Herpetology 3 Australasian Journal of Herpetology 50-51:1-128. Published 10 October 2020. ISSN 1836-5698 (Print) ISSN 1836-5779 (Online)

3 new tribes, 3 new subtribes, 5 new genera, 3 new subgenera, 39 new species and 11 new subspecies of mainly small ground-dwelling frogs from Australia.

LSIDURN:LSID:ZOOBANK.ORG:PUB:7AD890BA-A71D-44EE-8172-A1323BBAB7A3

RAYMOND T. HOSER LSIDurn:lsid:zoobank.org:author:F9D74EB5-CFB5-49A0-8C7C-9F993B8504AE

488 Park Road, Park Orchards, Victoria, 3134, Australia. Phone: +61 3 9812 3322 Fax: 9812 3355 E-mail: snakeman (at) snakeman.com.au Received 15 September 2020, Accepted 28 September 2020, Published 10 October 2020.

ABSTRACT An ongoing audit of Australian frogs, relying on morphological and molecular studies has identified a number of divergent lineages, including hitherto unnamed forms. These most recent results are published in similar format to earlier cited papers of Hoser (2016a, 2016b, 2016c, 2019a, 2020a, 2020b, 2020c, 2020e and 2020f) that named frog taxa. Adopting the taxonomy and nomenclature of Anstis (2013) and Cogger (2014) as the prevailing usage, the following taxonomic changes are made: The genus Philoria Spencer, 1901 is split three ways with one new genus being erected. The putative species Philoria loveridgei Parker, 1940, herein placed in a new genus is also split five ways, with four new species formally named for the first time. The genus Pseudophryne Fitzinger, 1843 is split six ways using available names for two other groups and erecting genera for three other clades. Several new species within Pseudophryne sensu lato from four genera are also formally named. The putative genera Crinia Tschudi, 1838 and Ranidella Girard, 1853 are rearranged as a single genus and split into six subgenera, with two groups formally named as new subgenera for the first time. New species within Crinia are also formally named. The genus Geocrinia Blake, 1973 as currently recognized is formally split into two with the second genus formally named for the first time as Wellingtondella gen. nov., with a type species of Crinia rosea Harrison, 1927. Hesperocrinia Wells and Wellington, 1985, type species: Crinia leai Fletcher, 1898 is resurrected as a subgenus within Geocrinia, but in a totally different concept to that originally conceived by Wells and Wellington (1985). Two new species within subgenus Hesperocrinia and three new subspecies within Geocrinia are also formally named. The putative species Paracrinia haswelli (Fletcher, 1894) is split into three well defined species on the basis of allopatry and morphological divergence, two formally named for the first time. The until now monotypic genus Metacrinia Parker, 1940, with the type species Pseudophryne nichollsi Harrison, 1927 is split into three species, each being morphologically and genetically divergent. Uperoleia Gray, 1841 is divided into two genera while a further two subgenera within remaining Uperoleia are recognized. One subgenus Quasiuperoleia subgen. nov. is formally named for the first time, while available names, Hosmeria Wells and Wellington, 1985 (as a genus) and Prohartia Wells and Wellington, 1985 (as a subgenus) are resurrected. Two new species within genus Hosmeria, four new species and two new subspecies within subgenus Prohartia and four species and one subspecies in subgenus Uperoleia are formally named for the first time. A subspecies of Barred River Frog, Mixophyes hoserae Hoser, 2020 (Oxyslopidae) from North-east Victoria and nearby New South Wales is formally named. Myobatrachidae is also divided into four tribes and two further subtribes, all but the nominate tribe formally named for the first time. Keywords: Frogs; Australia; New South Wales; Queensland; Western Australia; South Australia; Victoria; nomenclature; taxonomy; ICZN; Philoria; Kyarranus; Pseudophryne; Bufonella; Gradwellia; Kankanophryne; Crinia; Ranidella; Tylerdella; Metacrinia; Bryobatrachus; Geocrinia; Hesperocrinia; Uperoleia; Prohartia; Hosmeria; Mixophyes; Paracrinia; australis; bibroni; occidentalis; guentheri; robinsoni; douglasi; coriacea; corroboree; nichollsi; pengilleyi; dendyi; semimarmorata; haswelli; raveni; major; covacevichae; borealis; laevigata; lithomoda; new tribes; Myobatrachini; Uperoleiaini; Wellingtondellaini; Criniaini; new subtribes; Oxyphryneina; Spicospinaina; Paracriniaina; new genus; Bogophryne; Sloppophryne; Crottyphryne; Oxyphryne; Wellingtondella; new subgenus; Oxyodella; Lowingella; Quasiuperoleia; new species; uterbog; duboisi; breonnataylorae; naomiosakaae; crotalusei; maxinehoserae; katrinahoserae; marcdorsei; hoserae; woolfi; euanedwardsi; scottgranti; jasminegrantae; martinekae; wellsi; wellingtoni; oxeyi; crottyi; sloppi; lowingae; stevebennetti; maateni; merceicai; brettbarnetti; brianbarnetti; lenhoseri; funki; bettyswileae; wilhelminahughesae; shuddafakup; shireensbogensis; jadeharrisae; keilleri; lowryi; shanescarffi; margweeksae; grantturneri; gedyei; rossignolii; new subspecies; oxyi; sadlieri; mensforthi; burrelli; kaputarensis; otwaysensis; grampiansensis; logani; maximus; divergans; jackyae.

INTRODUCTION loveridgei Parker, 1940, key references of relevance An ongoing audit into Australian frogs, has viewed included: Anstis (2013), Barker et al. (1995), Berger previously named species and populations with a et al. (1999), Cogger (2014), Cogger et al. (1983), view to confirming that all were classified correctly, as Donnellan et al. (2012), Ellis et al. (2017), Frank and in conformed to existing species and genus-level Ramus (1995), Frost et al. (2006), Heyer and Liem classifications. (1976), Hoser (2007), Ingram and Corben (1975), In all relevant cases, putative genera and species Knowles et al. (2004), Moore (1958), Parker (1940), were checked against morphological and molecular Pyron and Wiens (2011), Shea (2005), Spencer studies, with reference to living and preserved (1901), Stuart et al. (2008), Tyler and Knight (2009), specimens of each taxon to confirm or refute the Wells and Wellington (1984, 1985). contention they were of the putative taxon. In terms of the putative genus Pseudophryne When more than one taxon appeared to be lumped Fitzinger, 1843 sensu lato and newly identified taxa in a putative single taxon, they were further within this paper, key references of relevance investigated to confirm A/ They were taxonomically included: Ananjeva et al. (1988), Andersson (1916), divergent and distinct and B/ If so, whether or not Anstis (2013), Barker et al. (1995), Boulenger (1882), they had an available name. Byrne and Silla (2020), Cochran (1961), Cogger Earlier papers, arising from this audit, that formally (2014), Cogger et al. (1983), Colefax (1956), named new taxa of frog include the following: Coventry (1970), Donnellan et al. (2012a), Duméril Hoser (2016a, 2016b, 2016c, 2019a, 2020a, 2020b, and Bibron (1841, 1854), Eipper and Rowland 2020c, 2020e and 2020f). (2018), Ellis et al. (2017), Fitzinger (1843), Fletcher (1898), Frank and Ramus (1995), Frost et al. (2006), The purpose of this paper is to name further forms Girard (1853), Gray (1835, 1845), Guibé (1950), from taxonomically neglected genera of mainly small Günther (1858), Harrison (1927), Heyer and Liem frogs within the Myobatrachidae (with one exception), (1976), Hoser (1989), Howitt et al. (1891), Ingram not previously recognized by science at all relevant and Corben (1994), Ingram et al. (1993), Iverson et levels below that of family. al. (2001), Keferstein (1868), Lawrence et al. (2018), The exceptional taxon is a subspecies of Barred Loveridge (1933b, 1935), Lucas (1892), Main (1964), River Frog, Mixophyes hoserae Hoser, 2020 Martin and Littlejohn (1982), Moore (1953, 1961), (Oxyslopidae) from North-east Victoria and nearby Morgan et al. (2008a, 2008b), Osborne et al. (1996), New South Wales that is formally named for the first Parker (1940), Péron (1807), Perry (2004), Pyron and time. Few specimens have been caught and it the Wiens (2011), Roberts and Maxson (1989), Stauber subspecies is at risk of extinction. (1999, 2006), Shea (1988), Shea and Rowley (2018), Myobatrachidae was also assessed as a whole and Stuart et al. (2018), Thumm and Mahony (2002), was determined to warrant being split into four Tyler (1978, 1992), Tyler and Davies (1980), Tyler divergent tribes. and Doughty (2009), Tyler and Knight (2009), Tyler et MATERIALS AND METHODS al. (1994), Wells and Wellington (1984, 1985). These are as for Hoser (2020c) and general In terms of the putative genera Crinia Tschudi, 1838 comments about the formal descriptions within that and Ranidella Girard, 1853 sensu lato (as defined by paper also apply herein, including that all relevant earlier authors) and newly identified taxa within this details are for normal adult specimens in good health paper, key references of relevance included: and normal conditions by day unless otherwise Ananjeva et al. (1988), Anstis (2013), Barbour and stated. Loveridge (1929), Barendse (1984), Blackwell and Live specimens, including tadpoles, when available, Bull (1978), Blake (1973), Barker et al. (1995), Bauer were examined, as were dead specimens in et al. (1996), Bush et al. (2010), Bossuyt and museums, photographs and all relevant literature. Roelants (2009), Boulenger (1882), Cogger (2014), Relevant literature relied upon in terms of the Cogger et al. (1983), Condon (1941), Cope (1865, taxonomic conclusions within this paper are best 1866, 1867), Donnellan et al. (2012b), Doughty et al. grouped by putative genera (at the outset of this (2009), Duméril and Bibron (1841), Edwards (2007), paper being prepared) and relying on the widely Eipper and Rowland (2018), Ellis et al. (2017), Frost accepted taxonomy and nomenclature of Cogger et et al. (2016), Girard (1853, 1858), Günther (1858, al. (1983), Cogger (2014) and Anstis (2013) as the 1864, 1867, 1869), Heyer and Liem (1976), Heyer et names applied to each species or genus prior to the al. (1982), Holthius (1988), Hoser (1989, 2007), publication of this paper. It should be noted that Ingram et al. (1993), International Commission of sources cited within each paper are also relied upon Zoological Nomenclature (1991), Keferstein (1867, and to save space, most of these have not been 1868), Liem and Ingram (1977), Littlejohn (1957, explicitly cited. 1958, 2008), Littlejohn and Martin (1965), Loveridge In terms of the putative genus Philoria Spencer, 1901 (1933a, 1933b, 1934, 1935), Lütken (1864), Main and in particular the putative species Philoria (1957), Malnate (1971), Martin and Littlejohn (1982),

Martin et al. (1980), Menzies (2006), Moore (1954), (1999), Tyler and Doughty (2009), Tyler and Knight Odendaal and Bull (1982), Odendaal et al. (1983), (2009). Parker (1940), Parker (1881), Péron(1807), Peters Key references relevant to the genus Uperoleia Gray, (1863), Pyron and Wiens (2011), Read et al. (2001), 1841 sensu lato, including the putative genera Reynolds (2007), Roberts (2010), Rounsevell et al. Hosmeria Wells and Wellington, 1985 (as a genus) (1994), Shea (1987), Shea and Kraus (2007), Shea and Prohartia Wells and Wellington, 1985 include: and Rowley (2018), Shea and Sadlier (1999), Shine Agassiz (1846), Andersson (1916), Anstis (2013), (1987), Steindachner (1867), Straughan and Main Barker et al. (1995), Boulenger (1882), Bush et al. (1966), Stuart et al. (2008), Symula et al. (2008), (2010), Catullo and Scott Keogh (2014), Catullo et al. Thompson (1981), Tiedemann and Grillitsch (2000), (2011, 2014a, 2014b), Clulow et al. (2016), Cogger Thompson (1981), Tschudi (1838), Tyler (1976, 1978, (2014), Cogger et al. (1983), Davies (1987), Davies 1985), Tyler and Parker (1974), Tyler et al. (1984), and Littlejohn (1986), Davies and Martin (1988), Vanderduys (2012), Waite (1929), Wells and Davies et al. (1985, 1986, 1992, 1993), Doughty and Wellington (1984, 1985). Roberts (2008), Eipper and Rowland (2018), Ellis et In terms of the putative genus Geocrinia Blake, 1973 al. (2017), Frank and Ramus (1995), Frost et al. sensu lato as currently recognized by Anstis (2013) (2006), Gray (1841), Holthius (1988), Ingram et al. and Cogger (2014) key references of relevance (1993), International Commission of Zoological included: Anstis (2010, 2013), Barker et al. (1995), Nomenclature (1991), Keferstein (1867), Loveridge Bauer et al. (1996), Blake (1973), Boulenger (1888), (1933, 1935), Lynch (1971), Main (1965), Main and Bush et al. (2010), Cogger (1979, 2014), Cogger et Storr (1966), Menzies (2006), Moore (1961), Parker al. (1983), Driscoll (1998), Edwards (2007), Fletcher (1940), Parker (1881), Pyron and Wiens (2011), (1891, 1898), Frank and Ramus (1975), Frost et al. Reynolds (2007), Shea (1987), Shine (1987), Tyler (2016), Gollmann (1991), Günther (1864), Harrison (1985, 1992), Tyler and Davies (1984), Tyler and (1927), Harrison and Littlejohn (1985), Hero et al. Doughty (2009), Tyler and Knight (2009), Tyler et al. (1991), Heyer and Liem (1976), Holthius (1988), (1981a, 1981b, 1981c, 1983, 1994), Wells and Hoser (2017), International Commission of Zoological Wellington (1984, 1985), Young et al. (2005). Nomenclature (1991), Keferstein (1868), Littlejohn References relevant to the species Mixophyes and Martin (1964), Loveridge (1935), Main (1963), hoserae Hoser, 2020 are listed in full in Hoser Martin and Littlejohn (1982), Nieden (1923), Parker (2020b) and are not repeated here. (1940), Pyron and Wiens (2011), Read et al. (2001), A pdf of that paper can be downloaded at: Roberts et al. (1990), Shea (1987), Shea and Sadlier http://www.smuggled.com/issue-43-pages-15-26.pdf (1999), Shine (1987), Stuart et al. (2008), Tyler RESULTS (1988, 1992), Tyler and Doughty (2009), Tyler and These are summarized in the abstract and given as Knight (2009), Tyler et al. (1994), Walker and follows taking Cogger (2014) as the prevailing usage Goonan (2000), Wardell-Johnson and Roberts of taxonomy and nomenclature for the relevant (1989), Wells and Wellington (1984, 1985), Werner groups of genera and species. (1914). The genus Philoria Spencer, 1901 is split three ways Literature relevant to the putative species Paracrinia with one new genus being erected. haswelli (Fletcher, 1894) sensu lato until now treated The genus Kyarranus Moore, 1958 is resurrected as a monotypic species for the genus as currently from the synonymy of Philoria Spencer, 1901, where recognized by Anstis (2013) and Cogger (2014) it had been assigned by most recent authors since included: Ananjeva et al. (1988), Anstis (2013), the publication of Cogger et al. (1983). Cogger (2014), Cogger et al. (1983), Fletcher (1894), I note that Wells and Wellington (1985) correctly Frank and Ramus (1995), Frost et al. (2006), Heyer resurrected the genus Kyarranus and also correctly and Liem (1976), Loveridge (1935), Moore (1961), pointed out that putative K. sphagnicolus Moore, Parker (1940), Pyron and Wiens (2011), Shea and 1958 was “a species complex”. Sadlier (1999), Tyler and Knight (2009). Wells and Wellington (1985) were fully vindicated by Key references relevant to the until now monotypic the publication of Knowles et al. (2004), who genus Metacrinia Parker, 1940, as currently effectively split the species K. sphagnicolus four recognized by Anstis (2013) and Cogger (2014) with ways, formally naming two new species based on the type species Pseudophryne nichollsi Harrison, molecular and morphological divergence and also 1927 include: Anstis (2013), Barker et al. (1995), recognizing the affiliated species Kyarranus Burton (2001), Bush et al. (2010), Cogger (2014), kundagungan Ingram and Corben, 1975. Cogger et al. (1983), Edwards (2007), Ellis et al. While evidently relying on Wells and Wellington (2017), Frank and Ramus (1995), Frost et al. (2006), (1985) as the basis for their further studies, Knowles Harrison (1927), Heyer and Liem (1976), Parker et al. (2004) quite scandalously did not cite the work (1940), Pyron and Wiens (2011), Read et al. (2001), of Wells and Wellington (1985). Roberts and Maxson (1989), Shea and Sadlier The putative species Philoria loveridgei Parker, 1940,

Hoser 2020 - Australasian Journal of Herpetology 50-51:1-128. Available online at www.herp.net Copyright- Kotabi Publishing - All rights reserved 6 Australasian Journal of Herpetology herein placed in a new genus is also split five ways, split four ways, with three formally named for the first with four new species formally named for the first time. The species originally described as time. One of the new species is type for the new Pseudophryne robinsoni Donnellan, Mahony and genus, as the true species level identity of the Bertozzi, 2012 is placed in a new genus holotype of P. loveridgei is uncertain, save for the fact Sloppophryne gen. nov.. that it is not one of the four newly described forms, all The species originally described as Pseudophryne of which until now have been treated by douglasi Main, 1964 is divided into two and placed in herpetologists as P. loveridgei. a new genus Crottyphryne gen. nov.. These species have been separated in molecular An argument could be raised to place all eastern studies and are also morphologically divergent from Australian Pseudophryne sensu lato into a single one another, as well as the type specimen of Philoria genus, based on lesser divergence as compared to loveridgei Parker, 1940. The putative taxon Philoria western species, or alternatively treat the main 2 or 3 loveridgei Parker, 1940 has long been recognized as groups as subgenera. being divergent from other members of the genus The preceding arguments however still apply and this Philoria, morphologically, in terms of reproductive is rejected. biology and in molecular studies, meaning the new Hence the eastern Australian species are placed in genus-level assignment of this species will not come three genera, namely Pseudophryne, Bufonella and as a surprise to anyone who has worked with this Oxyphryne gen. nov. the last of which is clearly most putative species and the type species of Philoria (P. closely associated with Bufonella, but so frosti Spencer, 1901 from Mount Baw Baw, Victoria) morphologically divergent from those species as to and those species from NSW and Queensland now warrant their own genus. placed in the genus Kyarrannus. Oxyphryne gen. nov. are the so-called Corroboree The genus Pseudophryne Fitzinger, 1843 is split six frogs from Alpine areas of south-east Australia. ways using available names for two groups of Cogger et al. (1983) found that some of the syntype species and erecting three new genera. material of species Pseudophryne bibronii Günther, The correction of the taxonomy of this putative genus 1858 as originally described, included what was in was attempted in part by Wells and Wellington (1985) fact a specimen of the species more recently known and with available names for most species past that as Pseudophryne guentheri Boulenger, 1882, that date, it is a pity that at least some of these names single specimen being the only one available and have not been made widely known and used since. known to still exist. This paper takes that overdue step. This meant that the later name could have been a It is notable that I do not agree with the taxonomy of junior synonym of Pseudophryne bibroni. Wells and Wellington (1985), while also recognizing Cogger et al. (1983) repeated what was said by their valiant efforts in making sense of Australian frog Moore (1961) and said they deferred from using the taxonomy and nomenclature. correct nomenclature on the alleged basis it would While it could be argued that Pseudophryne could overturn existing usage. However a massive hole in have been left as a single morphologically that argument was raised by Wells and Wellington conservative genus, with simple recognition of five (1985), who wrote: other subgenera, this contention is rejected for “Pseudophryne bibronii Günther, 1858. A complex of several reasons. several undescribed species.” As is evident from this paper, the species diversity of the group has been seriously underestimated, In 1989, they also described a new taxon in the same meaning the genus sensu lato includes a large alleged complex as P. barkeri Wells and Wellington, number of species, in which some are clearly not 1989. particularly close to others. On top of that, the However Shea and Rowley (2018) dealt with the divergences between the groups, formally identified nomenclatural issues surrounding the name P. and named at the genus level are on par with, or bibronii in an unusual way, by using a series of greater than other genus-level splits, currently widely inferences and a potentially creative interpretation of recognized in Australian frogs. the International Code of Zoological Nomenclature New species within Pseudophryne sensu lato are (Ride et al. 1999). also formally named for the first time, these being Most significantly, they effectively sank the name P. within four of the six newly recognized genera. In barkeri, by designating a lectotype for P. bibroni, that effect this makes just one of the six relevant genera museum specimen being an alleged specimen from monotypic. the type series, (by alleged literature reference) the The genus name Kankanophryne Heyer and Liem, same specimen being previously identified as 1976, type species Pseudophryne occidentalis “Phryniscus australis”. Parker, 1940 is resurrected. Both this lectotype and P. barkeri being of the form The putative species K. occidentalis (Parker, 1940) is from the Cumberland Plain (Sydney), New South

Wales. P. barkeri on the basis of the unethical revisionary This action by Shea and Rowley (2018) assigned the work by Shea and Rowley (2018). name P. bibronii to the Sydney basin form of the All other known to be unnamed eastern Australian species complex, thereby giving this name formal populations of putative Pseudophryne bibronii as name priority over the now synonym name P. barkeri. identified in contemporary texts such as Cogger A more sensible and ethical way to have dealt with (2014 and Anstis (2013) are herein formally the matter and without having to rely on a series of described as new species within the redefined genus highly questionable inferences as published by Shea Pseudophryne based on morphological and and Rowley (2018), would have been to simply molecular divergence and presumed breeding synonymise P. guentheri Boulenger, 1882, with P. allopatry. bibroni, by way of making the only available physical In the relevant descriptions within this paper, all six syntype specimen (as cited at time of original genus groups within the previously defined genus description) and referred to in Cogger et al. (1983) as Pseudophryne sensu Cogger (2014) and Anstis the only logical lectotype. (2013) are properly defined and diagnosed, with In doing so, the name P. barkeri would have been the species content also clearly identified. logical available and correct name for the Sydney This is done on the basis that this is the first formal form of putative P. bibroni. revision of this sizeable assemblage based on both The name P. guentheri Boulenger, 1882 would molecular data and morphology and it is likely that instead have been sunk into synonymy. the genus-level arrangement will become widely used It goes without saying that Shea and Rowley (2018), quite rapidly, including via identification manuals. engaged in their mental gymnastics including creative In terms of putative P. bibroni, the following is noted. interpretations of the historical record and of the Two species described that are closely associated International Code of Zoological Nomenclature with putative P. bibronii are P. dendyi Lucas, 1892 published in their paper in the notorious PRINO (Peer and P. semimarmorata Lucas, 1892, both being reviewed in name only) online “journal” called recognized within this paper. Zootaxa to designate a lectotype for P. bibronii with Some authors have regarded the preceding taxa as the clear intent of using it as a vehicle to formally sink conspecific with P. bibronii and the molecular study of the name P. barkeri Wells and Wellington, 1989. This Donnellan et al. (2012) confirmed that some was merely the most recent part of a long-going populations of putative P. bibronii are in fact more vendetta by Shea against Wells and Wellington, closely related to those species than they are to the which goes as far back as the 1980’s when he nominate (Sydney) form of P. bibroni. unsuccessfully petitioned the ICZN to formally suppress works of Wells and Wellington; see Shea However it is also clear that recognition of both P. (1987) and International Commission of Zoological dendyi Lucas, 1892 and P. semimarmorata Lucas, Nomenclature (ICZN) (1991). 1892 as valid species is also appropriate. With that in mind, all the preceding species were As this paper identifies regionally divergent forms looked at collectively and in the descriptions that previously incorrectly referred to P. bibronii as new follow of unnamed forms, all are formally separated species, these must invariably be assigned names. from one another. As the majority of these taxa have no available In finality, two divergent forms of putative P. bibronii names, the unnamed ones must have new names from South Australia are formally named as new assigned. species as originally indicated in Anstis (2013), being I note that in terms of nomenclatural stability within P. scottgranti sp. nov. and P. jasminegrantae sp. nov.. the ambit of the current (fourth) edition of the While flagged as unnamed species within the P. International Code of Zoological Nomenclature (Ride bibronii complex nearly a decade back, they have not et al. 1999), the most logical solution to the problems been formally named on the basis that to do so would of identification and naming of the relevant species of be a grudging admission that Wells and Wellington frog is by strict application of the code, including the had got their summation of putative P. bibronii correct rules of homonymy and priority. in 1985. In doing this, a number of noisy so-called However, taking steps to change the malicious herpetologists in Australia would have effectively had nomenclatural actions of Shea and Rowley, will only 35 years worth of hate and lies and ridicule against worsen an already unsatisfactory situation and create the taxonomic and nomenclatural judgements of new tensions which could easily be avoided. Wells and Wellington shown up for what they were all Therefore in the interests of the stated aims of the along. Code, being nomenclatural stability, I accept their That is, without any basis of fact! designation of assignment of a lectotype for P. Pressure has been brought to bear on people to not bibroni, being the Sydney basin form of the putative recognise or formally name either taxon. species and herein for the purposes of this paper and Quite simply, I put the scientific good and the needs the present date, do not recognize or use the name of wildlife conservation ahead of a time-wasting war Hoser 2020 - Australasian Journal of Herpetology 50-51:1-128. Available online at www.herp.net Copyright- Kotabi Publishing - All rights reserved 8 Australasian Journal of Herpetology against Wells and Wellington by ego-centric so- Rounsevell, Ziegeler, Brown, Davies, and called scientists, who clearly would rather species Littlejohn,1994. become extinct, than dare admit that their nemesis A new subgenus Oxyodella subgen. nov. including Wells and Wellington had actually done some useful the complex of species associated with “Ranidella work in herpetology (see Hoser 2019b, 2019c). deserticola Liem and Ingram, 1977” is erected for the I put conservation in front of hate campaigns and so fifth clade in the the genus Crinia. have no hesitation in naming the two relevant Until now, treated as a single putative species, Crinia species, noting that they were flagged as distinct as (Ranidella) deserticola (Liem and Ingram, 1977), this far back as 1985 (Wells and Wellington, 1985), again obvious complex of species, is broken up four ways, in 2013 (Anstis, 2013) and yet as of late 2020 with three obviously divergent forms formally named remained unnamed and unrecognized by scientists as new species. There may be others awaiting formal and government wildlife conservation agencies alike! description, these being most likely in the Northern A population of putative P. bibronii from the Adelaide Territory. region is formally named as a subspecies of P. To get a good indication as to how different the semimarmorata, based on it’s close phylogenetic relevant species are, one simply needs to look at the relationship to that taxon, being P. semimarmorata image of the tadpole jaw for nominate C. deserticola burrelli sp. nov.. from south-western Queensland, Australia in the The population of putative P. bibronii from northern original description on page 256 of Liem and Ingram Victoria and nearby parts of South Australia is (1977) and match it up with the image of the tadpole formally named as a new species P. martinekae sp. jaw for putative C. deserticola from Mareeba, nov.. Queensland, Australia herein treated as a new Putative P. bibronii from the lower elevations of the species C. oxeyi sp. nov. and note the obvious southern highlands of New South Wales and differences, including for example two well formed elevated locations north and west of there are upper rows of teeth in C. deserticola, versus just one formally named as a subspecies of P. dendyi, being in C. oxeyi sp. nov.. P. dendyi mensforthi sp. nov.. The complex of divergent species including Crinia Putative P. bibronii from the dunes and melaleuca parinsignifera Main, 1957, C. tinnula Straughan and swamps north of Newcastle on the New South Wales Main, 1966 and at least three until now undescribed north coast are formally named P. wellsi sp. nov.. The species are formally placed into a new subgenus New England Tableland form of putative P. bibronii is Lowingdella subgen. nov., type species Crinia formally named P. wellingtoni sp. nov., while the (Lowingdella) lowingae sp. nov. from New South divergent population from the Mount Kaputar outlier Wales. is herein formally named as P. wellingtoni In summary C. tinnula is effectively split 3 ways, kaputarensis. noting genetic evidence for the split was published 19 Within the resurrected genus Bufonella Girard, 1853, years prior, with one of those species being C. until now synonymised with Pseudophryne Fitzinger, lowingae sp. nov. and a northern population of 1843, the putative species B. australis (Gray, 1835) is putative C. parinsignifera is formally identified and divided into two, with the new species B. hoserae sp. named as a consistently morphologically divergent nov. also split into two allopatric subspecies. species. Putative B. coriacea Keferstein, 1868 is split three I also note the audit of relevant species confirmed ways, with the new species B. woolfi sp. nov. and B. that the species Crinia georgiana Tschudi, 1838, as euanedwardsi sp. nov. formally named. currently recognized (sensu Cogger 2014 or Anstis The putative genera Crinia Tschudi, 1838 and 2013) is in fact two well defined and allopatric Ranidella Girard, 1853 are rearranged as a single species. genus and conservatively split into six subgenera, Their identification as two divergent species was with one group formally named as new subgenus. confirmed by Edwards (2007), who found each There is a strong argument in favour of all six groups diverged from one another about 1.5 MYA. being recognized as separate genera as done to at The western form from near Perth and found along least a limited extent by some authors (e.g. Cogger the south-west coast of Western Australia to about et al. 1983 or Wells and Wellington, 1985) and I Albany, Western Australia (including King George’s leave this option available for later authors. Sound) is a frog with a mainly pinkish brown dorsum The genera resurrected from synonymy as or alternatively has a distinct charcoal coloured hue subgenera are Ranidella Girard, 1853, type species: in some southern populations and a generally whitish Crinia signifera Girard, 1853, Tylerdella Wells and venter. Wellington, 1985, type species: Ranidella remota The second, morphologically divergent species, Tyler and Parker, 1974 and Bryobatrachus occurs along the southern coast of Western Australia Rounsevell, Ziegeler, Brown, Davies, and Littlejohn, from Cape Arid in the east, west to about Cheyne 1994, type species: Bryobatrachus nimbus Bay, and then extending inland towards the Darling

Range near the south-side of Perth in Western indicated likelihood of the putative taxon Paracrinia Australia. These frogs, are yellowish brown (usually) haswelli including more than one species. However to light chocolate brown, with a yellowish venter, ever since arriving in Melbourne to live in 1985, I which has extensive markings and spots overlaying soon had the opportunity to view specimens from the tubercles, especially anteriorly. Mornington Peninsula and immediately had no doubt The three available synonyms for C. georgiana were that they were a different taxon to those specimens checked. of Paracrinia haswelli that I had seen both in Darkes Pterophrynus affinis Günther, 1864, is depicted with Forest just south of Sydney, in New South Wales and his description and that specimen is clearly of the others I had caught on the New South Wales south western form, similar in appearance to the female coast near Nowra. depicted on page 554, centre right of Anstis (2013). The until now monotypic genus Metacrinia Parker, The two frogs described by Cope, namely Crinia 1940, with the type species Pseudophryne nichollsi insignata Cope, 1866 and C. stolata Cope, 1867, Harrison, 1927, known only from south-west Western both conform to common colour variants of the Australia, is split into three species, each being western form, C. insignata probably coming from morphologically and genetically divergent. near Perth and C. stolata matching the form from Three genetically divergent populations in south-west Denmark, Western Australia. Australia were identified by Edwards (2007). As a result, there is no available name for the eastern Only the western, population, identified by here as form of the putative species and it is herein named the main population, has an available name, being Crinia merceicai sp. nov.. type form for the species, with a type locality of The genus Geocrinia Blake, 1973 is formally split into Pemberton, Western Australia. two with the second genus formally named for the A second population from the south coast from first time as Wellingtondella gen. nov.. Hesperocrinia Walpole in the west to Albany in the east is formally Wells and Wellington, 1985, type species: Crinia leai named as a new species as is another outlier Fletcher, 1898 is resurrected as a subgenus within population confined to the Stirling Range National Geocrinia. Park north-east of this area. However the concept of the genus is not as Edwards (2007), gave various estimates for the conceived by Wells and Wellington (1985). divergences of each population, but at page 108 They treated the genus as including all West estimated the populations of the three clades (named Australian species of Geocrinia. herein as species) diverged from one another 2.6 to However, based on the molecular data of Read et al. 3.4 million years before present. While recognizing (2001), their type species is more closely associated each as distinct lineages, she did not formally name with the eastern Australian Geocrinia, including the any. type species Pterophrynus laevis Günther, 1864, Morphological and genetic divergence of each so- which is why their type species is placed back into called lineage, made species level recognition the that genus. only logical step to take when reviewing the The species originally described as Crinia leai taxonomy of the group. Fletcher, 1898 is in my view on the cusp of genus- Uperoleia Gray, 1841 is divided into two genera, level separation from Geocrinia again based on the while a further two subgenera within remaining molecular results of Read et al. (2001), so it is Uperoleia are recognized. One subgenus, therefore treated as subgenus level separation and Quasiuperoleia subgen. nov. is formally named for the name Hesperocrinia is retained and used. the first time, while available names, Hosmeria Wells Two new species within the subgenus Hesperocrinia and Wellington, 1985 (as a genus) and Prohartia and three new subspecies within Geocrinia are also Wells and Wellington, 1985 (as a subgenus) are formally named. resurrected. A new species, H. shuddafakup sp. nov. One subspecies is associated with G. laevis is formally named within the genus Hosmeria. That (Günther, 1864) and the other two with G. victoriana was until now treated as a Queensland, or northern (Boulenger, 1888). population of the well-known species H. laevigata (Keferstein, 1867), with a type locality of Randwick, in The putative species Paracrinia haswelli (Fletcher, New South Wales, now an inner eastern suburb of 1894), monotypic for the genus Paracrinia Heyer and Sydney, Australia, with centre of distribution of that Liem, 1976, originally described as Crinia haswelli taxon being New South Wales. Fletcher, 1894, with a type locality of Jervis Bay, New South Wales, Australia is split into three well defined A second new species associated with H. fusca species on the basis of allopatry and morphological (Davies, McDonald and Corben, 1986), with a type divergence, the two newly identified forms being locality of Eungella, Queensland, from New South formally named for the first time. Wales and south-east Queensland is formally named H. shireensbogensis sp. nov.. Prior to this study, no other herpetologists had Four new species in subgenus Uperoleia are formally Hoser 2020 - Australasian Journal of Herpetology 50-51:1-128. Available online at www.herp.net Copyright- Kotabi Publishing - All rights reserved 10 Australasian Journal of Herpetology named for the first time. Of these, three are derived These are Myobatrachini, with subtribe Oxyphryneina from a formal split of putative U. borealis Tyler, subtribe. nov., Uperoleiaini tribe nov. including Davies and Martin, 1981 into four regionally Spicospinaina subtribe nov., with nomimate subtribe distinctive species. Besides morphological defined and diagnosed by default from the other divergence, the molecular study of Catullo and Scott subtribe description, Wellingtondellaini tribe nov. with Keogh (2014) confirmed species-level divergences subtribe Paracriniaina subtribe nov. and Criniaini tribe within the original putative taxon. nov.. The species U. crassa Tyler, Davies and Martin, 1981 Based on the published phylogenies of Catullo and is also split two ways, based on the fact that the Scott Keogh (2014) and Pyron and Weins (2011) newly described population is morphologically each tribe is divergent from one another by 25 MYA divergent and found in a biogeographically separated or more and so these tribe designations are in fact part of the Kimberley district from the type locality of very conservative. Subtribes defined for the three U. crassa at Mitchell Plateau. genus groups are believed to have diverged more A northern population of U. micra Doughty and than 20 MYA. Roberts, 2011 is also formally named as a new I also note that, notwithstanding the theft of relevant subspecies U. micra divergans subsp. nov. materials from this author in an illegal armed raid on Two new species, both until now treated as 17 August 2011, which were not returned in breach of populations of U. lithomoda Tyler, Davies and Martin, undertakings to the court (Court of Appeal Victoria 1981 within subgenus Prohartia are formally named 2014 and VCAT 2015), I have made a decision to for the first time. One of these in turn is divided into publish this paper. two, with a new subspecies formally named. Another This is in view of the conservation significance subspecies within Prohartia is formally named, this attached to the formal recognition of unnamed taxa at being a distinctive and divergent southern population all levels and on the basis that further delays may in of U. minima Tyler, Davies and Martin, 1981, from the fact put these presently unnamed or potentially Kimberley district of Western Australia. improperly assigned taxa at greater risk of extinction Also within Prohartia a new species is formally as outlined by Hoser (2019b, 2019c). named from southern Papua New Guinea. This taxon This comment is made noting the extensive increase has been assigned to the species U. lithomoda Tyler, in human population in Australia and New Guinea, Davies and Martin (1981) by Tyler and Davies (1984), with a conservative forecast of a four-fold increase in and then re-assigned to the species U. mimula human population in the next 100 years (from 25 Davies, McDonald and Corben, 1986 by Davies million to 100 million) in Australia and an even more (1987). dramatic increase in New Guinea (both sides) and However the relevant type material from Morehead in the general environmental destruction across the Papua New Guinea conforms to neither species and continental region as documented by Hoser (1991), so it is treated herein as a new species and formally including low density areas without a large named U. gedyei sp. nov.. It is however most closely permanent human population. related to U. mimula. Furthermore putative U. mimula I also note the abysmal environmental record of from Townsville Common in Queensland are various Australian National, State and Local morphologically divergent from specimens from the governments and quasi-government employees in type locality at Lakefield Ranger Station, far north the relevant part of the Australasian region over the Queensland, including specimens from almost the past 200 years as detailed by Hoser (1989, 1991, entirety of the known range of that taxon and so it too 1993, 1996, 2019b and 2019c). is named as a new species. INFORMATION RELEVANT TO THE FORMAL At the present time, the new species U. rossignolii DESCRIPTIONS THAT FOLLOW sp. nov. is not known from anywhere else. There is no conflict of interest in terms of this paper The southern Barred River Frog, Mixophyes hoserae or the conclusions arrived at herein. Hoser, 2020, occurs from the lower north and central Several people including anonymous peer reviewers coast of New South Wales, southwards, east of the who revised the manuscript prior to publication are Great Dividing Range into north-east Victoria. also thanked as are relevant staff at museums who Morphologically divergent specimens from the far made specimens and records available in line with south in this range, from north-east Victoria and international obligations. immediately adjacent New South Wales are formally In terms of the following formal descriptions of named herein as a new subspecies, namely, M. genera, subgenera, species or subspecies, spellings hoserae jackyae subsp. nov.. should not be altered in any way for any purpose Myobatrachidae is also formally divided into four unless expressly and exclusively called for by the newly identified tribes in accordance with the rules of rules governing Zoological Nomenclature as the International Code of Zoological Nomenclature administered by the International Commission of (Ride et al. 1999). Zoological Nomenclature. Hoser 2020 - Australasian Journal of Herpetology 50-51:1-128. Available online at www.herp.net Copyright- Kotabi Publishing - All rights reserved Australasian Journal of Herpetology 11

In the unlikely event two newly named genera, they have a personal dislike for the person who subgenera, species or subspecies are deemed to be formally named it should be resisted (Cogger 2014, the same by a first reviser, then the name to be used Dubois et al. 2019). and retained is that which first appears in this paper Claims by the Wüster gang against this paper and by way of page priority and as listed in the abstract the descriptions herein will no doubt be no different to keywords. those the gang have made previously, all of which Some material in descriptions for taxa may be were discredited long ago as outlined by Cogger repeated for other taxa or groups in this paper and (2014), Dubois et al. (2019), Hoser, (2007, 2009, this is necessary to ensure each fully complies with 2012a, 2012b, 2013, 2015a-f, 2019b, 2019c) and the the provisions of the International Code of Zoological many other sources cited therein. Nomenclature (Fourth edition) (Ride et al. 1999) as CONSERVATION OF RELEVANT SPECIES AND amended online since. GENERA Material downloaded from the internet and cited In terms of the conservation outlook for the relevant anywhere in this paper was downloaded and checked species and genera, the outlook is generally not most recently as of 10 September 2020, unless good, as detailed in Hoser (1991, 2019b, 2019c), the otherwise stated and were accurate in terms of the comments being as relevant in 2020 as they were in context cited herein as of that date. 1991, if not more so. Unless otherwise stated explicitly, colour descriptions With a few exceptions, most species of frogs are for frogs apply to living adult specimens of generally regarded as being in serious decline and at risk of good health, as seen in normal daytime conditions extinction, with primary blame being placed on the and not under any form of stress by means such as Australian government. excessive cool, heat, dehydration or abnormal skin In particular via the actions of the State wildlife reaction to chemical or other input. departments and their steadfast refusal to enact A general reference to “colour” is unless otherwise proper captive breeding programs for the relevant stated, referring to the dorsal and obvious colouration taxa in any meaningful way, this means that many of the frog on the usually visible surfaces and unless species face an inevitable path towards extinction, otherwise stated, not including hidden surfaces, not due to this direct action and other human caused normally exposed by a frog in a resting position. threats. Unless otherwise stated, the following applies. Size The long term overpopulation of the Australia with measurements and ratios quoted herein are for feral humans (Saunders, 2019) does not auger well normal adults of normal adult size. Where one for the long term survival of many of the relevant number only is given, this is the average species in Australia! measurement. Where two numbers are given in the In line with the Australian Federal Government’s “Big form of a range, this means “known range” based on Australia” policy, that being to increase the human previously measured and recorded specimens. population of 25 million (2020), from 13 million in While numerous texts and references were consulted around 1970, to over 100 million within 100 years “so prior to publication of this paper, the criteria used to that we can tell China what to do”, as stated by the separate the relevant species has already been spelt former Prime Minister, Kevin Rudd in 2019 (Saunders out and/or is done so within each formal description 2019, Zaczek 2019), the human pressure on the and does not rely on material within publications not relevant ecosystems has increased in line with the explicitly cited herein. human populations nearby and will clearly continue to Each newly named tribe, subtribe, genus, subgenus, do so. species or subspecies is readily and consistently The conservation situation for frogs in New Guinea separable from other similar taxon or group as and offshore islands is even more dire than in indicated and that which until now the relevant newly Australia and again gives justification and urgency for named group or form have been treated as being the naming of hitherto unnamed species in the within. Australasian region. Delays in recognition of these unique taxa could According to the website https:// jeopardise the long-term survival of these taxa as www.worldometers.info Papua New Guinea claimed a outlined by Hoser (2019b, 2019c) and sources cited population of nearly 9 million people in 2020. This is therein. up from just over 2 million in 1955, more than a 4 fold Translocation of specimens may also cause rise in 65 years. In that time Papua New Guinea has problems as outlined in Hoser (1995). been converted from largely untouched jungle to Therefore attempts by taxonomic vandals like the mainly heavily cleared and or generally vandalized Wolfgang Wüster gang via Kaiser (2012a, 2012b, habitat, with an ever decreasing amount of native 2013, 2014a, 2014b) and Kaiser et al. (2013) (as wildlife. frequently amended) or Wüster (2020) to unlawfully The pace of habitat destruction is getting faster, year suppress the recognition of these taxa on the basis on year. Hoser 2020 - Australasian Journal of Herpetology 50-51:1-128. Available online at www.herp.net Copyright- Kotabi Publishing - All rights reserved 12 Australasian Journal of Herpetology

The destruction on the Indonesian side of New Maxillary teeth present; no bright red patches in the Guinea is of similar scale, but at the moment coming groin; no dentary pseudo-teeth; vomerine teeth from a lower population base. behind the level of the choanae; toes free and In 1990 there were 385,509 people in the Indonesian without any trace of webbing; digits without terminal province of Irian Jaya. This has nearly tripled in 30 discs; a large frontoparietal foramen in adults. years to be about 1 million in 2020. Transnational The relevant species in the three genera are further companies clearing land for agriculture and defined as follows: Moderate to stout in build. Tongue deforestation to satisfy insatiable global demand large and oval. First finger not opposed to the makes up for any lack of local people doing second. Pupil horizontal. Tympanum is hidden or environmental damage just in their quest to stay alive indistinct. Terminal phlanges are simple. Tips of digits and satisfy daily needs. are not or only slightly dilated. Breeding females have In any event, 1 million people in 2020 is likely to flattened spatula or flanges on the first and second multiply to at least 4 million in 65 years and 16 million fingers. Breeding males usually have a small nuptial in 130 years and 72 million people in less than 200 pad on the first finger. A small inner metatarsal years! tubercle, but no outer metatarsal tubercle. And this assumes no mass immigration from other The genus Philoria Spencer, 1901, type species P. even more overpopulated parts of the planet! frosti Spencer, 1901, is readily separated from the All in a land area of just 126,093 square kilometres. other two genera (Kyarranus Moore, 1958 and The ecological disaster evolving on the island of New Bogophryne gen. nov.) by the side and rump having Guinea over just a few human life spans is a disaster numerous tiny tubercles giving a somewhat “prickly” of biblical proportions. appearance and a conspicuous parotoid gland Even in 2020, in some areas near Port Moresby, (versus a smooth dorsum and sides with scattered Papua New Guinea, streams that 30 years ago were tubercles or skin ridges and no conspicuous parotoid pristine and full of a diverse array of frogs are now gland in the other genera). nothing more than open sewers taking run off from In Philoria the subarticular tubercles on the hands the homes of increasing numbers of people living in and feet are usually the same colour as surrounding third-world poverty and squalor. areas, versus much lighter than the surrounding colour in the other genera. Humans are literally an ecological plague in both Australia and New Guinea and the non-stop The genus Bogophryne gen. nov. is separated from population explosion must be arrested with urgency. Kyarranus Moore, 1958 by the following unique suite of characters: Small adult size (27 to 30 mm); males The globalisation of trade has also globalized the with a poorly developed nuptial pad; lower back spread of pathogens that has already had without distinct black band or patches on the lower devastating effects on amphibian populations dorsum; found north of Latitude -29.28 South. Head worldwide including in particular in New South Wales stripe well developed; abdomen not yellow or red with and Queensland, Australia (Hoser 1991, Anstis smaller patches of other colour. Dorsum brown, 2013). reddish-brown, bronze or light grey; flanks entirely Some species within Australasian frog genera have black or with a black mark of variable size. gone from abundant and at “no extinction risk” to Bogophryne gen. nov. species lay eggs in a small “rare” or “critically endangered” within two decades non-foamy clump, versus a small foamy clump in due to a deadly fungus and such calamities are more both Kyarranus and Philoria. likely as the human impact increases. The placement of the species Philoria loveridgei Put simply, all other “conservation” efforts pale into Parker, 1940, based on the holotype BMNH insignificance when tallied against the benefits of 1947.2.19.94 from “McPherson Ranges, 3-4000 ft, simply stopping human population growth. south Queensland” is tentative. See the relevant In the material that follows, there is generally no comments in Knowles et al. (2004). mention of conservation aspects relevant to the given species or genera, but all the preceding is invariably What is certain is that it is not conspecific with the relevant. four newly described forms within Bogophryne gen. nov.. BOGOPHRYNE GEN. NOV. Distribution: Ranges along the Queensland and LSIDurn:lsid:zoobank.org:act:2EFDD999-93EF- New South Wales border, north of Latitude 29.28 4255-9F50-493821F84F02 South and south of the Brisbane River Valley. Type species: Bogophryne uterbog sp. nov. Etymology: The new genus name refers to where Diagnosis: Frogs of the genera Philoria Spencer, these frogs are found and occupy, being areas of 1901, Kyarranus Moore, 1958 and Bogophryne gen. “bog” or saturated wet ground and that they are like a nov. are separated from all other Australian frogs in small toad, in that the suffix is “phryne”. the family Limnodynastidae as defined by Cogger Hence the name “Bogophryne”. (2014) by the following suite of characters:

Content: Bogophryne uterbog sp. nov. (type lip is grey to brown and unmarked, except for some species); B. duboisi sp. nov.; B. breonnataylorae sp. indistinct white markings above the snout. The dark nov.; B. loveridgei (Parker, 1940); B. naomiosakaae line running from snout, through nostril to eye and sp. nov.. beyond to axila of forelimb is prominent. BOGOPHRYNE UTERBOG SP. NOV. B. duboisi sp. nov. from Levers Plateau, New South LSIDurn:lsid:zoobank.org:act:4556A81B-70B5- Wales and south-west of there, east of the western 48B4-BEBA-256C598EAC6E edge rain shadow of the higher parts of the Great Holotype: A preserved specimen at the Australian Dividing Range, is separated from the other species Museum, Sydney, New South Wales, Australia, by the following unique suite of characters: The specimen number R133242 collected from the dorsum is brownish with two distinctive dark brown Eastern Border Ranges, New South Wales. Latitude - crescents with irregular borders running across the 28.4 S., Longitude 153.1 E. This government-owned centre of the back, both being well-spaced, the first facility allows access to its holdings. being posterior to the forelimbs and the second Paratypes: Five preserved specimens at the anterior to the hind limbs. Darker markings on the Australian Museum, Sydney, New South Wales, lower flanks are indistinct. There are obvious dark Australia, specimen numbers R138936, R138938, spots and similar forming bands on the hind limbs R138939, R138942 and R138959 collected from the and also dark brown spots on mid brown forelimbs. Eastern Border Ranges, New South Wales. Latitude - Lower parts of the upper snout are a distinctive 28.4 S., Longitude 153.1 E. chocolate-brown colour. White specks on the limbs are obvious. Diagnosis: Until now, all of Bogophryne uterbog sp. nov. (type species for the genus Bogophryne gen. Dorsal tubercles are small, evenly spaced and limited nov.), B. duboisi sp. nov., B. breonnataylorae sp. in number and always white tipped. Leg tubercles nov., B. loveridgei (Parker, 1940) and B. larger and mainly dark. Iris is dark orange. naomiosakaae sp. nov. have all been treated as the B. breonnataylorae sp. nov. from Lamington National same putative taxon, this being B. loveridgei (Parker, Park in Queensland is separated from the other 1940), originally described as Philoria loveridgei species by the following suite of characters: A Parker, 1940. dorsum with distinctive longitudinal folds and The molecular data of Knowles et al. (2004) confirms corresponding dark lines running down the body, that four of the five preceding putative species are which may be either distinct or indistinct. Yellow seen separate species-level taxa. Inspection of numerous in the groin of all species in the genus, does in this living specimens of all four putative taxa during a field species extend anteriorly to include an obvious flush trip in 2019 confirmed this contention in that around the axila of the forelimbs. The flanks are differences between populations are consistent and always yellowish or at least with a yellowish tinge and quantifiable. A fifth population from Mount Warning in there are no obvious dark blotches or markings on New South Wales was divergent from the others and the lower flanks, any dark pigment merely being geographically isolated and so is also herein formally either peppering or dark heavily overlain with yellow named as a new species. or light (whitish). All five species conform to the genus diagnosis for Upper hindlimbs always have dark markings forming Bogophryne gen. nov. within this paper. crossbands, but these are always indistinct. Markings They are separated from one another as follows: are either absent or indistinct on the upper forelimbs. Bogophryne uterbog sp. nov. includes specimens Dark and light tipped tubercles on the dorsum. Upper from the Border Ranges National Park in New South iris is yellowish to dull orange. Wales and is separated from the other species in the Colour on sides and top of head more-or-less the genus by the following unique suite of characters: A same, but evenly peppered in some specimens. dorsum in adults that is light anteriorly, dark The dark stripe running from the eye to the axila of posteriorly and on the mid dorsum and flanks, the the forelimb is bounded by a thick whitish boundary pattern is of dark brown marbling on a light brown on the upper surface, this whitish boundary background. The darker blotches are more-or-less noticeably thickening at the rear, this trait being circular, becoming more dense and merging on the unique to this species. posterior half of the dorsum, to become a general B. naomiosakaae sp. nov. from Mount Warning in dark patch, which terminates before the anus, where New South Wales, is externally similar in most pigment is again light brown. The lower flanks, at the respects to B. breonnataylorae sp. nov., but posterior side have a large oval dark brown spot that separated from that species by the absence of a extends at least half way along the flank and thickened white upper boundary in the dark stripe sometimes most of the way to the axila of the running from the eye to the axila of the forelimb. forelimb. The upper surfaces of the limbs are The dorsum of B. naomiosakaae sp. nov. is generally brownish and without even faint blotching or cross unmarked and lacks the longitudinal lines or bands. Upper part of the pupil is bright orange. Upper blotching seen in B. breonnataylorae sp. nov.. Upper Hoser 2020 - Australasian Journal of Herpetology 50-51:1-128. Available online at www.herp.net Copyright- Kotabi Publishing - All rights reserved 14 Australasian Journal of Herpetology iris is light orange. brown, reddish-brown, bronze or light grey; flanks B. loveridgei (Parker, 1940) with a given type locality entirely black or with a black mark of variable size. of “McPherson Ranges, 3-4000 ft, south Bogophryne gen. nov. species lay eggs in a small Queensland” is not of the previously described non-foamy clump, versus a small foamy clump in species. The exact distribution of B. loveridgei is not both Kyarranus and Philoria. known, due to the vagueness of the original The placement of the species Philoria loveridgei description. In fact it may not have even come from Parker, 1940, based on the holotype BMNH the McPherson ranges as known in 2020, although 1947.2.19.94 from “McPherson Ranges, 3-4000 ft, this suggestion is largely conjecture. south Queensland” is tentative. See the relevant B. loveridgei is similar in most respects to comments in Knowles et al. (2004). Bogophryne uterbog sp. nov. and it is separated from What is certain is that it is not conspecific with the that species by having generally dark lower flanks four newly described forms within Bogophryne gen. with a patch extending from the hind limb to almost nov.. the forelimb that is not obviously ovoid in shape as Colour photos of Bogophryne uterbog sp. nov. (type seen in B. uterbog sp. nov.. Darker markings on the species), B. duboisi sp. nov., B. breonnataylorae sp. mid and lower dorsum of the back in B. uterbog sp. nov., B. loveridgei (Parker, 1940) and B. nov. are obvious and prominent, versus not so in the naomiosakaae sp. nov. in life showing the diagnostic type form of B. loveridgei. features of each as referred to in this description can Frogs of the genera Philoria Spencer, 1901, be found at: Kyarranus Moore, 1958 and Bogophryne gen. nov. http://www.flickr.com are separated from all other Australian frogs in the by doing a search for “Philoria loveridgei”. family Limnodynastidae as defined by Cogger (2014) Distribution: B. uterbog sp. nov. is known only from by the following suite of characters: the type locality within the Border Ranges of northern Maxillary teeth present; no bright red patches in the New South Wales. groin; no dentary pseudo-teeth; vomerine teeth Etymology: In Latin, uter is a verb meaning to use, behind the level of the choanae; toes free and enjoy, employ, exploit or experience. This species without any trace of webbing; digits without terminal inhabits and uses “bog” habitat, meaning areas of discs; a large frontoparietal foramen in adults. wet and saturated ground. Hence the name The relevant species in the three genera are further “uterbog”. defined as follows: Moderate to stout in build. Tongue BOGOPHRYNE DUBOISI SP. NOV. large and oval. First finger not opposed to the second. Pupil horizontal. Tympanum is hidden or LSIDurn:lsid:zoobank.org:act:5E6EA417-38A5- indistinct. Terminal phlanges are simple. Tips of digits 4CB7-A949-8E2ED18CC6A6 are not or only slightly dilated. Breeding females have Holotype: A preserved specimen at the Australian flattened spatula or flanges on the first and second Museum, Sydney, New South Wales, Australia, fingers. Breeding males usually have a small nuptial specimen number R.131931, collected from near pad on the first finger. A small inner metatarsal Urbenville, New South Wales, west McPherson tubercle, but no outer metatarsal tubercle. Ranges, Latitude -28.4 S., Longitude 152.8 E. This The genus Philoria Spencer, 1901, type species P. government-owned facility allows access to its frosti Spencer, 1901, is readily separated from the holdings. other two genera by the side and rump having Paratypes: Five preserved specimens, at the numerous tiny tubercles giving a somewhat “prickly” Australian Museum, Sydney, New South Wales, appearance and a conspicuous parotoid gland Australia, specimen numbers R.131933, R.131934, (versus a smooth dorsum and sides with scattered R.131935, R.131937 and R.64869, all collected from tubercles or skin ridges and no conspicuous parotoid near Urbenville, New South Wales, west McPherson gland in the other genera). Ranges, Latitude -28.4 S., Longitude 152.8 E. In Philoria the subarticular tubercles on the hands Diagnosis: Until now, all of Bogophryne uterbog sp. and feet are usually the same colour as surrounding nov. (type species for the genus Bogophryne gen. areas, versus much lighter than the surrounding nov.), B. duboisi sp. nov., B. breonnataylorae sp. colour in the other genera. nov., B. loveridgei (Parker, 1940) and B. The genus Bogophryne gen. nov. is separated from naomiosakaae sp. nov. have all been treated as the Kyarranus Moore, 1958 by the following unique suite same putative taxon, this being B. loveridgei (Parker, of characters: Small adult size (27 to 30 mm); males 1940), originally described as Philoria loveridgei with a poorly developed nuptial pad; lower back Parker, 1940. without distinct black band or patches on the lower The molecular data of Knowles et al. (2004) confirms dorsum; found north of Latitude 29.28 South. that four of the five preceding putative species are Head stripe well developed; abdomen not yellow or separate species-level taxa. Inspection of numerous red with smaller patches of other colour. Dorsum living specimens of all four putative taxa during a field

trip in 2019 confirmed this contention in that always yellowish or at least with a yellowish tinge and differences between populations are consistent and there are no obvious dark blotches or markings on quantifiable. A fifth population from Mount Warning in the lower flanks, any dark pigment merely being New South Wales was divergent from the others and either peppering or dark heavily overlain with yellow geographically isolated and so is also herein formally or light (whitish). named as a new species. Upper hindlimbs always have dark markings forming All five species conform to the genus diagnosis for crossbands, but these are always indistinct. Markings Bogophryne gen. nov. within this paper. are either absent or indistinct on the upper forelimbs. They are separated from one another as follows: Dark and light tipped tubercles on the dorsum. Upper Bogophryne uterbog sp. nov. includes specimens iris is yellowish to dull orange. from the Border Ranges National Park in New South Colour on sides and top of head more-or-less the Wales and is separated from the other species in the same, but evenly peppered in some specimens. genus by a dorsum in adults that is light anteriorly, The dark stripe running from the eye to the axila of dark posteriorly and on the mid dorsum and flanks, the forelimb is bounded by a thick whitish boundary the pattern is of dark brown marbling on a light brown on the upper surface, this whitish boundary background. The darker blotches are more-or-less noticeably thickening at the rear, this trait being circular, becoming more dense and merging on the unique to this species. posterior half of the dorsum, to become a general B. naomiosakaae sp. nov. from Mount Warning in dark patch, which terminates before the anus, where New South Wales, is externally similar in most pigment is again light brown. The lower flanks, at the respects to B. breonnataylorae sp. nov., but posterior side have a large oval dark brown spot that separated from that species by the absence of a extends at least half way along the flank and thickened white upper boundary in the dark stripe sometimes most of the way to the axila of the running from the eye to the axila of the forelimb. forelimb. The upper surfaces of the limbs are The dorsum of B. naomiosakaae sp. nov. is generally brownish and without even faint blotching or cross unmarked and lacks the longitudinal lines or bands. Upper part of the pupil is bright orange. Upper blotching seen in B. breonnataylorae sp. nov.. Upper lip is grey to brown and unmarked, except for some iris is light orange. indistinct white markings above the snout. The dark B. loveridgei (Parker, 1940) with a given type locality line running from snout, through nostril to eye and of “McPherson Ranges, 3-4000 ft, south beyond to axila of forelimb is prominent. Queensland” is not of the previously described B. duboisi sp. nov. from Levers Plateau, New South species. The exact distribution of B. loveridgei is not Wales and south-west of there, east of the western known, due to the vagueness of the original edge rain shadow of the higher parts of the Great description. In fact it may not have even come from Dividing Range, is separated from the other species the McPherson ranges as known in 2020, although by the following unique suite of characters: The this suggestion is largely conjecture. dorsum is brownish with two distinctive dark brown B. loveridgei is similar in most respects to crescents with irregular borders running across the Bogophryne uterbog sp. nov. and it is separated from centre of the back, both being well-spaced, the first that species by having generally dark lower flanks being posterior to the forelimbs and the second with a patch extending from the hind limb to almost anterior to the hind limbs. Darker markings on the the forelimb that is not obviously ovoid in shape as lower flanks are indistinct. There are obvious dark seen in B. uterbog sp. nov.. Darker markings on the spots and similar forming bands on the hind limbs mid and lower dorsum of the back in B. uterbog sp. and also dark brown spots on mid brown forelimbs. nov. are obvious and prominent, versus not so in the Lower parts of the upper snout are a distinctive type form of B. loveridgei. chocolate-brown colour. White specks on the limbs Frogs of the genera Philoria Spencer, 1901, are obvious. Kyarranus Moore, 1958 and Bogophryne gen. nov. Dorsal tubercles are small, evenly spaced and limited are separated from all other Australian frogs in the in number and always white tipped. Leg tubercles family Limnodynastidae as defined by Cogger (2014) larger and mainly dark. Iris is dark orange. by the following suite of characters: B. breonnataylorae sp. nov. from Lamington National Maxillary teeth present; no bright red patches in the Park in Queensland is separated from the other groin; no dentary pseudo-teeth; vomerine teeth species by the following suite of characters: A behind the level of the choanae; toes free and dorsum with distinctive longitudinal folds and without any trace of webbing; digits without terminal corresponding dark lines running down the body, discs; a large frontoparietal foramen in adults. which may be either distinct or indistinct. Yellow seen The relevant species in the three genera are further in the groin of all species in the genus, does in this defined as follows: Moderate to stout in build. Tongue species extend anteriorly to include an obvious flush large and oval. First finger not opposed to the around the axila of the forelimbs. The flanks are second. Pupil horizontal. Tympanum is hidden or Hoser 2020 - Australasian Journal of Herpetology 50-51:1-128. Available online at www.herp.net Copyright- Kotabi Publishing - All rights reserved 16 Australasian Journal of Herpetology indistinct. Terminal phlanges are simple. Tips of digits to by Cogger (2014) and Hoser (2007, 2009a, are not or only slightly dilated. Breeding females have 20012a-b, 2013 and 2015a-f). flattened spatula or flanges on the first and second BOGOPHRYNE BREONNATAYLORAE SP. NOV. fingers. Breeding males usually have a small nuptial LSIDurn:lsid:zoobank.org:act:3187DA03-644C- pad on the first finger. A small inner metatarsal 4A41-ABB5-D5949C7A0502 tubercle, but no outer metatarsal tubercle. Holotype: A preserved specimen at the Australian The genus Philoria Spencer, 1901, type species P. Museum, Sydney, New South Wales, Australia, frosti Spencer, 1901, is readily separated from the specimen number R165027, collected from other two genera by the side and rump having Lamington National Park, Queensland, Australia, numerous tiny tubercles giving a somewhat “prickly” Latitude -28.200 S., Longitude 153.050 E. This appearance and a conspicuous parotoid gland government-owned facility allows access to its (versus a smooth dorsum and sides with scattered holdings. tubercles or skin ridges and no conspicuous parotoid Paratypes: Ten preserved specimens in the gland in the other genera). Queensland Museum, Brisbane, Queensland, In Philoria the subarticular tubercles on the hands Australia, specimen numbers J17361, J17362, and feet are usually the same colour as surrounding J17364, J17365, J17368, J17369, J17370, J17373, areas, versus much lighter than the surrounding J17375 and J17384 all collected at Lamington colour in the other genera. National Park, Queensland, Australia, Latitude - The genus Bogophryne gen. nov. is separated from 28.200 S., Longitude 153.083 E. Kyarranus Moore, 1958 by the following unique suite Diagnosis: Until now, all of Bogophryne uterbog sp. of characters: Small adult size (27 to 30 mm); males nov. (type species for the genus Bogophryne gen. with a poorly developed nuptial pad; lower back nov.), B. duboisi sp. nov., B. breonnataylorae sp. without distinct black band or patches on the lower nov., B. loveridgei (Parker, 1940) and B. dorsum; found north of Latitude 29.28 South. naomiosakaae sp. nov. have all been treated as the Head stripe well developed; abdomen not yellow or same putative taxon, this being B. loveridgei (Parker, red with smaller patches of other colour. Dorsum 1940), originally described as Philoria loveridgei brown, reddish-brown, bronze or light grey; flanks Parker, 1940. entirely black or with a black mark of variable size. The molecular data of Knowles et al. (2004) confirms Bogophryne gen. nov. species lay eggs in a small that four of the five preceding putative species are non-foamy clump, versus a small foamy clump in separate species-level taxa. Inspection of numerous both Kyarranus and Philoria. living specimens of all four putative taxa during a field The placement of the species Philoria loveridgei trip in 2019 confirmed this contention in that Parker, 1940, based on the holotype BMNH differences between populations are consistent and 1947.2.19.94 from “McPherson Ranges, 3-4000 ft, quantifiable. A fifth population from Mount Warning in south Queensland” is tentative. See the relevant New South Wales was divergent from the others and comments in Knowles et al. (2004). geographically isolated and so is also herein formally What is certain is that it is not conspecific with the named as a new species. four newly described forms within Bogophryne gen. All five species conform to the genus diagnosis for nov.. Bogophryne gen. nov. within this paper. Colour photos of Bogophryne uterbog sp. nov. (type They are separated from one another as follows: species), B. duboisi sp. nov., B. breonnataylorae sp. Bogophryne uterbog sp. nov. includes specimens nov., B. loveridgei (Parker, 1940) and B. from the Border Ranges National Park in New South naomiosakaae sp. nov. in life showing the diagnostic Wales and is separated from the other species in the features of each as referred to in this description can genus as follows: By having a dorsum in adults that be found at: is light anteriorly, dark posteriorly and on the mid http://www.flickr.com dorsum and flanks, the pattern is of dark brown by doing a search for “Philoria loveridgei”. marbling on a light brown background. The darker Distribution: B. duboisi sp. nov. occurs from Levers blotches are more-or-less circular, becoming more Plateau, New South Wales and south-west of there, dense and merging on the posterior half of the east of the western edge rain shadow of the higher dorsum, to become a general dark patch, which parts of the Great Dividing Range. terminates before the anus, where pigment is again Etymology: Named in honour of Alain Dubois of light brown. The lower flanks, at the posterior side Paris, France, a herpetologist specializing in frogs, have a large oval dark brown spot that extends at for services to science via his steadfast support for least half way along the flank and sometimes most of the rules of the International Code of Zoological the way to the axila of the forelimb. The upper Nomenclature (Ride et al. 1999) against unscientific surfaces of the limbs are brownish and without even incursions by the likes of Wolfgang Wüster and his faint blotching or cross bands. Upper part of the pupil gang of thieves (e.g. Dubois et al. 2019) as referred is bright orange. Upper lip is grey to brown and Hoser 2020 - Australasian Journal of Herpetology 50-51:1-128. Available online at www.herp.net Copyright- Kotabi Publishing - All rights reserved Australasian Journal of Herpetology 17

unmarked, except for some indistinct white markings iris is light orange. above the snout. The dark line running from snout, B. loveridgei (Parker, 1940) with a given type locality through nostril to eye and beyond to axila of forelimb of “McPherson Ranges, 3-4000 ft, south is prominent. Queensland” is not of the previously described B. duboisi sp. nov. from Levers Plateau, New South species. The exact distribution of B. loveridgei is not Wales and south-west of there, east of the western known, due to the vagueness of the original edge rain shadow of the higher parts of the Great description. In fact it may not have even come from Dividing Range, is separated from the other species the McPherson ranges as known in 2020, although by the following unique suite of characters: The this suggestion is largely conjecture. dorsum is brownish with two distinctive dark brown B. loveridgei is similar in most respects to crescents with irregular borders running across the Bogophryne uterbog sp. nov. and it is separated from centre of the back, both being well-spaced, the first that species by having generally dark lower flanks being posterior to the forelimbs and the second with a patch extending from the hind limb to almost anterior to the hind limbs. Darker markings on the the forelimb that is not obviously ovoid in shape as lower flanks are indistinct.There are obvious dark seen in B. uterbog sp. nov.. Darker markings on the spots and similar forming bands on the hind limbs mid and lower dorsum of the back in B. uterbog sp. and also dark brown spots on mid brown forelimbs. nov. are obvious and prominent, versus not so in the Lower parts of the upper snout are a distinctive type form of B. loveridgei. chocolate-brown colour. White specks on the limbs Frogs of the genera Philoria Spencer, 1901, are obvious. Kyarranus Moore, 1958 and Bogophryne gen. nov. Dorsal tubercles are small, evenly spaced and limited are separated from all other Australian frogs in the in number and always white tipped. Leg tubercles family Limnodynastidae as defined by Cogger (2014) larger and mainly dark. Iris is dark orange. by the following suite of characters: B. breonnataylorae sp. nov. from Lamington National Maxillary teeth present; no bright red patches in the Park in Queensland is separated from the other groin; no dentary pseudo-teeth; vomerine teeth species by the following suite of characters: A behind the level of the choanae; toes free and dorsum with distinctive longitudinal folds and without any trace of webbing; digits without terminal corresponding dark lines running down the body, discs; a large frontoparietal foramen in adults. which may be either distinct or indistinct. Yellow seen The relevant species in the three genera are further in the groin of all species in the genus, does in this defined as follows: Moderate to stout in build. Tongue species extend anteriorly to include an obvious flush large and oval. First finger not opposed to the around the axila of the forelimbs. The flanks are second. Pupil horizontal. Tympanum is hidden or always yellowish or at least with a yellowish tinge and indistinct. Terminal phlanges are simple. Tips of digits there are no obvious dark blotches or markings on are not or only slightly dilated. Breeding females have the lower flanks, any dark pigment merely being flattened spatula or flanges on the first and second either peppering or dark heavily overlain with yellow fingers. Breeding males usually have a small nuptial or light (whitish). pad on the first finger. A small inner metatarsal Upper hindlimbs always have dark markings forming tubercle, but no outer metatarsal tubercle. crossbands, but these are always indistinct. Markings The genus Philoria Spencer, 1901, type species P. are either absent or indistinct on the upper forelimbs. frosti Spencer, 1901, is readily separated from the Dark and light tipped tubercles on the dorsum. Upper other two genera by the side and rump having iris is yellowish to dull orange. numerous tiny tubercles giving a somewhat “prickly” Colour on sides and top of head more-or-less the appearance and a conspicuous parotoid gland same, but evenly peppered in some specimens. (versus a smooth dorsum and sides with scattered The dark stripe running from the eye to the axila of tubercles or skin ridges and no conspicuous parotoid the forelimb is bounded by a thick whitish boundary gland in the other genera). on the upper surface, this whitish boundary In Philoria the subarticular tubercles on the hands noticeably thickening at the rear, this trait being and feet are usually the same colour as surrounding unique to this species. areas, versus much lighter than the surrounding B. naomiosakaae sp. nov. from Mount Warning in colour in the other genera. New South Wales, is externally similar in most The genus Bogophryne gen. nov. is separated from respects to B. breonnataylorae sp. nov., but Kyarranus Moore, 1958 by the following unique suite separated from that species by the absence of a of characters: Small adult size (27 to 30 mm); males thickened white upper boundary in the dark stripe with a poorly developed nuptial pad; lower back running from the eye to the axila of the forelimb. without distinct black band or patches on the lower The dorsum of B. naomiosakaae sp. nov. is generally dorsum; found north of Latitude 29.28 South. unmarked and lacks the longitudinal lines or Head stripe well developed; abdomen not yellow or blotching seen in B. breonnataylorae sp. nov.. Upper red with smaller patches of other colour. Dorsum Hoser 2020 - Australasian Journal of Herpetology 50-51:1-128. Available online at www.herp.net Copyright- Kotabi Publishing - All rights reserved 18 Australasian Journal of Herpetology brown, reddish-brown, bronze or light grey; flanks BOGOPHRYNE NAOMIOSAKAAE SP. NOV. entirely black or with a black mark of variable size. LSIDurn:lsid:zoobank.org:act:33D4ED05-A7FC- Bogophryne gen. nov. species lay eggs in a small 4696-A1ED-421A6A4C6486 non-foamy clump, versus a small foamy clump in Holotype: A preserved female specimen at the both Kyarranus and Philoria. Queensland Museum, Brisbane, Queensland, The placement of the species Philoria loveridgei Australia, specimen number J17381 collected from Parker, 1940, based on the holotype BMNH Mount Warning in New South Wales, Australia, 1947.2.19.94 from “McPherson Ranges, 3-4000 ft, Latitude -28.4 S., Longitude 153.3 E. This south Queensland” is tentative. See the relevant government-owned facility allows access to its comments in Knowles et al. (2004). holdings. What is certain is that it is not conspecific with the Paratypes: Seven preserved specimens at the four newly described forms within Bogophryne gen. Queensland Museum, Brisbane, Queensland, nov.. Australia, specimen numbers J17363, J17366, Colour photos of Bogophryne uterbog sp. nov. (type J17372, J17377, J17382, J17385 and J17387, as species), B. duboisi sp. nov., B. breonnataylorae sp. well as four preserved specimens at the Australian nov., B. loveridgei (Parker, 1940) and B. Museum in Sydney, New South Wales, Australia, naomiosakaae sp. nov. in life showing the diagnostic specimen numbers R.31695, R.78980, R.111208 and features of each as referred to in this description can R.131932 all collected from Mount Warning in New be found at: South Wales, Australia, Latitude -28.4 S., Longitude http://www.flickr.com 153.3 E. by doing a search for “Philoria loveridgei”. Diagnosis: Until now, all of Bogophryne uterbog sp. Distribution: B. breonnataylorae sp. nov. is nov. (type species for the genus Bogophryne gen. presently only known from Lamington National Park nov.), B. duboisi sp. nov., B. breonnataylorae sp. in Queensland, Australia. nov., B. loveridgei (Parker, 1940) and B. Etymology: The species is named in honour of naomiosakaae sp. nov. have all been treated as the Breonna Taylor, a 26-year-old African-American same putative taxon, this being B. loveridgei (Parker, emergency medical technician, who was fatally shot 1940), originally described as Philoria loveridgei by Louisville Metro Police Department (LMPD) Parker, 1940. officers Jonathan Mattingly, Brett Hankison, and The molecular data of Knowles et al. (2004) confirms Myles Cosgrove on 13 March 2020. that four of the five preceding putative species are separate species-level taxa. Inspection of numerous Three plainclothes LMPD officers executing a no- living specimens of all four putative taxa during a field knock search warrant entered her apartment in trip in 2019 confirmed this contention in that Louisville, Kentucky. Gunfire was exchanged differences between populations are consistent and between Taylor’s boyfriend Kenneth Walker and the quantifiable. A fifth population from Mount Warning in officers. Walker said that he believed that the officers New South Wales was divergent from the others and were intruders. The LMPD officers fired over twenty geographically isolated and so is also herein formally shots. Taylor was shot eight times. named as a new species. The death of Breonna Taylor and the conduct of All five species conform to the genus diagnosis for police after the fact to play down their role in the Bogophryne gen. nov. within this paper. unjustified killing, has become a symbol of police They are separated from one another as follows: corruption and oppression of weak and vulnerable people by police worldwide, including in the United Bogophryne uterbog sp. nov. includes specimens States, poor, unarmed black people who are shot and from the Border Ranges National Park in New South killed with impunity, because the police can get away Wales and is separated from the other species in the with it. genus by a dorsum in adults that is light anteriorly, Unfortunately the name Breonna Taylor has for most dark posteriorly and on the mid dorsum and flanks, people, absolutely no connection with the woman the pattern is of dark brown marbling on a light brown killed by police, but instead the corruption in the background. The darker blotches are more-or-less police and the wider movement to stop police circular, becoming more dense and merging on the unnecessarily killing weak and vulnerable people posterior half of the dorsum, to become a general including black people in the USA. dark patch, which terminates before the anus, where pigment is again light brown. The lower flanks, at the It is hoped that the naming of a frog in honour of a posterior side have a large oval dark brown spot that victim of police corruption and misconduct, will draw extends at least half way along the flank and people’s attention to this long-running problem in sometimes most of the way to the axila of the modern societies and remain a reminder in future forelimb. The upper surfaces of the limbs are years. brownish and without even faint blotching or cross bands. Upper part of the pupil is bright orange. Upper

lip is grey to brown and unmarked, except for some iris is light orange. indistinct white markings above the snout. The dark B. loveridgei (Parker, 1940) with a given type locality line running from snout, through nostril to eye and of “McPherson Ranges, 3-4000 ft, south beyond to axila of forelimb is prominent. Queensland” is not of the previously described B. duboisi sp. nov. from Levers Plateau, New South species. The exact distribution of B. loveridgei is not Wales and south-west of there, east of the western known, due to the vagueness of the original edge rain shadow of the higher parts of the Great description. In fact it may not have even come from Dividing Range, is separated from the other species the McPherson ranges as known in 2020, although by the following unique suite of characters: The this suggestion is largely conjecture. dorsum is brownish with two distinctive dark brown B. loveridgei is similar in most respects to crescents with irregular borders running across the Bogophryne uterbog sp. nov. and it is separated from centre of the back, both being well-spaced, the first that species by having generally dark lower flanks being posterior to the forelimbs and the second with a patch extending from the hind limb to almost anterior to the hind limbs. Darker markings on the the forelimb that is not obviously ovoid in shape as lower flanks are indistinct. There are obvious dark seen in B. uterbog sp. nov.. Darker markings on the spots and similar forming bands on the hind limbs mid and lower dorsum of the back in B. uterbog sp. and also dark brown spots on mid brown forelimbs. nov. are obvious and prominent, versus not so in the Lower parts of the upper snout are a distinctive type form of B. loveridgei. chocolate-brown colour. White specks on the limbs Frogs of the genera Philoria Spencer, 1901, are obvious. Kyarranus Moore, 1958 and Bogophryne gen. nov. Dorsal tubercles are small, evenly spaced and limited are separated from all other Australian frogs in the in number and always white tipped. Leg tubercles family Limnodynastidae as defined by Cogger (2014) larger and mainly dark. Iris is dark orange. by the following suite of characters: B. breonnataylorae sp. nov. from Lamington National Maxillary teeth present; no bright red patches in the Park in Queensland is separated from the other groin; no dentary pseudo-teeth; vomerine teeth species by the following suite of characters: A behind the level of the choanae; toes free and dorsum with distinctive longitudinal folds and without any trace of webbing; digits without terminal corresponding dark lines running down the body, discs; a large frontoparietal foramen in adults. which may be either distinct or indistinct. Yellow seen The relevant species in the three genera are further in the groin of all species in the genus, does in this defined as follows: Moderate to stout in build. Tongue species extend anteriorly to include an obvious flush large and oval. First finger not opposed to the around the axila of the forelimbs. The flanks are second. Pupil horizontal. Tympanum is hidden or always yellowish or at least with a yellowish tinge and indistinct. Terminal phlanges are simple. Tips of digits there are no obvious dark blotches or markings on are not or only slightly dilated. Breeding females have the lower flanks, any dark pigment merely being flattened spatula or flanges on the first and second either peppering or dark heavily overlain with yellow fingers. Breeding males usually have a small nuptial or light (whitish). pad on the first finger. A small inner metatarsal Upper hindlimbs always have dark markings forming tubercle, but no outer metatarsal tubercle. crossbands, but these are always indistinct. Markings The genus Philoria Spencer, 1901, type species P. are either absent or indistinct on the upper forelimbs. frosti Spencer, 1901, is readily separated from the Dark and light tipped tubercles on the dorsum. Upper other two genera by the side and rump having iris is yellowish to dull orange. numerous tiny tubercles giving a somewhat “prickly” Colour on sides and top of head more-or-less the appearance and a conspicuous parotoid gland same, but evenly peppered in some specimens. (versus a smooth dorsum and sides with scattered The dark stripe running from the eye to the axila of tubercles or skin ridges and no conspicuous parotoid the forelimb is bounded by a thick whitish boundary gland in the other genera). on the upper surface, this whitish boundary In Philoria the subarticular tubercles on the hands noticeably thickening at the rear, this trait being and feet are usually the same colour as surrounding unique to this species. areas, versus much lighter than the surrounding B. naomiosakaae sp. nov. from Mount Warning in colour in the other genera. New South Wales, is externally similar in most The genus Bogophryne gen. nov. is separated from respects to B. breonnataylorae sp. nov., but Kyarranus Moore, 1958 by the following unique suite separated from that species by the absence of a of characters: Small adult size (27 to 30 mm); males thickened white upper boundary in the dark stripe with a poorly developed nuptial pad; lower back running from the eye to the axila of the forelimb. without distinct black band or patches on the lower The dorsum of B. naomiosakaae sp. nov. is generally dorsum; found north of Latitude 29.28 South. unmarked and lacks the longitudinal lines or Head stripe well developed; abdomen not yellow or blotching seen in B. breonnataylorae sp. nov.. Upper red with smaller patches of other colour. Dorsum Hoser 2020 - Australasian Journal of Herpetology 50-51:1-128. Available online at www.herp.net Copyright- Kotabi Publishing - All rights reserved 20 Australasian Journal of Herpetology brown, reddish-brown, bronze or light grey; flanks SLOPPOPHRYNE GEN. NOV. entirely black or with a black mark of variable size. LSIDurn:lsid:zoobank.org:act:B903DA79-29AF- Bogophryne gen. nov. species lay eggs in a small 4297-A033-E27F68F16150 non-foamy clump, versus a small foamy clump in Type species: Pseudophryne robinsoni Donnellan, both Kyarranus and Philoria. Mahony and Bertozzi, 2012. The placement of the species Philoria loveridgei Diagnosis: Until now (year 2020), the putative Parker, 1940, based on the holotype BMNH genera Bufonella Girard, 1853, Kankanophryne 1947.2.19.94 from “McPherson Ranges, 3-4000 ft, Heyer and Liem, 1976 and Gradwellia Wells and south Queensland” is tentative. See the relevant Wellington, 1985 have been treated as synonyms of comments in Knowles et al. (2004). the earlier named genus Pseudophryne Fitzinger, What is certain is that it is not conspecific with the 1843 (e.g. Donnellan, Mahony and Bertozzi 2012, four newly described forms within Bogophryne gen. Cogger, 2014, Anstis 2013). nov.. In spite of the preceding, the molecular results Colour photos of Bogophryne uterbog sp. nov. (type published by Donnellan, Mahony and Bertozzi species), B. duboisi sp. nov., B. breonnataylorae sp. (2012), gave strong support for the contention that nov., B. loveridgei (Parker, 1940) and B. the genus Pseudophryne as currently understood naomiosakaae sp. nov. in life showing the diagnostic (e.g. Donnellan, Mahony and Bertozzi 2012, Cogger, features of each as referred to in this description can 2014, Anstis 2013), should be divided six ways to be found at: better reflect the six divergent lineages or species http://www.flickr.com groups. by doing a search for “Philoria loveridgei”. In for the first time ever, formally recognizing the six Distribution: B. naomiosakaae sp. nov. appears to obviously divergent species groups as new genera, be endemic to Mount Warning in New South Wales, the following nomenclatural acts are required or Australia. Specimens previously treated as P. affirmed: loveridgei Parker, 1940 from Nightcap National Park, The genus Pseudophryne, with a type species of including Peach Mountain were not inspected and Phrynisc(us) australis (non Gray) Duméril and Bibron, may be one or other of B. naomiosakaae sp. nov., B. 1841 (= Pseudophryne semimarmorata Lucas, 1892) loveridgei Parker, 1940, B. uterbog sp. nov. or is herein restricted to the clade including the type perhaps an unnamed species. species and other similar forms from eastern Etymology: The new species is named in honour of Australia and south-eastern Australia. Naomi Osaka, a well-known professional tennis The genus Gradwellia Wells and Wellington, 1985, player who won her first-round match at the USA with a type species of Pseudophryne major Parker, Open Tennis Tornament in 2020 and wanted to 1940, does represent a clade, with the associated ensure people didn’t forget about Breonna Taylor. species Pseudophryne covacevichae Ingram and In the middle of the Covid-19 pandemic, she wore a Corben, 1994, but these two species in turn are (in black mask that had the name Breonna Taylor (shot my view) not sufficiently divergent genetically or dead by police) emblazoned across the mask to morphologically from type Pseudophryne to warrant highlight the plight of vulnerable black people in the being placed in a separate genus or even subgenus face of endemic police corruption. and hence the name is synonymised within She honoured Breonna Taylor before her first-round Pseudophryne. I do note however that the name match against Misaki Doi, another victim Elijah Gradwellia is available according to provisions of McClain during her match against Camila Giorgi relevant ICZN Codes as published. during the second round and yet another victim The genus Bufonella Girard, 1853, type species B. Ahmaud Arbery during her third-round match against crucifera Girard, 1853 (= Bombinator australis Gray, Marta Kostyuk. 1835), better known as Pseudophryne australis She progressed to win the Grand Final of the 2020 (Gray, 1835) is resurrected to include that species USA Open Tennis Tornament, also wearing masks to and other related forms from coastal eastern commemorate 7 victims of police killings in the USA Australia. at the start of each round. Closely related to Bufonella, but sufficiently divergent I am not into the game of tennis, but have honoured both morphologically and in terms of time divergence, Naomi Osaka with the species name in recognition of the so-called Corroboree Frogs, Pseudophryne her use of her public position to highlight the corroboree Moore, 1953 and Pseudophryne extremely serious issue of endemic police corruption pengilleyi Wells and Wellington, 1985, being closely in many parts of the world, including the untold related species, are placed within the newly erected damage done to lives of innocent victims, including genus Oxyphryne gen. nov.. African Americans killed by coward police, preying on The genus Kankanophryne Heyer and Liem, 1976, weak and vulnerable with a type species of Pseudophryne occidentalis Parker, 1940 is resurrected from synonymy of

Pseudophryne. It includes five species, three of Inner and outer metatarsal tubercles are small to which are formally named for the first time. moderate and not shovel-shaped; inner toe has two The new monotypic genus Sloppophryne gen. nov. is phalanges; there is a gland on the distal half of the formally erected to accommodate the divergent hind side of the thigh; and one or other of the central Australian species, Pseudophryne robinsoni following: Donnellan, Mahony and Bertozzi, 2012. 1/ Snout somewhat pointed and prominent; internarial The new genus Crottyphryne gen. nov. is formally distance is shorter than the distance between the erected to accommodate the newly described nostril and the tip of the snout, or; species Crottyphryne crotalusei sp. nov. and the 2/ The snout is rounded, not prominent; internarial closely related Pseudophryne douglasi Main, 1964, distance is greater than the distance between the both from Western Australia. nostril and the tip of the snout; there is not a dorsal All six preceding genera, all formerly treated as being pattern of irregular alternate stripes of black and Pseudophryne sensu lato are separated from all yellow (as seen in genus Oxyphryne gen. nov.); other Myobatrachid frogs as defined by Cogger dorsal surface is as dark or darker than the sides and (2014), by the following unique suite of characters: without a bright red or orange triangular patch on the Pupil horizontal; tongue does not adhere to the floor crown (versus reddish dorsum, paler than sides or of the mouth posteriorly; tongue is small and narrowly alternatively dark on top and with a bright red or oval; prevomer is reduced or absent; vomerine teeth orange triangular patch on the crown as seen for absent; outer metatarsal tubercle if present is much genus Bufonella Girard, 1853). smaller than the inner metatarsal tubercle; maxillary The genus Bufonella Girard, 1853 is separated from teeth are absent; a large frontoparietal foramen in the other five genera by the following suite of adults; phalanges are simple and there are no characters: The snout is rounded, not prominent; terminal discs on fingers or toes; no webbing; belly internarial distance is greater than the distance smooth and with black and white marbling; limbs are between the nostril and the tip of the snout; there is short, but otherwise more-or-less normal, adpressed not a dorsal pattern of irregular alternate stripes of hindlimb reaches the tympanic region or beyond; black and yellow (as seen in genus Oxyphryne gen. tympanum and middle ear structures are absent. nov.); dorsal surface reddish dorsum, paler than the Furthermore, the species in the six preceding genera sides or alternatively dark on top and with a bright usually have moderately developed parotoid glands red or orange triangular patch on the crown, (versus and their call is usually a short, harsh “squelch” as dark or darker on top than on the sides and sound. without a bright red or orange triangular patch on the The genus Sloppophryne gen. nov. is separated from crown in genus Pseudophryne). the other five genera by the following suite of The genus Oxyphryne gen. nov. is separated from characters: No gland behind the thigh; inner the other five genera by the following suite of metatarsal tubercle is moderate, low and not shovel- characters: The snout is rounded, not prominent; shaped; the outer metatarsal tubercle is small to internarial distance is greater than the distance moderate; inner toe has two phalanges. between the nostril and the tip of the snout; and there The genus Crottyphryne gen. nov. is separated from is a distinctive dorsal pattern of irregular alternate the other five genera by the following suite of stripes of black and yellow unlike seen in any other characters: Inner metatarsal tubercle is large and Australian frogs. Both species are from Alpine areas shovel-shaped; inner toe has two phalanges; outer of New South Wales and the Australian Capital metatarsal tubercle is small and conical; inner toe Territory (ACT), with no specimens recorded from has two phalanges; skin dorsally has small conical nearby parts of Victoria. warts. Distribution: The monotypic genus is only known The genus Kankanophryne Heyer and Liem, 1976 is from ranges in the far north-west of South Australia. separated from the other five genera by the following Etymology: The new genus is named in honour of suite of characters: Inner and outer metatarsal an eight year old as of 2020 (born August 2012) tubercles are large to moderate, often shovel- Great Dane dog, named Slopp. This “family member” shaped; inner toe has one or two phalanges and one loyally guarded the wildlife research and conservation or other of the following suites of characters: facility here in Australia from thieves, 24/7 for 8 years 1/ Outer metatarsal tubercle large and shovel- and it is appropriate his services to science be shaped, a large inguinal gland; inner toe with a single recognized. The “phryne”, suffix reflects the Latin phalanx; or; word for toad. The “o” joining the two parts is 2/ Inner and outer metatarsal tubercles are moderate deliberate as otherwise speaking the name would be and not shovel-shaped; no gland behind the thigh; difficult for some people. Hence “Sloppophryne”. inner toe with two phalanges. Content: Sloppophryne robinsoni (Donnellan, The genus Pseudophryne is separated from the other Mahony and Bertozzi, 2012) (monotypic). five genera by the following suite of characters: Hoser 2020 - Australasian Journal of Herpetology 50-51:1-128. Available online at www.herp.net Copyright- Kotabi Publishing - All rights reserved 22 Australasian Journal of Herpetology

CROTTYPHRYNE GEN. NOV. formally erected to accommodate the divergent LSIDurn:lsid:zoobank.org:act:C7D57988-4847- central Australian species, Pseudophryne robinsoni 41F0-AA1F-A9695B0A52C1 Donnellan, Mahony and Bertozzi, 2012. Type species: Crottyphryne crotalusei sp. nov. The new genus Crottyphryne gen. nov. is formally Diagnosis: Until now (year 2020), the putative erected to accommodate the newly described genera Bufonella Girard, 1853, Kankanophryne species Crottyphryne crotalusei sp. nov. and the Heyer and Liem, 1976 and Gradwellia Wells and closely related Pseudophryne douglasi Main, 1964, Wellington, 1985 have been treated as synonyms of (including one newly named subspecies), both from the earlier named genus Pseudophryne Fitzinger, the Pilbara region in Western Australia including 1843 (e.g. Donnellan, Mahony and Bertozzi 2012, some hilly areas immediately south. Cogger, 2014, Anstis 2013). All six preceding genera, all formerly treated as being In spite of the preceding, the molecular results Pseudophryne sensu lato are separated from all published by Donnellan, Mahony and Bertozzi other Myobatrachid frogs as defined by Cogger (2012), gave strong support for the contention that (2014), by the following unique suite of characters: the genus Pseudophryne as currently understood Pupil horizontal; tongue does not adhere to the floor should be divided six ways to better reflect the six of the mouth posteriorly; tongue is small and narrowly divergent lineages or species groups. oval; prevomer is reduced or absent; vomerine teeth In for the first time ever, formally recognizing the six absent; outer metatarsal tubercle if present is much obviously divergent species groups as new genera, smaller than the inner metatarsal tubercle; maxillary the following nomenclatural acts are required or teeth are absent; a large frontoparietal foramen in affirmed: adults; phalanges are simple and there are no terminal discs on fingers or toes; no webbing; belly The genus Pseudophryne, with a type species of smooth and with black and white marbling; limbs are Phrynisc(us) australis (non Gray) Duméril and Bibron, short, but otherwise more-or-less normal, adpressed 1841 (= Pseudophryne semimarmorata Lucas, 1892) hindlimb reaches the tympanic region or beyond; is herein restricted to the clade including the type tympanum and middle ear structures are absent. species and other similar forms from eastern Australia and south-eastern Australia. Furthermore, the species in the six preceding genera usually have moderately developed parotoid glands The genus Gradwellia Wells and Wellington, 1985, and their call is usually a short, harsh “squelch” with a type species of Pseudophryne major Parker, sound. 1940, does represent a clade, with the associated species Pseudophryne covacevichae Ingram and The genus Sloppophryne gen. nov. is separated from Corben, 1994, but these two species in turn are (in the other five genera by the following suite of my view) not sufficiently divergent genetically or characters: No gland behind the thigh; inner morphologically from type Pseudophryne to warrant metatarsal tubercle is moderate, low and not shovel- being placed in a separate genus or even subgenus shaped; the outer metatarsal tubercle is small to and hence the name is synonymised within moderate; inner toe has two phalanges. Pseudophryne. I do note however that the name The genus Crottyphryne gen. nov. is separated from Gradwellia is available according to provisions of the other five genera by the following suite of relevant ICZN Codes as published. characters: Inner metatarsal tubercle is large and The genus Bufonella Girard, 1853, type species B. shovel-shaped; inner toe has two phalanges; outer crucifera Girard, 1853 (= Bombinator australis Gray, metatarsal tubercle is small and conical; inner toe 1835), better known as Pseudophryne australis has two phalanges; skin dorsally has small conical (Gray, 1835) is resurrected to include that species warts. and other related forms from coastal eastern The genus Kankanophryne Heyer and Liem, 1976 is Australia. separated from the other five genera by the following Closely related to Bufonella, but sufficiently divergent suite of characters: Inner and outer metatarsal both morphologically and in terms of time divergence, tubercles are large to moderate, often shovel- the so-called Corroboree Frogs, Pseudophryne shaped; inner toe has one or two phalanges and one corroboree Moore, 1953 and Pseudophryne or other of the following suites of characters: pengilleyi Wells and Wellington, 1985, being closely 1/ Outer metatarsal tubercle large and shovel- related species, are placed within the newly erected shaped, a large inguinal gland; inner toe with a single genus Oxyphryne gen. nov.. phalanx; or: The genus Kankanophryne Heyer and Liem, 1976, 2/ Inner and outer metatarsal tubercles are moderate with a type species of Pseudophryne occidentalis and not shovel-shaped; no gland behind the thigh; Parker, 1940 is resurrected from synonymy of inner toe with two phalanges. Pseudophryne. It includes five species, three of The genus Pseudophryne is separated from the other which are formally named for the first time. five genera by the following suite of characters: The new monotypic genus Sloppophryne gen. nov. is Inner and outer metatarsal tubercles are small to Hoser 2020 - Australasian Journal of Herpetology 50-51:1-128. Available online at www.herp.net Copyright- Kotabi Publishing - All rights reserved Australasian Journal of Herpetology 23

moderate and not shovel-shaped; inner toe has two OXYPHRYNE GEN. NOV. phalanges; there is a gland on the distal half of the LSIDurn:lsid:zoobank.org:act:D7F270AB-5D65- hind side of the thigh; and one or other of the 4C41-9AA7-C2BB25DA8825 following: Type species: Pseudophryne corroboree Moore, 1/ Snout somewhat pointed and prominent; internarial 1953. distance is shorter than the distance between the Diagnosis: Until now (year 2020), the putative nostril and the tip of the snout, or; genera Bufonella Girard, 1853, Kankanophryne 2/ The snout is rounded, not prominent; internarial Heyer and Liem, 1976 and Gradwellia Wells and distance is greater than the distance between the Wellington, 1985 have been treated as synonyms of nostril and the tip of the snout; there is not a dorsal the earlier named genus Pseudophryne Fitzinger, pattern of irregular alternate stripes of black and 1843 (e.g. Donnellan, Mahony and Bertozzi 2012, yellow (as seen in genus Oxyphryne gen. nov.); Cogger, 2014, Anstis 2013). dorsal surface is as dark or darker than the sides and In spite of the preceding, the molecular results without a bright red or orange triangular patch on the published by Donnellan, Mahony and Bertozzi crown (versus reddish dorsum, paler than sides or (2012), gave strong support for the contention that alternatively dark on top and with a bright red or the genus Pseudophryne as currently understood orange triangular patch on the crown as seen for should be divided six ways to better reflect the six genus Bufonella Girard, 1853). divergent lineages or species groups. The genus Bufonella Girard, 1853 is separated from In for the first time ever, formally recognizing the six the other five genera by the following suite of obviously divergent species groups as new genera, characters: The snout is rounded, not prominent; the following nomenclatural acts are required or internarial distance is greater than the distance affirmed: between the nostril and the tip of the snout; there is The genus Pseudophryne, with a type species of not a dorsal pattern of irregular alternate stripes of Phrynisc(us) australis (non Gray) Duméril and Bibron, black and yellow (as seen in genus Oxyphryne gen. 1841 (= Pseudophryne semimarmorata Lucas, 1892) nov.); dorsal surface reddish dorsum, paler than the is herein restricted to the clade including the type sides or alternatively dark on top and with a bright species and other similar forms from eastern red or orange triangular patch on the crown, (versus Australia and south-eastern Australia. as dark or darker on top than on the sides and The genus Gradwellia Wells and Wellington, 1985, without a bright red or orange triangular patch on the with a type species of Pseudophryne major Parker, crown in genus Pseudophryne). 1940, does represent a clade, with the associated The genus Oxyphryne gen. nov. is separated from species Pseudophryne covacevichae Ingram and the other five genera by the following suite of Corben, 1994, but these two species in turn are (in characters: The snout is rounded, not prominent; my view) not sufficiently divergent genetically or internarial distance is greater than the distance morphologically from type Pseudophryne to warrant between the nostril and the tip of the snout; and there being placed in a separate genus or even subgenus is a distinctive dorsal pattern of irregular alternate and hence the name is synonymised within stripes of black and yellow unlike seen in any other Pseudophryne. I do note however that the name Australian frogs. Both species are from Alpine areas Gradwellia is available according to provisions of of New South Wales and the Australian Capital relevant ICZN Codes as published. Territory (ACT), with no specimens recorded from The genus Bufonella Girard, 1853, type species B. nearby parts of Victoria. crucifera Girard, 1853 (= Bombinator australis Gray, Distribution: The genus is only known from the 1835), better known as Pseudophryne australis Pilbara region of Western Australia, including hilly (Gray, 1835) is resurrected to include that species areas to the immediate south. and other related forms from coastal eastern Etymology: The new genus Crottyphryne gen. nov. Australia. is named in honour of a deceased Great Dane / Closely related to Bufonella, but sufficiently divergent Rottweiler Cross named Crotalus (AKA Crotty), both morphologically and in terms of time divergence, himself named after a North American genus of the so-called Corroboree Frogs, Pseudophryne Pitviper, Crotalus Linnaeus, 1758, in recognition of corroboree Moore, 1953 and Pseudophryne nearly 13 years services in guarding our valuable pengilleyi Wells and Wellington, 1985, being closely wildlife breeding and research facility. related species, are placed within the newly erected The “phryne”, suffix reflects the Latin word for toad. genus Oxyphryne gen. nov.. Hence “Crottyphryne”. The genus Kankanophryne Heyer and Liem, 1976, Content: Crottyphryne crotalusei sp. nov. (type with a type species of Pseudophryne occidentalis species); C. douglasi (Main, 1964) (including one Parker, 1940 is resurrected from synonymy of newly named subspecies, C. douglasi oxyi subsp. Pseudophryne. It includes five species, three of nov.). which are formally named for the first time. Hoser 2020 - Australasian Journal of Herpetology 50-51:1-128. Available online at www.herp.net Copyright- Kotabi Publishing - All rights reserved 24 Australasian Journal of Herpetology

The new monotypic genus Sloppophryne gen. nov. is phalanges; there is a gland on the distal half of the formally erected to accommodate the divergent hind side of the thigh; and one or other of the central Australian species, Pseudophryne robinsoni following: Donnellan, Mahony and Bertozzi, 2012. 1/ Snout somewhat pointed and prominent; internarial The new genus Crottyphryne gen. nov. is formally distance is shorter than the distance between the erected to accommodate the newly described nostril and the tip of the snout, or; species Crottyphryne crotalusei sp. nov. and the 2/ The snout is rounded, not prominent; internarial closely related Pseudophryne douglasi Main, 1964, distance is greater than the distance between the both from Western Australia. nostril and the tip of the snout; there is not a dorsal All six preceding genera, all formerly treated as being pattern of irregular alternate stripes of black and Pseudophryne sensu lato are separated from all yellow (as seen in genus Oxyphryne gen. nov.); other Myobatrachid frogs as defined by Cogger dorsal surface is as dark or darker than the sides and (2014), by the following unique suite of characters: without a bright red or orange triangular patch on the Pupil horizontal; tongue does not adhere to the floor crown (versus reddish dorsum, paler than sides or of the mouth posteriorly; tongue is small and narrowly alternatively dark on top and with a bright red or oval; prevomer is reduced or absent; vomerine teeth orange triangular patch on the crown as seen for absent; outer metatarsal tubercle if present is much genus Bufonella Girard, 1853). smaller than the inner metatarsal tubercle; maxillary The genus Bufonella Girard, 1853 is separated from teeth are absent; a large frontoparietal foramen in the other five genera by the following suite of adults; phalanges are simple and there are no characters: The snout is rounded, not prominent; terminal discs on fingers or toes; no webbing; belly internarial distance is greater than the distance smooth and with black and white marbling; limbs are between the nostril and the tip of the snout; there is short, but otherwise more-or-less normal, adpressed not a dorsal pattern of irregular alternate stripes of hindlimb reaches the tympanic region or beyond; black and yellow (as seen in genus Oxyphryne gen. tympanum and middle ear structures are absent. nov.); dorsal surface reddish dorsum, paler than the Furthermore, the species in the six preceding genera sides or alternatively dark on top and with a bright usually have moderately developed parotoid glands red or orange triangular patch on the crown, (versus and their call is usually a short, harsh “squelch” as dark or darker on top than on the sides and sound. without a bright red or orange triangular patch on the The genus Sloppophryne gen. nov. is separated from crown in genus Pseudophryne). the other five genera by the following suite of The genus Oxyphryne gen. nov. is separated from characters: No gland behind the thigh; inner the other five genera by the following suite of metatarsal tubercle is moderate, low and not shovel- characters: The snout is rounded, not prominent; shaped; the outer metatarsal tubercle is small to internarial distance is greater than the distance moderate; inner toe has two phalanges. between the nostril and the tip of the snout; and there The genus Crottyphryne gen. nov. is separated from is a distinctive dorsal pattern of irregular alternate the other five genera by the following suite of stripes of black and yellow unlike seen in any other characters: Inner metatarsal tubercle is large and Australian frogs. shovel-shaped; inner toe has two phalanges; outer Distribution: Both species in the genus Oxyphryne metatarsal tubercle is small and conical; inner toe gen. nov. are allopatric and from Alpine areas of New has two phalanges; skin dorsally has small conical South Wales and the Australian Capital Territory warts. (ACT), with no specimens recorded from nearby The genus Kankanophryne Heyer and Liem, 1976 is parts of Victoria. separated from the other five genera by the following Etymology: The new genus Oxyphryne gen. nov. is suite of characters: Inner and outer metatarsal named in honour of a deceased Great Dane dog, tubercles are large to moderate, often shovel- named Oxyuranus or “Oxy” for short. This “family shaped; inner toe has one or two phalanges and one member” loyally guarded the wildlife research and or other of the following suites of characters: conservation facility here in Australia from thieves, 1/ Outer metatarsal tubercle large and shovel- 24/7 for 8 years until his death from heart disease in shaped, a large inguinal gland; inner toe with a single 2012 and it is appropriate his services to science be phalanx; or; recognized. The “phryne”, suffix reflects the Latin 2/ Inner and outer metatarsal tubercles are moderate word for toad. and not shovel-shaped; no gland behind the thigh; Oxyuranus Kinghorn, 1923 is also a well known inner toe with two phalanges. genus name for a group of highly venomous elapid The genus Pseudophryne is separated from the other snakes in Australasia, after which the dog was five genera by the following suite of characters: originally named. Inner and outer metatarsal tubercles are small to Content: Oxyphryne corroboree (Moore, 1953) (type moderate and not shovel-shaped; inner toe has two species); O. pengilleyi (Wells and Wellington, 1985). Hoser 2020 - Australasian Journal of Herpetology 50-51:1-128. Available online at www.herp.net Copyright- Kotabi Publishing - All rights reserved Australasian Journal of Herpetology 25

PSEUDOPHRYNE FITZINGER, 1843. the Pilbara region south of the Fortescue River. Type species: Phrynisc(us) australis (non Gray) Molecular results of Donnellan et al. (2012) confirm Duméril and Bibron, 1841. the species-level divergence of these two populations Diagnosis: See diagnosis for this genus within the and it is in accordance with other hill dwelling taxa in preceding diagnosis for Sloppophryne gen. nov.. the region, including monitors, pygopodids and Distribution: Eastern Australia. elapids. Content: Pseudophryne semimarmorata Lucas Examples include Worrellisaurus acanthurus (1892) (type species) (including subspecies); P. (Boulenger, 1885) north of the Fortescue River and covacevichae Ingram and Corben (1994); P, bibronii W. dannybrowni Hoser, 2018 (Hoser, 2018) south of Günther, 1858; P. dendyi Lucas, 1892 (including the Fortescue River, Pilbaravaranus pilbarensis subspecies); P. jasminegranti sp. nov.; P. major (Storr, 1980) north of the Fortescue River and P. Parker, 1940; P. martinekae sp. nov.; P. scottgranti hamersleyensis (Maryan et al. 2014) south of the sp. nov.; P. wellingtoni sp. nov.; P. wellsi sp. nov. Fortescue River, Wellsopus elegans (Kluge, 1974) to (including subspecies). the south of the Fortescue River and W. robwatsoni Hoser, 2017 (Hoser, 2017) to the north of the BUFONELLA GIRARD, 1853. Fortescue River, Vermicella snelli (Storr, 1967) to the Type species: Bufonella crucifera Girard, 1853 (= south of the Fortescue River and V. sloppi Hoser, Bombinator australis Gray, 1835). 2020 (Hoser, 2020d) to the north. Diagnosis: See diagnosis for this genus within the The taxon C. douglasi oxyi subsp, nov. from the preceding diagnosis for Sloppophryne gen. nov.. Cape Range of Western Australia, while Distribution: Eastern Australia. morphologically divergent and distributionally disjunct Content: Bufonella australis (Gray, 1835) (type from the main Pilbara population of C. douglasi and species); B. coriacea (Keferstein, 1868); B. speculated by Anstis (2013) to be a separate euanedwardsi sp. nov.; B. hoserae sp. nov.; B. raveni species, was shown by Donnellan et al. (2012) not to (Ingram and Corben, 1994); B. woolfi sp. nov.. be particularly genetically divergent and is therefore KANKANOPHRYNE HEYER AND LIEM, 1976. conservatively described herein as a new Type species: Pseudophryne occidentalis Parker, subspecies. 1940. Breeding isolation of the Cape Range population, Diagnosis: See diagnosis for this genus within the means it will continue to evolve separately as a preceding diagnosis for Sloppophryne gen. nov. species and so by some definitions should already be Distribution: South-western Western Australia, treated as such. Australia. The three preceding taxa, Crottyphryne crotalusei sp. nov., C. douglasi (Main, 1964) and C. douglasi oxyi Content: Kankanophryne occidentalis (Parker, 1940) subsp, nov. herein comprising the entirety of the (type species); K. guentheri (Boulenger, 1882); K. genus Crottyphryne gen. nov. are separated from katrinahoserae sp. nov.; K. marcdorsei sp. nov.; K. one another, by the following three suites of maxinehoserhoserae sp. nov.. characters: CROTTYPHRYNE CROTALUSEI SP. NOV. 1/ The type form of C. douglasi is characterised by LSIDurn:lsid:zoobank.org:act:37243D61-3C4E- having numerous large raised white or generally 4E96-A836-2C1288533980 white tipped tubercles on the flanks and upper Holotype: A preserved specimen at the Western surfaces of the limbs and similar prominent white Australian Museum, Perth, Western Australia, spotting on the underside of the gular region as well Australia, specimen number R125741 collected from as beneath the eye and posterior to it, where the 200 metres south-east of Python Pool, Western white spots are prominent. The iris is a bright orange Australia, Australia, Latitude -21.3392 S., Longitude colour. The orange patch on the snout between and 117.2366 E. This government-owned facility allows anterior to the eyes is prominent and extends in access to its holdings. some form to the supraciliary (above eye) region. Paratype: A preserved specimen at the Western Upper surfaces of the fore and hind limbs are dark Australian Museum, Perth, Western Australia, brown with orange interspaces, with the scattered Australia, specimen number R125741 collected from white spots referred to previously. White spotting on 200 metres south-east of Python Pool, Western upper and lower lips is prominent and obvious. Australia, Australia, Latitude -21.3392 S., Longitude The dorsum has a somewhat mottled colouration 117.2366 E. being a combination of ill defined areas of brick red to Diagnosis: Until now, Crottyphryne crotalusei sp. orange alternating with dark brown, being generally nov. was treated as a northern population of C. of a dark purplish or reddish colouration. douglasi (Main, 1964). C. crotalusei sp. nov. is found At the rear of the dorsum is an area of orange that is north of the Fortescue River biogeographical barrier, more or less triangular in shape and posterior to the whereas C. douglasi has a centre of distribution in forelimbs on the dorsum is a medium-sized semi-

Hoser 2020 - Australasian Journal of Herpetology 50-51:1-128. Available online at www.herp.net Copyright- Kotabi Publishing - All rights reserved 26 Australasian Journal of Herpetology distinct orange blotch of roughly circular shape on becoming mainly purple at the rear, excluding the either side of the midline on the upper body. Upper light orange region at the centre of the posterior part arms are mainly orange and feet are mainly purplish. of the back. The type form of C. douglasi (C. douglasi douglasi) is Both C. douglasi oxyi subsp. nov. and C. douglasi depicted in life on page 649, bottom photo in Anstis douglasi have obvious orange colour on the upper (2013) and page 77, at top of Tyler (1992). snout anterior to the eyes. This is not the case in C. 2/ C. douglasi oxyi subsp. nov. has limited raised crotalusei sp. nov.. The snout of C. crotalusei sp. nov. white tubercles on the posterior lower flanks, but is greyish pink, heavily peppered with dull purple. these are not distinct or well defined. Anterior to the C. crotalusei sp. nov. is depicted in life on plate 27 at eye and in stark contrast to C. douglasi there are no top (image one) of Tyler, Smith and Johnstone white spots of any form. The dorsum is a generally (1994). clean and well-defined pattern of mainly dark brown Photos of all three taxa, Crottyphryne crotalusei sp. broken by a series of large orange blotches of nov., C. douglasi oxyi subsp. nov. and C. douglasi irregular shape, but invariably including a large douglasi can also be found on the website http:// triangle at the rear and two large patches at the front www.flickr.com by doing a search for “Pseudophryne of the body, each occupying the area above the axila douglasi”. of the arms, with each patch being separated by Distribution: Crottyphryne crotalusei sp. nov. is darker pigment near the mid-dorsal area. known only from a limited area near the type locality, While C. douglasi also have the large triangle at the being north of the Fortescue River in the western part rear of the body on the dorsum in some form, of the Pilbara Region. This area includes the anteriorly, C. douglasi oxyi subsp. nov. is readily Millstream Chichester National Park, including the separated from that species by the fact that the region of the Upper Harding River. orange blotches posterior to the arms on the upper Etymology: As for the genus Crottyphryne gen. nov.. flank and nearby dorsum are large, well-defined and The new species C. crotalusei sp. nov. is named in prominent. Upper arms of C. douglasi oxyi subsp. honour of a deceased Great Dane /Rottweiler Cross nov. are mainly light grey or pinkish, versus mainly named Crotalus (AKA Crotty), himself named after a orange in C. douglasi douglasi. Feet of C. douglasi North American genus of Pitviper, Crotalus Linnaeus, oxyi subsp. nov. are mainly pink. 1758, in recognition of nearly 13 years services in C. douglasi oxyi subsp. nov. is depicted in life on guarding our valuable wildlife breeding and research page 649, top photo in Anstis (2013). facility. The addition of the letter “e” in the name (after 3/ C. crotalusei sp. nov. differs from both C. douglasi the word “crotalus” and preceding the suffix “i”) is douglasi and C. douglasi oxyi subsp. nov. by being deliberate and should not be removed. mainly pinkish dorsally, rather than mainly a dark or CROTTYPHRYNE DOUGLASI OXYI SUBSP. NOV. dull dark purple. The orange patch at the rear of the LSIDurn:lsid:zoobank.org:act:3DDDD5E6-52F9- dorsum is elongate, rather than in the shape of a 4E77-B9F3-9AA2F85A25AC triangle with the broad edge at the anterior side as Holotype: A preserved specimen at the Western seen in C. douglasi douglasi and C. douglasi oxyi Australian Museum, Perth, Western Australia, subsp. nov.. In the area posterior to the forelimbs on Australia, specimen number R104966 collected from the dorsum, the orange patches seen in C. douglasi 21 km north of Learmonth, Western Australia, douglasi and C. douglasi oxyi subsp. nov. are Australia, Latitude -22.05 S., Longitude 114.0833 E. reduced to be simply tiny spots, usually in the form of This government-owned facility allows access to its raised orange tubercles, or alternatively are absent. holdings. Tubercles on the body, including the lower flanks Paratypes: Four preserved specimens at the tend to be the same colour as the surrounding skin, Western Australian Museum, Perth, Western or if lighter are usually pinkish, rather than white as Australia, Australia, specimen numbers R104967, seen in C. douglasi douglasi. R104968, R104969, R104970, collected from 21 km C. douglasi douglasi and C. crotalusei sp. nov. have north of Learmonth, Western Australia, Australia, obvious raised orange patches on the upper surfaces Latitude -22.05 S., Longitude 114.0833 E. of the forearms, which are absent in C. douglasi oxyi Diagnosis: Until now, Crottyphryne crotalusei sp. subsp. nov.. nov. was treated as a northern population of C. C. crotalusei sp. nov. have pink feet with strong douglasi (Main, 1964). C. crotalusei sp. nov. is found purple peppering, giving them a pinkish-purple hue, north of the Fortescue River biogeographical barrier, somewhat intermediate between that seen in C. whereas C. douglasi has a centre of distribution in douglasi oxyi subsp. nov. (mainly pink) and C. the Pilbara region south of the Fortescue River. douglasi douglasi (mainly purple). Molecular results of Donnellan et al. (2012) confirm The dorsum of C. crotalusei sp. nov. is a combination the species-level divergence of these two populations of areas of pink and purple forming an irregular and and it is in accordance with other hill dwelling taxa in indistinct pattering. Anterior the colour is mainly pink,

the region, including monitors, pygopodids and depicted in life on page 649, bottom photo in Anstis elapids. (2013) and page 77, at top of Tyler (1992). Examples include Worrellisaurus acanthurus 2/ C. douglasi oxyi subsp. nov. has limited raised (Boulenger, 1885) north of the Fortescue River and white tubercles on the posterior lower flanks, but W. dannybrowni Hoser, 2018 (Hoser, 2018) south of these are not distinct or well defined. Anterior to the the Fortescue River, Pilbaravaranus pilbarensis eye and in stark contrast to C. douglasi there are no (Storr, 1980) north of the Fortescue River and P. white spots of any form. The dorsum is a generally hamersleyensis (Maryan et al. 2014) south of the clean and well-defined pattern of mainly dark brown Fortescue River, Wellsopus elegans (Kluge, 1974) to broken by a series of large orange blotches of the south of the Fortescue River and W. robwatsoni irregular shape, but invariably including a large Hoser, 2017 (Hoser, 2017) to the north of the triangle at the rear and two large patches at the front Fortescue River, Vermicella snelli (Storr, 1967) to the of the body, each occupying the area above the axila south of the Fortescue River and V. sloppi Hoser, of the arms, with each patch being separated by 2020 (Hoser, 2020d) to the north. darker pigment near the mid-dorsal area. The taxon C. douglasi oxyi subsp, nov. from the While C. douglasi also have the large triangle at the Cape Range of Western Australia, while rear of the body on the dorsum in some form, morphologically divergent and distributionally disjunct anteriorly, C. douglasi oxyi subsp. nov. is readily from the main Pilbara population of C. douglasi and separated from that species by the fact that the speculated by Anstis (2013) to be a separate orange blotches posterior to the arms on the upper species, was shown by Donnellan et al. (2012) not to flank and nearby dorsum are large, well-defined and be particularly genetically divergent and is therefore prominent. Upper arms of C. douglasi oxyi subsp. conservatively described herein as a new nov. are mainly light grey or pinkish, versus mainly subspecies. orange in C. douglasi douglasi. Feet of C. douglasi Breeding isolation of the Cape Range population, oxyi subsp. nov. are mainly pink. means it will continue to evolve separately as a C. douglasi oxyi subsp. nov. is depicted in life on species and so by some definitions should already be page 649, top photo in Anstis (2013). treated as such. 3/ C. crotalusei sp. nov. differs from both C. douglasi The three preceding taxa, Crottyphryne crotalusei sp. douglasi and C. douglasi oxyi subsp. nov. by being nov., C. douglasi (Main, 1964) and C. douglasi oxyi mainly pinkish dorsally, rather than mainly a dark or subsp, nov. herein comprising the entirety of the dull dark purple. The orange patch at the rear of the genus Crottyphryne gen. nov. are separated from dorsum is elongate, rather than in the shape of a one another, by the following three suites of triangle with the broad edge at the anterior side as characters: seen in C. douglasi douglasi and C. douglasi oxyi 1/ The type form of C. douglasi is characterised by subsp. nov.. In the area posterior to the forelimbs on having numerous large raised white or generally the dorsum, the orange patches seen in C. douglasi white tipped tubercles on the flanks and upper douglasi and C. douglasi oxyi subsp. nov. are surfaces of the limbs and similar prominent white reduced to be simply tiny spots, usually in the form of spotting on the underside of the gular region as well raised orange tubercles, or alternatively are absent. as beneath the eye and posterior to it, where the Tubercles on the body, including the lower flanks white spots are prominent. The iris is a bright orange tend to be the same colour as the surrounding skin, colour. The orange patch on the snout between and or if lighter are usually pinkish, rather than white as anterior to the eyes is prominent and extends in seen in C. douglasi douglasi. some form to the supraciliary (above eye) region. C. douglasi douglasi and C. crotalusei sp. nov. have Upper surfaces of the fore and hind limbs are dark obvious raised orange patches on the upper surfaces brown with orange interspaces, with the scattered of the forearms, which are absent in C. douglasi oxyi white spots referred to previously. White spotting on subsp. nov.. upper and lower lips is prominent and obvious. C. crotalusei sp. nov. have pink feet with strong The dorsum has a somewhat mottled colouration purple peppering, giving them a pinkish-purple hue, being a combination of ill defined areas of brick red to somewhat intermediate between that seen in C. orange alternating with dark brown, being generally douglasi oxyi subsp. nov. (mainly pink) and C. of a dark purplish or reddish colouration. douglasi douglasi (mainly purple). At the rear of the dorsum is an area of orange that is The dorsum of C. crotalusei sp. nov. is a combination more or less triangular in shape and posterior to the of areas of pink and purple forming an irregular and forelimbs on the dorsum is a medium-sized semi- indistinct pattering. Anterior the colour is mainly pink, distinct orange blotch of roughly circular shape on becoming mainly purple at the rear, excluding the either side of the midline on the upper body. Upper light orange region at the centre of the posterior part arms are mainly orange and feet are mainly purplish. of the back. The type form of C. douglasi (C. douglasi douglasi) is Both C. douglasi oxyi subsp. nov. and C. douglasi

Hoser 2020 - Australasian Journal of Herpetology 50-51:1-128. Available online at www.herp.net Copyright- Kotabi Publishing - All rights reserved 28 Australasian Journal of Herpetology douglasi have obvious orange colour on the upper that they lack the large shovel-shaped outer snout anterior to the eyes. This is not the case in C. metatarsal tubercle seen in that species and that the crotalusei sp. nov.. The snout of C. crotalusei sp. nov. inner toe has two phalanges, versus a single phalanx is greyish pink, heavily peppered with dull purple. in K. guentheri. C. crotalusei sp. nov. is depicted in life on plate 27 at K. occidentalis (Parker, 1940) is herein restricted to top (image one) of Tyler, Smith and Johnstone drier parts of the wheat belt in south-west Australia, (1994). excluding drier areas to the north and north east. Photos of all three taxa, Crottyphryne crotalusei sp. K. marcdorsei sp. nov. is generally confined to hilly nov., C. douglasi oxyi subsp. nov. and C. douglasi and otherwise elevated areas north-east of douglasi can also be found on the website http:// Geraldton, Western Australia. www.flickr.com by doing a search for “Pseudophryne K. maxinehoserae sp. nov. occurs in a general line douglasi”. from Mount Magnet in the west, eastwards to near Distribution: The newly described subspecies C. Leonora in Western Australia with a known douglasi oxyi subsp, nov. is believed to be confined distribution not extending far north or south of this to the Cape Range of Western Australia. It is line (as in no more than 200 km north or south of this apparently separated from the main population of C. line). douglasi douglasi in the nearby Pilbara region by an K. katrinahoserae sp. nov. is currently only known apparently impenetrable barrier of generally sand from the area of the type locality, near Mount West, dune habitat and/or flats. Western Australia, in the western Tomkinson Ranges Etymology: The new subspecies is named in honour in the far east of Western Australia. It presumably of a deceased Great Dane dog, named Oxyuranus or occurs also in immediately adjacent parts of the “Oxy” for short. This “family member” loyally guarded range in the Northern Territory, Australia. the wildlife research and conservation facility here in The four species K. occidentalis (Parker, 1940), K. Australia from thieves, 24/7 for 8 years until his death maxinehoserae sp. nov., K. katrinahoserae sp. nov. from heart disease in 2012 and it is appropriate his and K. marcdorsei sp. nov. are separated from one services to science be recognized. Oxyuranus another by the following unique suites of characters: Kinghorn, 1923 is also a well known genus name for 1/ K. occidentalis (Parker, 1940) is has a generally a group of highly venomous elapid snakes in dark chocolate brown to dark grey dorsum, overlain Australasia, after which the dog was originally with indistinct reddish, reddish-brown or brown named. patches of pigment in an irregular manner. Anterior to KANKANOPHRYNE MAXINEHOSERAE SP. NOV. the eyes and between them is a semidistinct lighter LSIDurn:lsid:zoobank.org:act:C0B8F846-BF5D- triangle of the lighter pigment colour. Upper forearms 4B82-94EB-A0C3D4E3065E have a wide orange band occupying most of the Holotype: A preserved specimen at the Western upper surface. Lower forearms are dark and with Australian Museum, Perth, Western Australia, obvious pointed white-tipped tubercles. Tubercles on specimen number R113774 collected from 66 km the upper hind limbs may or may not be white-tipped. north of Leonora, Western Australia, Australia, Upper iris is dull orange. The dorsum has a large Latitude -28.2 S., Longitude 121.3333 E. This number of closely spaced relatively blunt tubercles, government-owned facility allows access to its often darker than the nearby skin, with the entire holdings. dosum more-or-less granular. Paratypes: Two preserved specimens at the Upper lip, sides of snout (not dorsum) and below the Western Australian Museum, Perth, Western eye are generally dark in colour, save for a few widely Australia, specimen numbers R113775 and R113775 spaced tiny white-flecks or spots on upper jawline. collected from 66 km north of Leonora, Western Toes are brownish. Australia, Australia, Latitude -28.2 S., Longitude 2/ K. marcdorsei sp. nov. is readily identified by its 121.3333 E. dorsum being an irregular mixture of salmon pink and Diagnosis: The species Kankanophryne dark greyish-purple-brown. The percentages of each maxinehoserae sp. nov., K. katrinahoserae sp. nov. varies depending on the specimen, but is generally in and K. marcdorsei sp. nov. have until now all been the vicinity of fifty percent of each. Upper forearms treated as populations of the widespread putative have a wide orange band occupying most of the mainly south west Australian species K. occidentalis upper surface. Lower forearms are darker, but could (Parker, 1940). not be described as being dark, like in K. All can be readily separated from the only other occidentalis. Any pointed white-tipped tubercles if species in the genus K. guentheri (Boulenger, 1882) present on the forearms are few in number and tiny. known in most contemporary texts as “Pseudophryne Upper iris is bright orange. The light marking on the guentheri Boulengeri, 1882”, including in Cogger et dorsum on the snout anterior to the eye is a al. (1983), Cogger (2014), Anstis (2013), Tyler et al. distinctive salmon pink colour. (1994) and Eipper and Rowland (2018), by the fact Hoser 2020 - Australasian Journal of Herpetology 50-51:1-128. Available online at www.herp.net Copyright- Kotabi Publishing - All rights reserved Australasian Journal of Herpetology 29

Toes are pink, with purplish speckling. following suites of characters: Tubercles on the back are dense and low. 1/ Outer metatarsal tubercle large and shovel- 3/ K. maxinehoserae sp. nov. is a lighter coloured shaped, a large inguinal gland; inner toe with a single frog with a yellowish and washed out greyish phalanx (K. guentheri); or; colouration. The light pigment anterior to the eye is 2/ Inner and outer metatarsal tubercles are moderate beige in colour and expanded to occupy the entire and not shovel-shaped; no gland behind the thigh; area of the dorsum of the snout anterior to the eyes. inner toe with two phalanges (K. katrinahoserae sp. The upper surface of the upper arm is yellow, nov., K. marcdorsei sp. nov., K. maxinehoserae sp. yellowish-brown or also beige, not orange. Fore-feet nov. and K. occidentalis). are whitish. Distribution: Kankanophryne maxinehoserae sp. The dorsum is mainly a light brownish-grey in nov. is known to occur in a general line from Mount colouration with scattered irregular patches of light Magnet in the west, eastwards to near Leonora in yellow or beige on the upper surface, these not Western Australia with a known distribution not occupying most of the dorsum. Flanks are a light extending far north or south of this line (as in no more greyish colour and mainly uniform in texture. On both than 200 km north or south of this line). dorsum and flanks are scattered large pointed Etymology: Named in honour of Maxine Hoser of tubercles, usually lighter tipped, while the rest of the Margate, United Kingdom in recognition of her skin is more-or-less smooth (versus the mainly services to herpetology in my formative years in the granular skin seen in both K. marcdorsei sp. nov. and 1960’s. K. occidentalis). KANKANOPHRYNE KATRINAHOSERAE SP. NOV. Upper iris a light yellowish-orange. Lower iris bright LSIDurn:lsid:zoobank.org:act:01A8B3E9-CD27- orange. 497B-9701-89B83FD87688 A live specimen of K. maxinehoserae sp. nov. is Holotype: A preserved specimen at the Western depicted in Cogger (2014) on page 107 (top, right) or Australian Museum, Perth, Western Australia, online at: specimen number R115171 collected from 5 km https://www.flickr.com/photos/toddburrows/ south west of Mount West, Western Australia, 6458477317/ Australia, Latitude -26.3038 S., Longitude 128.7966 and E. This government-owned facility allows access to https://www.flickr.com/photos/toddburrows/ its holdings. 6458478511/ Paratypes: Two preserved specimens at the 4/ K. katrinahoserae sp. nov. is similar in most Western Australian Museum, Perth, Western respects to K. maxinehoserae sp. nov. as described Australia, specimen numbers R115170 and R115172 immediately above, and separated from the other collected from 5 km south west of Mount West, species in the genus accordingly. Western Australia, Australia, Latitude -26.3038 S., However K. katrinahoserae sp. nov. is separated Longitude 128.7966 E. from K. maxinehoserae sp. nov. by being a Diagnosis: The species Kankanophryne distinctively reddish coloured frog (versus yellowish- maxinehoserae sp. nov., K. katrinahoserae sp. nov. grey). and K. marcdorsei sp. nov. have until now all been Lighter pigment areas on the upper snout and upper treated as populations of the widespread putative surfaces of the upper arms are pinkish-red, as mainly south west Australian species K. occidentalis opposed to being beige, yellow or yellowish-brown. (Parker, 1940). Fore-feet are whitish-pink. All can be readily separated from the only other Upper and lower iris orange-red in colour. species in the genus K. guentheri (Boulenger, 1882) Colour images of all five species within the genus known in most contemporary texts as “Pseudophryne Kankanophryne Heyer and Liem, 1976 can found guentheri Boulengeri, 1882”, including in Cogger et online on the website http://www.flickr.com by doing a al. (1983), Cogger (2014), Anstis (2013), Tyler et al. search for “Pseudophryne occidentalis” for the four (1994) and Eipper and Rowland (2018), by the fact species previously treated as K. occidentalis and that they lack the large shovel-shaped outer “Pseudophryne guentheri” for K. guentheri as defined metatarsal tubercle seen in that species and that the within this paper. inner toe has two phalanges, versus a single phalanx in K. guentheri. The five species within the genus Kankanophryne Heyer and Liem, 1976 are separated from the other K. occidentalis (Parker, 1940) is herein restricted to five genera formerly all treated as being within drier parts of the wheat belt in south-west Australia, Pseudophryne Fitzinger, 1843 by the following suite excluding drier areas to the north and north east. of characters: Inner and outer metatarsal tubercles K. marcdorsei sp. nov. is generally confined to hilly are large to moderate, often shovel-shaped; inner toe and otherwise elevated areas north-east of has one or two phalanges and one or other of the Geraldton, Western Australia.

K. maxinehoserae sp. nov. occurs in a general line The dorsum is mainly a light brownish-grey in from Mount Magnet in the west, eastwards to near colouration with scattered irregular patches of light Leonora in Western Australia with a known yellow or beige on the upper surface, these not distribution not extending far north or south of this occupying most of the dorsum. Flanks are a light line (as in no more than 200 km north or south of this greyish colour and mainly uniform in texture. On both line). dorsum and flanks are scattered large pointed K. katrinahoserae sp. nov. is currently only known tubercles, usually lighter tipped, while the rest of the from the area of the type locality, near Mount West, skin is more-or-less smooth (versus the mainly Western Australia, in the western Tomkinson Ranges granular skin seen in both K. marcdorsei sp. nov. and in the far east of Western Australia. It presumably K. occidentalis). occurs also in immediately adjacent parts of the Upper iris a light yellowish-orange. Lower iris bright range in the Northern Territory, Australia. orange. The four species K. occidentalis (Parker, 1940), K. 4/ K. katrinahoserae sp. nov. is similar in most maxinehoserae sp. nov., K. katrinahoserae sp. nov. respects to K. maxinehoserae sp. nov. as described and K. marcdorsei sp. nov. are separated from one immediately above, and separated from the other another by the following unique suites of characters: species in the genus accordingly. 1/ K. occidentalis (Parker, 1940) is has a generally However K. katrinahoserae sp. nov. is separated dark chocolate brown to dark grey dorsum, overlain from K. maxinehoserae sp. nov. by being a with indistinct reddish, reddish-brown or brown distinctively reddish coloured frog (versus yellowish- patches of pigment in an irregular manner. Anterior to grey). the eyes and between them is a semidistinct lighter Lighter pigment areas on the upper snout and upper triangle of the lighter pigment colour. Upper forearms surfaces of the upper arms are pinkish-red, as have a wide orange band occupying most of the opposed to being beige, yellow or yellowish-brown. upper surface. Lower forearms are dark and with Fore-feet are whitish-pink. obvious pointed white-tipped tubercles. Tubercles on Upper and lower iris orange-red in colour. the upper hind limbs may or may not be white-tipped. Colour images of all five species within the genus Upper iris is dull orange. The dorsum has a large Kankanophryne Heyer and Liem, 1976 can found number of closely spaced relatively blunt tubercles, online on the website http://www.flickr.com by doing a often darker than the nearby skin, with the entire search for “Pseudophryne occidentalis” for the four dosum more-or-less granular. species previously treated as K. occidentalis and Upper lip, sides of snout (not dorsum) and below the “Pseudophryne guentheri” for K. guentheri as defined eye are generally dark in colour, save for a few widely within this paper. spaced tiny white-flecks or spots on upper jawline. The five species within the genus Kankanophryne Toes are brownish. Heyer and Liem, 1976 are separated from the other 2/ K. marcdorsei sp. nov. is readily identified by its five genera formerly all treated as being within dorsum being an irregular mixture of salmon pink and Pseudophryne Fitzinger, 1843 by the following suite dark greyish-purple-brown. The percentages of each of characters: Inner and outer metatarsal tubercles varies depending on the specimen, but is generally in are large to moderate, often shovel-shaped; inner toe the vicinity of fifty percent of each. Upper forearms has one or two phalanges and one or other of the have a wide orange band occupying most of the following suites of characters: upper surface. Lower forearms are darker, but could 1/ Outer metatarsal tubercle large and shovel- not be described as being dark, like in K. shaped, a large inguinal gland; inner toe with a single occidentalis. Any pointed white-tipped tubercles if phalanx (K. guentheri); or; present on the forearms are few in number and tiny. 2/ Inner and outer metatarsal tubercles are moderate Upper iris is bright orange. The light marking on the and not shovel-shaped; no gland behind the thigh; dorsum on the snout anterior to the eye is a inner toe with two phalanges (K. katrinahoserae sp. distinctive salmon pink colour. nov., K. marcdorsei sp. nov., K. maxinehoserae sp. Toes are pink, with purplish speckling. nov. and K. occidentalis). Tubercles on the back are dense and low. Distribution: Kankanophryne katrinahoserae sp. 3/ K. maxinehoserae sp. nov. is a lighter coloured nov. is known only from the type locality in the frog with a yellowish and washed out greyish western Tomkinson Ranges in the far east of colouration. The light pigment anterior to the eye is Western Australia. It presumably occurs also in beige in colour and expanded to occupy the entire immediately adjacent parts of the range in the area of the dorsum of the snout anterior to the eyes. Northern Territory, Australia. The upper surface of the upper arm is yellow, Etymology: Named in honour of my mother, Katrina yellowish-brown or also beige, not orange. Fore-feet Hoser originally of Dagenham, Essex, United are whitish. Kingdom, but for most of her life, Sydney, New South

Wales, Australia (mainly Lane Cove, North Shore), in another by the following unique suites of characters: recognition of her many contributions to herpetology 1/ K. occidentalis (Parker, 1940) is has a generally and wildlife conservation worldwide. dark chocolate brown to dark grey dorsum, overlain KANKANOPHRYNE MARCDORSEI SP. NOV. with indistinct reddish, reddish-brown or brown LSIDurn:lsid:zoobank.org:act:E082BC71-8D87- patches of pigment in an irregular manner. Anterior to 45CF-AB90-51B89B16FFDE the eyes and between them is a semidistinct lighter Holotype: A preserved specimen at the Western triangle of the lighter pigment colour. Upper forearms Australian Museum, Perth, Western Australia, have a wide orange band occupying most of the Australia, specimen number R132638 collected from upper surface. Lower forearms are dark and with under some loose rocks in a soak at Koolanooka obvious pointed white-tipped tubercles. Tubercles on Spring, Western Australia, Australia, Latitude - the upper hind limbs may or may not be white-tipped. 29.1869 S., Longitude 116.6867 E. This government- Upper iris is dull orange. The dorsum has a large owned facility allows access to its holdings. number of closely spaced relatively blunt tubercles, Paratypes: Four preserved specimens at the often darker than the nearby skin, with the entire Western Australian Museum, Perth, Western dosum more-or-less granular. Australia, Australia, specimen numbers R132639, Upper lip, sides of snout (not dorsum) and below the R132640, R132641 and R132642 all collected from eye are generally dark in colour, save for a few widely under some loose rocks in a soak at Koolanooka spaced tiny white-flecks or spots on upper jawline. Spring, Western Australia, Australia, Latitude - Toes are brownish. 29.1869 S., Longitude 116.6867 E. 2/ K. marcdorsei sp. nov. is readily identified by its Diagnosis: The species Kankanophryne dorsum being an irregular mixture of salmon pink and maxinehoserae sp. nov., K. katrinahoserae sp. nov. dark greyish-purple-brown. The percentages of each and K. marcdorsei sp. nov. have until now all been varies depending on the specimen, but is generally in treated as populations of the widespread putative the vicinity of fifty percent of each. Upper forearms mainly south west Australian species K. occidentalis have a wide orange band occupying most of the (Parker, 1940). upper surface. Lower forearms are darker, but could All can be readily separated from the only other not be described as being dark, like in K. species in the genus K. guentheri (Boulenger, 1882) occidentalis. Any pointed white-tipped tubercles if known in most contemporary texts as “Pseudophryne present on the forearms are few in number and tiny. guentheri Boulengeri, 1882”, including in Cogger et Upper iris is bright orange. The light marking on the al. (1983), Cogger (2014), Anstis (2013), Tyler et al. dorsum on the snout anterior to the eye is a (1994) and Eipper and Rowland (2018), by the fact distinctive salmon pink colour. that they lack the large shovel-shaped outer Toes are pink, with purplish speckling. metatarsal tubercle seen in that species and that the Tubercles on the back are dense and low. inner toe has two phalanges, versus a single phalanx K. marcdorsei sp. nov. is depicted in life online at: in K. guentheri. https://www.flickr.com/photos/zimny_anders/ K. occidentalis (Parker, 1940) is herein restricted to 37199032955 drier parts of the wheat belt in south-west Australia, and excluding drier areas to the north and north east. https://www.flickr.com/photos/zimny_anders/ K. marcdorsei sp. nov. is generally confined to hilly 37199035155/ and otherwise elevated areas north-east of 3/ K. maxinehoserae sp. nov. is a lighter coloured Geraldton, Western Australia. frog with a yellowish and washed out greyish K. maxinehoserae sp. nov. occurs in a general line colouration. The light pigment anterior to the eye is from Mount Magnet in the west, eastwards to near beige in colour and expanded to occupy the entire Leonora in Western Australia with a known area of the dorsum of the snout anterior to the eyes. distribution not extending far north or south of this The upper surface of the upper arm is yellow, line (as in no more than 200 km north or south of this yellowish-brown or also beige, not orange. Fore-feet line). are whitish. K. katrinahoserae sp. nov. is currently only known The dorsum is mainly a light brownish-grey in from the area of the type locality, near Mount West, colouration with scattered irregular patches of light Western Australia, in the western Tomkinson Ranges yellow or beige on the upper surface, these not in the far east of Western Australia. It presumably occupying most of the dorsum. Flanks are a light occurs also in immediately adjacent parts of the greyish colour and mainly uniform in texture. On both range in the Northern Territory, Australia. dorsum and flanks are scattered large pointed The four species K. occidentalis (Parker, 1940), K. tubercles, usually lighter tipped, while the rest of the maxinehoserae sp. nov., K. katrinahoserae sp. nov. skin is more-or-less smooth (versus the mainly and K. marcdorsei sp. nov. are separated from one granular skin seen in both K. marcdorsei sp. nov. and

K. occidentalis). as posted at: https://reptilepark.com.au/animals/ Upper iris a light yellowish-orange. Lower iris bright reptiles/turtles-tortoises/manning-river-turtle/ is orange. nothing more than a scam to entice well-meaning 4/ K. katrinahoserae sp. nov. is similar in most gullible people to donate money to his privately respects to K. maxinehoserae sp. nov. as described owned business masquerading as a charity. immediately above, and separated from the other Trading on the plight of endangered wildlife by species in the genus accordingly. making false claims for personal profit, in order to However K. katrinahoserae sp. nov. is separated scam cash from well-meaning but otherwise ill- from K. maxinehoserae sp. nov. by being a informed people is ethically and morally repugnant! distinctively reddish coloured frog (versus yellowish- BUFONELLA HOSERAE SP. NOV. grey). LSIDurn:lsid:zoobank.org:act:83D166B4-6E5B- Lighter pigment areas on the upper snout and upper 4D8B-A991-2D12F7B39D59 surfaces of the upper arms are pinkish-red, as Holotype: A preserved specimen at the Australian opposed to being beige, yellow or yellowish-brown. Museum, Sydney, New South Wales, Australia, Fore-feet are whitish-pink. specimen number R.155209, collected at Garrawarra Upper and lower iris orange-red in colour. Track, Royal National Park, New South Wales, Colour images of all five species within the genus Australia, Latitude -34.1750 S., Longitude 151.0442 Kankanophryne Heyer and Liem, 1976 can found E. This government-owned facility allows access to online on the website http://www.flickr.com by doing a its holdings. search for “Pseudophryne occidentalis” for the four Paratypes: 1/ A preserved specimen at the species previously treated as K. occidentalis and Australian Museum, Sydney, New South Wales, “Pseudophryne guentheri” for K. guentheri as defined Australia, specimen number R.155208 collected at within this paper. Karloo Track, Royal National Park, at Heathcote, The five species within the genus Kankanophryne New South Wales, Australia, Latitude -34.0928 S., Heyer and Liem, 1976 are separated from the other Longitude 151.0117 E. five genera formerly all treated as being within 2/ A preserved specimen at the Australian Museum, Pseudophryne Fitzinger, 1843 by the following suite Sydney, New South Wales, Australia, specimen of characters: Inner and outer metatarsal tubercles number R.148292 collected at Lady Carrington Drive, are large to moderate, often shovel-shaped; inner toe Royal National Park, Latitude -34.116 S., Longitude has one or two phalanges and one or other of the 151.050 E. following suites of characters: Diagnosis: The molecular evidence of Donnellan et 1/ Outer metatarsal tubercle large and shovel- al. (2012) supports the contention that Bombinator shaped, a large inguinal gland; inner toe with a single australis Gray, 1835, better known as Pseudophryne phalanx (K. guentheri); or; australis (Gray, 1835) and associated species from 2/ Inner and outer metatarsal tubercles are moderate eastern Australia form a genus-level clade sufficiently and not shovel-shaped; no gland behind the thigh; divergent from the type species of Pseudophryne inner toe with two phalanges (K. katrinahoserae sp. Fitzinger, 1843, namely Phrynisc(us) australis (non nov., K. marcdorsei sp. nov., K. maxinehoserae sp. Gray) Duméril and Bibron, 1841 (= Pseudophryne nov. and K. occidentalis). semimarmorata Lucas, 1892) and species most Distribution: Kankanophryne marcdorsei sp. nov. is closely related to this taxon, to be placed in a known only from hilly and otherwise elevated areas separate genus. mainly north-east of Geraldton, Western Australia. The genus name Bufonella Girard, 1853, with the Etymology: Named in honour of Marc Dorse of type species B. crucifera Girard, 1853 (= Bombinator Toowoomba, Queensland, Australia, previously of australis Gray, 1835), better known as Pseudophryne australis (Gray, 1835), from the sandstone regions Mount Tamborine, Queensland, Australia, a wildlife within a 250 km radius of Sydney, New South Wales, demonstrator of some decades (Business name Australia is resurrected to include that species and “Deadly Australians”, Australian Registered other related forms from coastal eastern Australia Trademark number 797420, registered in 1999), in and therefore that name (Bufonella) is used herein. recognition of his services to education and wildlife Since at least the 1970’s it has been common conservation in Australia. knowledge that putative Bufonella australis (Gray, Dorse was the first person in the world to breed in 1835) varies significantly between the three main captivity the little known freshwater turtle species sandstone bioregions surrounding Sydney. Wollumbinia purvisi (Wells and Wellington, 1985). Those from the North Shore, Northern Beaches and The more recent and widely posted claim by John north, through the escarpments of the central coast Weigel and his privately owned zoo business, trading to the south side of the Hunter Valley have long been as the “Australian Reptile Park” to be the first in the known to differ from those from south in the Royal world to breed this species (Wollumbinia purvisi) (e.g. National Park, Heathcote State Park and adjoining

areas. yellow”, the yellow being the orange colour seen in Specimens from the Blue Mountains, are most similar life, the dotting being a trait associated with the to those from the south, but appear to be potentially northern form. distributionally disjunct from them in a zone equating The specimen of Phryniscus albifrons Duméril, to the south-western Cumberland Plain and the Bibron, and Duméril, 1854, (Erp. Gen., 9: plate 100 elevated country to the south-west. and p. 413) is also of the northern form. The northern population is apparently separated from This can be seen by the configuration of red on the the Blue Mountains population in the region of the back of the specimen in the illustration, being a Grose River Valley, Colo River, or Putty Road configuration unique to the northern form. intrusion. On the basis of the preceding, it is the southern form Morphological differences and/or distributional trends and Blue Mountains form which are hitherto unnamed in putative species along similar lines to those seen and herein formally described and named for the first in putative Bufonella australis are seen in other time. species, such as Death Adders Acanthophis The three relevant taxa are separated from one antarcticus (Shaw and Nodder, 1802), which are another as follows: readily identified by region of origin (North, south or 1/ B. australis is readily separated from the other two Blue Mountains), simply by appearance, or Broad- taxa by having large prominent orange-red spots or headed Snakes Hoplocephalus bungaroides larger markings all over the back, including the (Schlegel, 1837), found in the southern area, anterior region. consisting of the Royal National Park and Blue Little if any red is on the upper surface of the lower Mountains south-west, west and north-west of part of the forearm. On the upper surface of the Sydney, but not in the northern sandstone regions of proximal part of the forearm is a wide white bar or the North Shore, Northern Beaches, Central Coast or crossband without any orange. The dorsum is south of the Hunter Valley. generally dark and gun-metal greyish. The distinctive Stauber (1999) found significant genetic and orange-red markings are strongly contrasting. morphological differences between the main Anterior and posterior to the eye is dark and the populations of putative Bufonella australis and this region between the jawline and the eye is nearly as was confirmed by the molecular study of Donnellan et dark. al. (2012). The nominate form of B. australis is depicted on page Two synonym names are also available for B. 31 (top) of Hoser (1989) and Cogger (2014) on page australis and so with the decision made to formally 102 (bottom). name the three main populations, the issue became 2/ B. hoserae sp. nov. is the species from the Royal which names could be assigned to known National Park, Heathcote State Park and nearby populations and which if any needed to be formally areas, being the so-called southern form. It is readily named. separated from B. australis and the subspecies B. Viewing the very aged type of Bufonella australis hoserae sadlieri subsp. nov. by having a mainly (from photos provided) indicate that it is from greyish-black back, with scattered black welts, somewhere between Sydney and Newcastle and sometimes tipped with tiny orange spots. Some therefore applies to the northern form. The published specimens may have a broken orange medial line. history relating to the obtaining of the original type There is rarely, if ever, any red on the lower forearm. specimen also confirms this. On the upper surface of the proximal part of the Bufonella crucifera Girard, 1853 is also clearly of the forearm is a wide white bar or crossband with a flush northern form based on Girard’s original published of orange on the distal side. The dorsum is generally description of what is self-evidently a faded greyish and any orange-red markings are not strongly preserved specimen. contrasting, with the exception of any on the mid- He wrote: dorsal line. Anterior and posterior to the eye is dark “17. BUFONELLA CRUCIFERA, G. Deep brown at the level of the top two thirds of the eye and the above; back dotted with yellow; a yellow spot at the region between the jawline and the eye is much origin of the arms; a yellow band across the head, lighter, the boundary between the dark and light, over the eyelid, sending off a medial branch to the being well defined and obvious. snout; a yellow dorsal vitta on the posterior half of the 3/ The subspecies B. hoserae sadlieri subsp. nov. body. Beneath blackish brown, with large yellowish from the Blue Mountains region is most easily maculae under the head, belly and leg. Tip of fingers separated from the other two taxa by having a large and toes yellow. Head and body amount of orange on the upper surfaces of the limbs. elongated; former depressed; latter subcylindrical. On the upper surface of the proximal part of the First finger shorter than the second. Toes free. forearm is a wide white bar or crossband with a Metatarsal tubercles indistinct.” prominent well-defined orange spot at the distal side. I draw attention to the words “back dotted with The back is generally a light grey with a strong Hoser 2020 - Australasian Journal of Herpetology 50-51:1-128. Available online at www.herp.net Copyright- Kotabi Publishing - All rights reserved 34 Australasian Journal of Herpetology reddish-orange tinge throughout and the raised Paratypes: Three preserved specimens at the tubercles are a dull, rather than bright orange colour. Australian Museum, Sydney, New South Wales, B. australis sometimes has red on the upper surfaces Australia, specimen numbers R.149230, R.149231 of the hind limbs, but this is always strictly restricted and R.149232 collected from Tallowood Garden, to the tubercles, which may be moderate in size. Blaxland, New South Wales, Australia, Latitude - B. hoserae sp. nov. sometimes has a small number 33.750 S., Longitude 150.616 E. of tiny red tubercles on the upper surfaces of the hind Diagnosis: The molecular evidence of Donnellan et limbs. al. (2012) supports the contention that Bombinator B. hoserae sadlieri subsp. nov. has both red australis Gray, 1835, better known as Pseudophryne tubercles (in this case, best defined as dull orange in australis (Gray, 1835) and associated species from colour as a means to differentiate it from B. australis) eastern Australia form a genus-level clade sufficiently and brown markings or peppering on the upper divergent from the type species of Pseudophryne surfaces of the hind limbs. Fitzinger, 1843, namely Phrynisc(us) australis (non B. hoserae sadlieri subsp. nov. has a light coloured Gray) Duméril and Bibron, 1841 (= Pseudophryne upper lip and adjoining labial region, including the semimarmorata Lucas, 1892) and species most side of the snout anterior to the eye. closely related to this taxon, to be placed in a separate genus. B. hoserae sp. nov. and B. hoserae sadlieri subsp. nov. both have a mid-flank noticeably lighter than the The genus name Bufonella Girard, 1853, with the dorsum, versus not so in B. australis. type species B. crucifera Girard, 1853 (= Bombinator australis Gray, 1835), better known as Pseudophryne Numerous photos of all three taxa B. australis, B. australis (Gray, 1835), from the sandstone regions hoserae sp. nov. and B. hoserae sadlieri subsp. nov. within a 250 km radius of Sydney, New South Wales, can be found at http://www.flickr.com by doing a Australia is resurrected to include that species and search for “Pseudophryne australis”. other related forms from coastal eastern Australia The genus Bufonella Girard, 1853 as defined in this and therefore that name (Bufonella) is used herein. paper, is separated from the other five genera (all Since at least the 1970’s it has been common formerly treated as being within Pseudophryne knowledge that putative Bufonella australis (Gray, Fitzinger, 1843 (sensu Cogger 2014 or Anstis 2013) 1835) varies significantly between the three main by the following suite of characters: The snout is sandstone bioregions surrounding Sydney. rounded, not prominent; internarial distance is Those from the North Shore, Northern Beaches and greater than the distance between the nostril and the north, through the escarpments of the central coast tip of the snout; there is not a dorsal pattern of to the south side of the Hunter Valley have long been irregular alternate stripes of black and yellow (as known to differ from those from south in the Royal seen in genus Oxyphryne gen. nov.); dorsal surface National Park, Heathcote State Park and adjoining reddish dorsum, paler than the sides or alternatively areas. dark on top and with a bright red or orange triangular Specimens from the Blue Mountains, are most similar patch on the crown, (versus as dark or darker on top to those from the south, but appear to be potentially than on the sides and without a bright red or orange distributionally disjunct from them in a zone equating triangular patch on the crown in genus to the south-western Cumberland Plain and the Pseudophryne). elevated country to the south-west. Distribution: B. hoserae sp. nov. occurs in the Royal The northern population is apparently separated from National Park, Heathcote State Park and nearby the Blue Mountains population in the region of the areas of sandstone escarpment, generally south of Grose River Valley, Colo River, or Putty Road the urbanized parts of the city of Sydney, New South intrusion. Wales, Australia. Morphological differences and/or distributional trends Etymology: This species is named in honour of my in putative species along similar lines to those seen magnificent wife, Shireen Hoser, in recognition of in putative Bufonella australis are seen in other more than 20 years of valuable contributions to species, such as Death Adders Acanthophis herpetology in Australia and elsewhere. antarcticus (Shaw and Nodder, 1802), which are BUFONELLA HOSERAE SADLIERI SUBSP. NOV. readily identified by region of origin (North, south or LSIDurn:lsid:zoobank.org:act:00623CCA-FB98- Blue Mountains), simply by appearance, or Broad- 4970-AFFC-4C67090FBC7F headed Snakes Hoplocephalus bungaroides Holotype: A preserved specimen at the Australian (Schlegel, 1837), found in the southern area, Museum, Sydney, New South Wales, Australia, consisting of the Royal National Park and Blue specimen number R.144613 collected at Valley Mountains south-west, west and north-west of Heights, lower Blue Mountains, New South Wales, Sydney, but not in the northern sandstone regions of Australia, Latitude -33.700 S., Longitude 150.583 E. the North Shore, Northern Beaches, Central Coast or This government-owned facility allows access to its south of the Hunter Valley. holdings. Hoser 2020 - Australasian Journal of Herpetology 50-51:1-128. Available online at www.herp.net Copyright- Kotabi Publishing - All rights reserved Australasian Journal of Herpetology 35

Stauber (1999) found significant genetic and generally dark and gun-metal greyish. The distinctive morphological differences between the main orange-red markings are strongly contrasting. populations of putative Bufonella australis and this Anterior and posterior to the eye is dark and the was confirmed by the molecular study of Donnellan et region between the jawline and the eye is nearly as al. (2012). dark. Two synonym names are also available for B. The nominate form of B. australis is depicted on page australis and so with the decision made to formally 31 (top) of Hoser (1989) and Cogger (2014) on page name the three main populations, the issue became 102 (bottom). which names could be assigned to known 2/ B. hoserae sp. nov. is the species from the Royal populations and which if any needed to be formally National Park, Heathcote State Park and nearby named. areas, being the so-called southern form. It is readily Viewing the very aged type of Bufonella australis separated from B. australis and the subspecies B. (from photos provided) indicate that it is from hoserae sadlieri subsp. nov. by having a mainly somewhere between Sydney and Newcastle and greyish-black back, with scattered black welts, therefore applies to the northern form. The published sometimes tipped with tiny orange spots. Some history relating to the obtaining of the original type specimens may have a broken orange medial line. specimen also confirms this. There is rarely, if ever, any red on the lower forearm. Bufonella crucifera Girard, 1853 is also clearly of the On the upper surface of the proximal part of the northern form based on Girard’s original published forearm is a wide white bar or crossband with a flush description of what is self-evidently a faded of orange on the distal side. The dorsum is generally preserved specimen. greyish and any orange-red markings are not strongly He wrote: contrasting, with the exception of any on the mid- “17. BUFONELLA CRUCIFERA, G. Deep brown dorsal line. Anterior and posterior to the eye is dark above; back dotted with yellow; a yellow spot at the at the level of the top two thirds of the eye and the origin of the arms; a yellow band across the head, region between the jawline and the eye is much over the eyelid, sending off a medial branch to the lighter, the boundary between the dark and light, snout; a yellow dorsal vitta on the posterior half of the being well defined and obvious. body. Beneath blackish brown, with large yellowish 3/ The subspecies B. hoserae sadlieri subsp. nov. maculae under the head, belly and leg. Tip of fingers from the Blue Mountains region is most easily and toes yellow. Head and body separated from the other two taxa by having a large elongated; former depressed; latter subcylindrical. amount of orange on the upper surfaces of the limbs. First finger shorter than the second. Toes free. On the upper surface of the proximal part of the Metatarsal tubercles indistinct.” forearm is a wide white bar or crossband with a I draw attention to the words “back dotted with prominent well-defined orange spot at the distal side. yellow”, the yellow being the orange colour seen in The back is generally a light grey with a strong life, the dotting being a trait associated with the reddish-orange tinge throughout and the raised northern form. tubercles are a dull, rather than bright orange colour. The specimen of Phryniscus albifrons Duméril, B. australis sometimes has red on the upper surfaces Bibron, and Duméril, 1854, (Erp. Gen., 9: plate 100 of the hind limbs, but this is always strictly restricted and p. 413) is also of the northern form. to the tubercles, which may be moderate in size. This can be seen by the configuration of red on the B. hoserae sp. nov. sometimes has a small number back of the specimen in the illustration, being a of tiny red tubercles on the upper surfaces of the hind configuration unique to the northern form. limbs. On the basis of the preceding, it is the southern form B. hoserae sadlieri subsp. nov. has both red and Blue Mountains form which are hitherto unnamed tubercles (in this case, best defined as dull orange in and herein formally described and named for the first colour as a means to differentiate it from B. australis) time. and brown markings or peppering on the upper The three relevant taxa are separated from one surfaces of the hind limbs. another as follows: B. hoserae sadlieri subsp. nov. has a light coloured 1/ B. australis is readily separated from the other two upper lip and adjoining labial region, including the taxa by having large prominent orange-red spots or side of the snout anterior to the eye. larger markings all over the back, including the B. hoserae sp. nov. and B. hoserae sadlieri subsp. anterior region. nov. both have a mid-flank noticeably lighter than the Little if any red is on the upper surface of the lower dorsum, versus not so in B. australis. part of the forearm. On the upper surface of the Numerous photos of all three taxa B. australis, B. proximal part of the forearm is a wide white bar or hoserae sp. nov. and B. hoserae sadlieri subsp. nov. crossband without any orange. The dorsum is can be found at http://www.flickr.com by doing a

Hoser 2020 - Australasian Journal of Herpetology 50-51:1-128. Available online at www.herp.net Copyright- Kotabi Publishing - All rights reserved 36 Australasian Journal of Herpetology search for “Pseudophryne australis”. Queensland, north or west of the Scenic Rim, have The genus Bufonella Girard, 1853 as defined in this both until now been treated as putative B. coriacea paper, is separated from the other five genera (all Keferstein, 1868 with a type locality of Clarence River formerly treated as being within Pseudophryne (Northern) New South Wales, and treated here as Fitzinger, 1843 (sensu Cogger 2014 or Anstis 2013) extending from north of Newcastle, New South Wales by the following suite of characters: The snout is along the coast and nearby ranges to the McPherson rounded, not prominent; internarial distance is Ranges on the Queensland and New South Wales greater than the distance between the nostril and the border. tip of the snout; there is not a dorsal pattern of The three species are readily separated from one irregular alternate stripes of black and yellow (as another as follows: seen in genus Oxyphryne gen. nov.); dorsal surface B. coriacea has a dark charcoal black colour on the reddish dorsum, paler than the sides or alternatively flanks, with the lower flank becoming a light grey. By dark on top and with a bright red or orange triangular contrast the entire flank is jet black in B. woolfi sp. patch on the crown, (versus as dark or darker on top nov.. The flank is dark blackish brown in B. than on the sides and without a bright red or orange euanedwardsi sp. nov.. triangular patch on the crown in genus If present, any orange patches on the sides of the Pseudophryne). body of B. woolfi sp. nov. are well defined, Distribution: B. hoserae sadlieri sp. nov. occurs in sometimes being all or partially bounded by white, the sandstone escarpment country of the Blue versus ill defined in both B. coriacea and B. Mountains in New South Wales, apparently bounded euanedwardsi sp. nov.. by the region of the Grose and Colo rivers and the The dorsum of B. coriacea is reddish-brown with a Putty Road intrusion in the north-west and the large number of medium sized dark brownish black Cumberland Plain in the south-west. spots and blotches scattered across most parts of Etymology: The subspecies B. hoserae sadlieri sp. the dorsum. B. woolfi sp. nov. has few if any such nov. is named in honour of Ross Sadlier of Sydney, spots or blotches and if present, they are invariably New South Wales, who provided invaluable services very small. to herpetologists over many years as collection B. euanedwardsi sp. nov. has an orange-red or manager at the Australian Museum in Sydney and brownish back, punctuated with a series of also in recognition of his many other valuable carbuncles or ridges on the dorsum away from the contributions to herpetology globally, including in mid-dorsal line. These raised areas are a dull particular his extensive works on New Caledonian brownish colour with ill defined boundaries in terms of reptiles and more recently with John Cann (of La color fading into that of the otherwise orange-red or Peruse, New South Wales), doing important works brownish dorsum. on Australasian freshwater turtles (AKA terrapins). In B. euanedwardsi sp. nov. the numerous tiny BUFONELLA WOOLFI SP. NOV. tubercles on the upper body are similarly a dull LSIDurn:lsid:zoobank.org:act:26CD52D2-C2E6- brownish colour (not being white tipped at all), giving 4B77-B77B-B49BCBCEF23A the appearance of numerous tiny brown spots on the Holotype: A preserved specimen at the Australian upper surface of the body. In B. coriacea these Museum, Sydney, New South Wales, Australia, turbercles are tipped in various colours in a single specimen number R.184192 collected from End Gap specimen, while in B. woolfi sp. nov. the tiny Creek Road, in the Watagan National Park, New tubercles are all white tipped, giving the frog an South Wales, Australia, Latitude -33.0133 S., appearance of being covered in tiny white specks. Longitude 151.4306 E. This government-owned The upper-lip area of the snout anterior to the eye, is facility allows access to its holdings. almost entirely black in B. woolfi sp. nov., heavily Paratypes: 13 preserved specimens at the peppered charcoal in B. coriacea and brown in B. Australian Museum, Sydney, New South Wales, euanedwardsi sp. nov.. Australia, specimen numbers R.184189, R.184190, On the upper surface of the upper arm, B. woolfi sp. R.184194, R.184195, R.184196, R.184197, nov. has well defined areas of white near the axilia R.184198, R.184199, R.184200, R.184201, and dark reddish orange distally, B. coriacea has a R.184221, R.184913 and R.184915 all collected from tiny amount of white near the axila and brownish near End Gap Creek Road, in the Watagan National orange distally, while B. euanedwardsi sp. nov. has Park, New South Wales, Australia, Latitude -33.0133 yellow near the axila and an ill defined area of dull S., Longitude 151.4306 E. orange-brown distally. Diagnosis: Bufonella woolfi sp. nov. from the B. woolfi sp. nov. is further separated from the other Watagan ranges south of the Hunter River in New two species by having prominent, tiny white tipped South Wales, generally situated between the upper tubercles on the upper surfaces of the dark coloured Hunter River catchment and the Tuggerah Lakes and lower forearm, giving the appearance of tiny, white B. euanedwardsi sp. nov. from far south-east spots. Hoser 2020 - Australasian Journal of Herpetology 50-51:1-128. Available online at www.herp.net Copyright- Kotabi Publishing - All rights reserved Australasian Journal of Herpetology 37

All three species, B. coriacea, B. woolfi sp. nov. and South Wales, generally situated between the upper B. euanedwardsi sp. nov. are readily separated from Hunter River catchment and the Tuggerah Lakes and all other species of Bufonella Girard, 1853 by lacking B. euanedwardsi sp. nov. from far south-east a bright red or orange triangular patch on the crown Queensland, north or west of the Scenic Rim, have (B. australis (Gray, 1835), B. hoserae sp. nov. both until now been treated as putative B. coriacea including one subspecies) and having generally dark Keferstein, 1868 with a type locality of Clarence River flanks, versus one that has a thick black line at the (Northern) New South Wales, and treated here as upper part and light grey below as seen in B. raveni extending from north of Newcastle, New South Wales (Ingram and Corben, 1994). along the coast and nearby ranges to the McPherson Photos of all three species, B. coriacea, B. woolfi sp. Ranges on the Queensland and New South Wales nov. and B. euanedwardsi sp. nov. can be found border. online at http://www.flickr.com by typing in the search The three species are readily separated from one term “Pseudophryne coriacea”. another as follows: The genus Bufonella Girard, 1853 as defined in this B. coriacea has a dark charcoal black colour on the paper, is separated from the other five genera (all flanks, with the lower flank becoming a light grey. By formerly treated as being within Pseudophryne contrast the entire flank is jet black in B. woolfi sp. Fitzinger, 1843 (sensu Cogger 2014 or Anstis 2013) nov.. The flank is dark blackish brown in B. by the following suite of characters: The snout is euanedwardsi sp. nov.. rounded, not prominent; internarial distance is If present, any orange patches on the sides of the greater than the distance between the nostril and the body of B. woolfi sp. nov. are well defined, tip of the snout; there is not a dorsal pattern of sometimes being all or partially bounded by white, irregular alternate stripes of black and yellow (as versus ill defined in both B. coriacea and B. seen in genus Oxyphryne gen. nov.); dorsal surface euanedwardsi sp. nov.. reddish dorsum, paler than the sides or alternatively The dorsum of B. coriacea is reddish-brown with a dark on top and with a bright red or orange triangular large number of medium sized dark brownish black patch on the crown, (versus as dark or darker on top spots and blotches scattered across most parts of than on the sides and without a bright red or orange the dorsum. B. woolfi sp. nov. has few if any such triangular patch on the crown in genus spots or blotches and if present, they are invariably Pseudophryne). very small. Distribution: Bufonella woolfi sp. nov. is only known B. euanedwardsi sp. nov. has an orange-red or from the Watagan ranges south of the Hunter River brownish back, punctuated with a series of in New South Wales, generally situated between the carbuncles or ridges on the dorsum away from the upper Hunter River catchment and the Tuggerah mid-dorsal line. These raised areas are a dull Lakes. brownish colour with ill defined boundaries in terms of Etymology: Bufonella woolfi sp. nov. is named in color fading into that of the otherwise orange-red or honour of Paul Woolf of Walloon in Queensland, brownish dorsum. Australia, foundation president of the Herpetological In B. euanedwardsi sp. nov. the numerous tiny Society of Queensland, in recognition of many largely tubercles on the upper body are similarly a dull unrecognized contributions to herpetology in brownish colour (not being white tipped at all), giving Australia over a time frame exceeding three decades. the appearance of numerous tiny brown spots on the BUFONELLA EUANEDWARDS SP. NOV. upper surface of the body. In B. coriacea these LSIDurn:lsid:zoobank.org:act:839F7291-C5BD- turbercles are tipped in various colours in a single 4DDB-97E2-7EEF6180984C specimen, while in B. woolfi sp. nov. the tiny Holotype: A preserved specimen at the South tubercles are all white tipped, giving the frog an Australian Museum, Adelaide, South Australia, appearance of being covered in tiny white specks. Australia, specimen number R33655, collected from The upper-lip area of the snout anterior to the eye, is 23 km east of Emu Vale, south-east Queensland, almost entirely black in B. woolfi sp. nov., heavily Australia, Latitude -28.20 S., Longitude 152.47 E. peppered charcoal in B. coriacea and brown in B. This government-owned facility allows access to its euanedwardsi sp. nov.. holdings. On the upper surface of the upper arm, B. woolfi sp. Paratypes: Three preserved specimens at the South nov. has well defined areas of white near the axilia Australian Museum, Adelaide, South Australia, and dark reddish orange distally, B. coriacea has a Australia, specimen numbers R33653, R33654 and tiny amount of white near the axila and brownish R33656, all collected from 23 km east of Emu Vale, orange distally, while B. euanedwardsi sp. nov. has south-east Queensland, Australia, Latitude -28.20 S., yellow near the axila and an ill defined area of dull Longitude 152.47 E. orange-brown distally. Diagnosis: Bufonella woolfi sp. nov. from the B. woolfi sp. nov. is further separated from the other Watagan ranges south of the Hunter River in New two species by having prominent, tiny white tipped Hoser 2020 - Australasian Journal of Herpetology 50-51:1-128. Available online at www.herp.net Copyright- Kotabi Publishing - All rights reserved 38 Australasian Journal of Herpetology tubercles on the upper surfaces of the dark coloured Diagnosis: The putative species, Pseudophryne lower forearm, giving the appearance of tiny, white bibronii Günther, 1858 has sometimes been treated spots. as including the closely related species P. dendyi All three species, B. coriacea, B. woolfi sp. nov. and Lucas, 1872 from alpine areas in Victoria and New B. euanedwardsi sp. nov. are readily separated from South Wales and P. semimarmorata Lucas, 1872 all other species of Bufonella Girard, 1853 by lacking from southern Victoria and Tasmania. a bright red or orange triangular patch on the crown As a species complex they are found in south- (B. australis (Gray, 1835), B. hoserae sp. nov. eastern Australia in a crescent from south-east including one subspecies) and having generally dark Queensland, south to include Tasmania and across flanks, versus one that has a thick black line at the to south-east South Australia. upper part and light grey below as seen in B. raveni All are separated from the rest of the genus (as (Ingram and Corben, 1994). defined in this paper), namely P. covacevichae Photos of all three species, B. coriacea, B. woolfi sp. Ingram and Corben, 1994 and the closely related P. nov. and B. euanedwardsi sp. nov. can be found major Parker, 1940, with a distribution centred on online at http://www.flickr.com by typing in the search eastern Queensland, intruding into the far north of term “Pseudophryne coriacea”. New South Wales, by having dorsolaterally directed The genus Bufonella Girard, 1853 as defined in this nostrils (versus nostrils pointing up vertically), belly paper, is separated from the other five genera (all and throat granular in males (versus not so) and formerly treated as being within Pseudophryne lower limbs not heavily spotted with white (versus Fitzinger, 1843 (sensu Cogger 2014 or Anstis 2013) heavily spotted with white). by the following suite of characters: The snout is Both P. scottgranti sp. nov. from Kangaroo Island in rounded, not prominent; internarial distance is South Australia and P. jasminegrantae sp. nov. from greater than the distance between the nostril and the the Adelaide Hills and Flinders Ranges in South tip of the snout; there is not a dorsal pattern of Australia are separated from all other species irregular alternate stripes of black and yellow (as previously included in putative P. bibronii by the seen in genus Oxyphryne gen. nov.); dorsal surface following unique suite of characters: Border of orange reddish dorsum, paler than the sides or alternatively marking on upper surfaces of upper arm is not well dark on top and with a bright red or orange triangular defined; body pattern is brown to beige with light patch on the crown, (versus as dark or darker on top orange welts on the dorsum arranged in a series of at than on the sides and without a bright red or orange least five broken lines, running down the dorsum, triangular patch on the crown in genus these being reduced to mainly tight spaced unevenly Pseudophryne). shaped tubercles in P. scottgranti sp. nov.; anterior of Distribution: B. euanedwardsi sp. nov. is currently upper snout is light orange; upper lip is light in colour only known from far south-east Queensland, and peppered; males with large and prominent spikey Australia, north or west of the Scenic Rim. tubercles on the lower forearms. Etymology: The species B. euanedwardsi sp. nov. is P. jasminegrantae sp. nov. is separated from both P. named in honour of Euan Edwards, who in year 2020 scottgranti sp. nov. and all other species previously is a licensed wildlife demonstrator based on the Gold treated as P. bibroni by having a thick, dark well Coast, Queensland, Australia in appreciation of his defined or moderately defined line running from the largely unrecognized significant contributions to snout, through the nostril to the eye, but not herpetology globally, spanning more than 30 years. proceeding posterior to it; welts on the back are large PSEUDOPHRYNE SCOTTGRANTI SP. NOV. and spaced, versus small, numerous and closely spaced in P. scottgranti sp. nov., where most welts LSIDurn:lsid:zoobank.org:act:A2C19FB5-8375- are reduced to become a series of tiny and unevenly 47DA-81F0-53FEF3292035 shaped tubercles. Holotype: A preserved male specimen at the South P. scottgranti sp. nov. has a yellow to yellow-orange Australian Museum, Adelaide, South Australia, upper iris, versus bright orange in P. jasminegrantae Australia, specimen number R39881 collected from sp. nov.. 2.5 km west of Kelly Hill Caves, Kangaroo Island, The entire region bound by the eyes and tip of the South Australia, Australia, Latitude -35.98 S., snout on the upper snout is more-or-less entirely light Longitude 136.85 E. This government-owned facility orange in colour in P. jasminegrantae sp. nov., versus allows access to its holdings. only at the tip of the snout in P. scottgranti sp. nov. Paratype: A preserved specimen at the South which has most of the front of the upper snout a Australian Museum, Adelaide, South Australia, beige colour. Most welts or tubercles in P. Australia, specimen number R11690 collected from jasminegrantae sp. nov. are surrounded by dark 17 miles west of Parndana, Kangaroo Island, South blackish-brown pigment. In P. scottgranti sp. nov. Australia, Australia, Latitude -35.80 S., Longitude most tubercles and welts are not surrounded by dark 136.97 E. blackish-brown pigment, this being restricted to just a

few or none. and P. scottgranti sp. nov. is depicted in Anstis (2013) on https://www.flickr.com/photos/23031163@N03/ page 635 at top right. 28352838155/ P. jasminegrantae sp. nov. is depicted in Anstis Pseudophryne martinekae sp. nov. includes putative (2013) on page 635 at top left and the photo beneath P. bibroni, from drier areas of north-west Victoria and it. south-west New South Wales, generally south of Pseudophyne semimarmorata Lucas, 1872 of the Dubbo and including the south-western slopes, nominate form, with a type locality of the Grampians including nearby parts of south-east South Australia. in Western Victoria is found throughout southern It is readily separated from all other species in the Victoria, Tasmania and far south-eastern South complex by the following suite of characters: A Australia. It is readily separated from all other dorsum that is mainly beige or light yellow-brown, species in the P. bibronii complex as described with a limited amount of medium brown pigment in herein by the following suite of characters: Snout is the form of large irregularly shaped blotches, which prominent and pointed (versus rounded) and are mainly on the posterior part of the rump. internarial distance is shorter than the distance Overlaying this are irregular tubercles and welts, the between the nostril and the snout; dorsolaterally large ones being orange in colour. The upper flank facing nostrils; belly and throat smooth in females or has a series of indistinct darker brown blotches coarsely granular in males; lower surfaces of limbs extending from above the forearm along the upper are uniformly flesh coloured or orange. Dorsum is a flank towards the groin. Arms and legs are yellowish- unique combination of being dark olive-green to dark brown or beige, with a limited number of small dark brown above, with irregular darker flecks or small brown spots or blotches and widely scattered tiny spots. Chest and anterior part of the belly is boldly orange spots. No obvious tubercles on forearms. marked with black and white. Prominent on each Moderate-sized tubercles on the upper surfaces of hindlimb is a large light brown or orange gland. Inner the middle hindlimbs are not coloured in any way, metatarsal tubercle is small and flat (versus rounded save for some scattered tiny ones which are nothing in P. bibronii, P. dendyi (including subspecies), P. more than orange specks. Iris is yellow. Toes are light martinekae sp. nov., P. wellingtoni sp. nov. (including translucent yellow. subspecies) and P. wellsi sp. nov.). Snout and sides of head are beige with limited P. semimarmorata is depicted in life in Cogger (2014) amounts of dark or orange flecks. on page 109 top right and Anstis (2013) on page 665 While the upper surface of the upper arm is a slightly (on right). more brilliant yellowish brown than the lower P. semimarmorata burrelli subsp. nov. from a region forearms or the dorsum, this is not in the form of an between Adelaide and Port Pirie, in South Australia obvious band, bar or colour patch in that the in close proximity to P. jasminegrantae sp. nov. (but demarcation is not well defined. usually occupying areas of lower elevation) is Pseudophryne martinekae sp. nov. in life is depicted morphologically similar to the type form of P. bibronii, online at: but is most readily separated from that species and https://www.flickr.com/photos/88708273@N03/ all others in the species complex by the following 18232780929/ suite of characters: The dorsal colour is a more-or- Pseudophryne dendyi Lucas, 1892 from high less chocolate brown to grey, any markings are elevation areas of Victoria and adjacent New South invariably very indistinct. The dorsum is also covered Wales is readily separated from all other species in with red, orange or simply darker coloured rounded the complex by the following suite of characters: A tubercles which are evenly close spaced across the bright yellow patch covering the top of the upper arm, surface. Orange-brown iris. Inner metatarsal tubercle and extending to the elbow; usually some yellow is small and flat (versus rounded in P. bibronii, P. spots or patches on the upper lips or sides of the dendyi (including subspecies), P. martinekae sp. face; a bright yellow patch extending from the cloaca nov., P. wellingtoni sp. nov. (including subspecies) along each hind leg, but not usually reaching the and P. wellsi sp. nov.). femoral gland. The dorsum is dark and blackish with While this population appears to be disjunct from the numerous welts of the same colour. Lower flanks are main population of P. semimarmorata from south-east also dark and blackish but with distinctive ivory white South Australia, Victoria and Tasmania and is also spots at the posterior part of the flank. very morphologically divergent, the genetic evidence P. dendyi Lucas, 1892 in life is depicted in Anstis of Donnellan et al. (2012) indicates recent divergence (2013) on page 647 and Cogger (2014) on page 105 and so they are treated herein as a subspecies. at bottom right, or online at: P. semimarmorata burrelli subsp. nov. in life is https://www.flickr.com/photos/14807473@N08/ depicted online at: 26759919706/ https://www.flickr.com/photos/hierofalco_/ P. dendyi mensforthi subsp. nov. from high elevation 49910594073/ areas north of the alpine areas of Victoria and New Hoser 2020 - Australasian Journal of Herpetology 50-51:1-128. Available online at www.herp.net Copyright- Kotabi Publishing - All rights reserved 40 Australasian Journal of Herpetology

South Wales has until now been treated as putative and the flanks. On the dorsum is an arrangement of P. bibroni, but is in fact most closely related to P. raised tubercles and carbuncles, underlain with dendyi (Donnellan et al. 2012) and sufficiently so as blackish pigment and rising to blunt orange points. to be treated as a subspecies of that taxon. P. dendyi These form broken wavy lines, longitudinal running mensforthi subsp. nov. is readily separated from P. and broken lines, usually consisting of one line on dendyi by having a dark grey, purplish grey or dark either side of the mid-odrsal line, commencing at the brown dorsum (versus charcoal black) and a eye and going most of the way down the back as well relatively smooth dorsum, with scattered small as a lesser broken line at the posterior end of the tubercles, versus numerous large, black, blunt welts. dorsum, running to a small orange line running into Markings that are bright yellow in P. dendyi are the tail end. There are also some scattered and reduced in size and orange instead. The body is reduced dark patches on the upper flanks, which may overlain with tiny orange specks. Limbs are mainly or may not also be tipped with orange. On the upper smooth, dark grey and with scattered tiny (usually surface of the proximal arm is a bright orange patch orange) flecks. The vertical line at the front of the near the axila, which is not distinctively demarcated snout, facing towards the medial line is orange. from the otherwise mainly bluey-grey arm. Lower flanks do not have distinctive ivory white spots The upper surface of the main part of the hind limb and are generally the same colour as the dorsum. has about five blunted tubercles that are slightly P. dendyi mensforthi subsp. nov. is depicted in life in darker than the adjoining blue-grey skin and may or Hoser (1989) on page 31 at bottom or online at: may not have a tip of orange. Toes are bluish grey. https://www.flickr.com/photos/23031163@N03/ Iris is brown. Along the rear of the upper and lower lip 16448192514/ region are distinct, closely spaced (sometimes P. bibroni, as defined by Shea and Rowley (2018) merged) white spots. with a type locality of Sydney’s Cumberland plain, From tip of snout, through nostril to top of eye is a New South Wales, Australia is the taxon found on the moderately distinct narrow line that is greyish brown New South Wales coastal plain generally south of the in colour and may have one or more flecks of light Hunter Valley to about the Victorian border. It is orange. There is indistinct dark grey flecks and separated from all other species in the complex by mottling on the upper surfaces of the otherwise light the following unique suite of characters: Dark greyish bluish-grey limbs. on top, becoming noticeably lighter on the flanks. There is a prominent orange spot on the post-femoral Underlying this is an indistinct configuration or near gland. black spots or joined spots forming a series of wavy Images of P. wellsi sp. nov. in life can be found online lines running down the dorsum roughly in a at: longitudinal direction; upper surfaces of limbs are https://www.flickr.com/photos/eyeweed/3553105919/ light grey in colour and evenly spotted with black and flecks. Fingers and toes are light grey. On the https://www.flickr.com/photos/23031163@N03/ dorsum and upper surfaces of the limbs are 38352106256/ numerous scattered tiny, pointed tubercles, many of which have tiny dull orange tips. These sometimes and configure to form a series of longitudinally arranged https://www.flickr.com/photos/14807473@N08/ orange tipped welts. Throat is dark. Iris is grey- 48335859541/ brown. P. wellingtoni sp. nov. from the New England Front and sides of snout are light grey. From tip of tablelands region of northern New South Wales is snout to top of eye is a moderately distinct and well separated from the other species in the complex as defined black stripe. Upper arm has light orange on follows: Dorsal colour is generally a light grey with a the upper surface, not forming a well defined patch. large number of large blackish or darker coloured, There is a prominent brick red spot on the post- indistinct spots across the dorsum and upper flanks, femoral gland, although this is faded to a dull salmon most of which are raised, but only have tiny orange colour in some specimens. tips on a limited number, with others having no P. bibroni in life is depicted online at: coloured tips in any way. These are not arranged into any obvious rows, or arrangements and do not form https://www.flickr.com/photos/23031163@N03/ wavy lines down the sides of the medial line of the 13832134303/ back as seen in P. wellsi sp. nov.. At the axila of the P. wellsi sp. nov. is a species generally found in and upper arm is a bright yellow flush, extending across around coastal wallum swamps and wet heathlands the upper arm and onto the elbow. The lower half of in a zone from north of the Hunter River, along the the flanks are noticeably lighter in colour than above. coast at least as far north as Coffs Harbour. It is There is a prominent yellow spot on the post-femoral separated from all other species in the complex by gland. The throat is usually mottled in the same way the following unique suite of characters: Colour is a as the abdomen. uniform light bluish grey above, both on the dorsum

The iris is a light yellowish brown. PSEUDOPHRYNE JASMINEGRANTI SP. NOV. Fingers and toes are yellowish-grey. LSIDurn:lsid:zoobank.org:act:E1AD47B3-FD15- P. wellingtoni sp. nov. is depicted in life online at: 4B21-A6E2-FD1B08A26DC6 https://www.flickr.com/photos/23031163@N03/ Holotype: A preserved male specimen at the South 11061312714 Australian Museum, Adelaide, South Australia, and Australia, specimen number R39894, collected from https://www.flickr.com/photos/14807473@N08/ Moockra Tower, northern Flinders Ranges, South 23241157945/ Australia, Australia, Latitude -32.38 S., Longitude P. wellingtoni kaputarensis sp. nov. from Mount 138.40 E. This government-owned facility allows Kaputar is similar in most respects to nominate P. access to its holdings. wellingtoni (P. wellingtoni wellingtoni subsp. nov.), but Paratypes: Two preserved specimens at the South is separated from that taxon by having a grey dorsum Australian Museum, Adelaide, South Australia, without any obvious large orange tipped tubercles. Australia, specimen numbers R39892 and R39893, Any orange spots, if present are not connected to the collected from Moockra Tower, northern Flinders limited number of largeish indistinct black spots on Ranges, South Australia, Australia, Latitude -32.38 the back and upper flanks, but instead are apparently S., Longitude 138.40 E. randomly distributed across the body in a widely Diagnosis: The putative species, Pseudophryne scattered configuration. bibronii Günther, 1858 has sometimes been treated There is a tiny and relatively indistinct dull yellowish as including the closely related species P. dendyi white flush in the axila of the upper arm which does Lucas, 1872 from alpine areas in Victoria and New not extend to the elbow. South Wales and P. semimarmorata Lucas, 1872 Fingers and toes are purplish-pink. from southern Victoria and Tasmania. Iris is a dark chestnut brown, or slightly lighter. As a species complex they are found in south- eastern Australia in a crescent from south-east P. wellingtoni kaputarensis sp. nov. is depicted in life Queensland, south to include Tasmania and across online at: to south-east South Australia. https://www.flickr.com/photos/ryanfrancis/ All are separated from the rest of the genus (as 27063768238/ defined in this paper), namely P. covacevichae and Ingram and Corben, 1994 and the closely related P. https://www.flickr.com/photos/23031163@N03/ major Parker, 1940, with a distribution centred on 34289611486/ eastern Queensland, intruding into the far north of Distribution: P. scottgranti sp. nov. is known only New South Wales, by having dorsolaterally directed from Kangaroo Island in South Australia, where it nostrils (versus nostrils pointing up vertically), belly appears to be common. and throat granular in males (versus not so) and Etymology: P. scottgranti sp. nov. is named in lower limbs not heavily spotted with white (versus honour of Scott Grant, owner of the Eyre Reptile and heavily spotted with white). Wildlife Park, Lincoln Hwy, Whyalla, South Australia, Both P. scottgranti sp. nov. from Kangaroo Island in Australia, formerly of Victoria, Australia in recognition South Australia and P. jasminegrantae sp. nov. from of his services to wildlife conservation and education the Adelaide Hills and Flinders Ranges in South in Australia. Australia are separated from all other species Scott Grant, along with wife Jasmine Grant operates previously included in putative P. bibronii by the his tourist attraction in a business space dominated following unique suite of characters: Border of orange by dysfuntional government-owned and government- marking on upper surfaces of upper arm is not well backed zoos who operate in a ruthless manner to defined; body pattern is brown to beige with light hobble and disable those businesses they see as orange welts on the dorsum arranged in a series of at competing against them. Scandalously, these least five broken lines, running down the dorsum, government-backed businesses masquerade as these being reduced to mainly tight spaced unevenly wildlife charities to scam money from well-meaning shaped tubercles in P. scottgranti sp. nov.; anterior of members of the public, often including deceased upper snout is light orange; upper lip is light in colour estates and other large bequeathments, with most of and peppered; males with large and prominent spikey these funds actually being diverted away from wildlife tubercles on the lower forearms. conservation purposes. P. jasminegrantae sp. nov. is separated from both P. By using excessive corrupt over-regulation by the scottgranti sp. nov. and all other species previously wildlife authority departments they control, the treated as P. bibroni by having a thick, dark well government backed zoo businesses, make running defined or moderately defined line running from the any successful form of wildlife education or snout, through the nostril to the eye, but not conservation business, including that of Scott and proceeding posterior to it; welts on the back are large Jasmine Grant, in an ethical way near impossible in and spaced, versus small, numerous and closely Hoser 2020 - Australasian Journal of Herpetology 50-51:1-128. Australia. Available online at www.herp.net Copyright- Kotabi Publishing - All rights reserved 42 Australasian Journal of Herpetology spaced in P. scottgranti sp. nov., where most welts tubercles which are evenly close spaced across the are reduced to become a series of tiny and unevenly surface. Orange-brown iris. Inner metatarsal tubercle shaped tubercles. is small and flat (versus rounded in P. bibronii, P. P. scottgranti sp. nov. has a yellow to yellow-orange dendyi (including subspecies), P. martinekae sp. upper iris, versus bright orange in P. jasminegrantae nov., P. wellingtoni sp. nov. (including subspecies) sp. nov.. and P. wellsi sp. nov.). The entire region bound by the eyes and tip of the While this population appears to be disjunct from the snout on the upper snout is more-or-less entirely light main population of P. semimarmorata from south-east orange in colour in P. jasminegrantae sp. nov., versus South Australia, Victoria and Tasmania and is also only at the tip of the snout in P. scottgranti sp. nov. very morphologically divergent, the genetic evidence which has most of the front of the upper snout a of Donnellan et al. (2012) indicates recent divergence beige colour. Most welts or tubercles in P. and so they are treated herein as a subspecies. jasminegrantae sp. nov. are surrounded by dark P. semimarmorata burrelli subsp. nov. in life is blackish-brown pigment. In P. scottgranti sp. nov. depicted online at: most tubercles and welts are not surrounded by dark https://www.flickr.com/photos/hierofalco_/ blackish-brown pigment, this being restricted to just a 49910594073/ few or none. and P. scottgranti sp. nov. is depicted in Anstis (2013) on https://www.flickr.com/photos/23031163@N03/ page 635 at top right. 28352838155/ P. jasminegrantae sp. nov. is depicted in Anstis Pseudophryne martinekae sp. nov. includes putative (2013) on page 635 at top left and the photo beneath P. bibroni, from drier areas of north-west Victoria and it. south-west New South Wales, generally south of Pseudophyne semimarmorata Lucas, 1872 of the Dubbo and including the south-western slopes, nominate form, with a type locality of the Grampians including nearby parts of south-east South Australia. in Western Victoria is found throughout southern It is readily separated from all other species in the Victoria, Tasmania and far south-eastern South complex by the following suite of characters: A Australia. It is readily separated from all other dorsum that is mainly beige or light yellow-brown, species in the P. bibronii complex as described with a limited amount of medium brown pigment in herein by the following suite of characters: Snout is the form of large irregularly shaped blotches, which prominent and pointed (versus rounded) and are mainly on the posterior part of the rump. internarial distance is shorter than the distance Overlaying this are irregular tubercles and welts, the between the nostril and the snout; dorsolaterally large ones being orange in colour. The upper flank facing nostrils; belly and throat smooth in females or has a series of indistinct darker brown blotches coarsely granular in males; lower surfaces of limbs extending from above the forearm along the upper are uniformly flesh coloured or orange. Dorsum is a flank towards the groin. Arms and legs are yellowish- unique combination of being dark olive-green to dark brown or beige, with a limited number of small dark brown above, with irregular darker flecks or small brown spots or blotches and widely scattered tiny spots. Chest and anterior part of the belly is boldly orange spots. No obvious tubercles on forearms. marked with black and white. Prominent on each Moderate-sized tubercles on the upper surfaces of hindlimb is a large light brown or orange gland. Inner the middle hindlimbs are not coloured in any way, metatarsal tubercle is small and flat (versus rounded save for some scattered tiny ones which are nothing in P. bibronii, P. dendyi (including subspecies), P. more than orange specks. Iris is yellow. Toes are light martinekae sp. nov., P. wellingtoni sp. nov. (including translucent yellow. subspecies) and P. wellsi sp. nov.). Snout and sides of head are beige with limited P. semimarmorata is depicted in life in Cogger (2014) amounts of dark or orange flecks. on page 109 top right and Anstis (2013) on page 665 While the upper surface of the upper arm is a slightly (on right). more brilliant yellowish brown than the lower P. semimarmorata burrelli subsp. nov. from a region forearms or the dorsum, this is not in the form of an between Adelaide and Port Pirie, in South Australia obvious band, bar or colour patch in that the in close proximity to P. jasminegrantae sp. nov. (but demarcation is not well defined. usually occupying areas of lower elevation) is Pseudophryne martinekae sp. nov. in life is depicted morphologically similar to the type form of P. bibronii, online at: but is most readily separated from that species and https://www.flickr.com/photos/88708273@N03/ all others in the species complex by the following 18232780929/ suite of characters: The dorsal colour is a more-or- Pseudophryne dendyi Lucas, 1892 from high less chocolate brown to grey, any markings are elevation areas of Victoria and adjacent New South invariably very indistinct. The dorsum is also covered Wales is readily separated from all other species in with red, orange or simply darker coloured rounded the complex by the following suite of characters: A Hoser 2020 - Australasian Journal of Herpetology 50-51:1-128. Available online at www.herp.net Copyright- Kotabi Publishing - All rights reserved Australasian Journal of Herpetology 43

bright yellow patch covering the top of the upper arm, snout to top of eye is a moderately distinct and well and extending to the elbow; usually some yellow defined black stripe. Upper arm has light orange on spots or patches on the upper lips or sides of the the upper surface, not forming a well defined patch. face; a bright yellow patch extending from the cloaca There is a prominent brick red spot on the post- along each hind leg, but not usually reaching the femoral gland, although this is faded to a dull salmon femoral gland. The dorsum is dark and blackish with colour in some specimens. numerous welts of the same colour. Lower flanks are P. bibroni in life is depicted online at: also dark and blackish but with distinctive ivory white https://www.flickr.com/photos/23031163@N03/ spots at the posterior part of the flank. 13832134303/ P. dendyi Lucas, 1892 in life is depicted in Anstis P. wellsi sp. nov. is a species generally found in and (2013) on page 647 and Cogger (2014) on page 105 around coastal wallum swamps and wet heathlands at bottom right, or online at: in a zone from north of the Hunter River, along the https://www.flickr.com/photos/14807473@N08/ coast at least as far north as Coffs Harbour. It is 26759919706/ separated from all other species in the complex by P. dendyi mensforthi subsp. nov. from high elevation the following unique suite of characters: Colour is a areas north of the alpine areas of Victoria and New uniform light bluish grey above, both on the dorsum South Wales has until now been treated as putative and the flanks. On the dorsum is an arrangement of P. bibroni, but is in fact most closely related to P. raised tubercles and carbuncles, underlain with dendyi (Donnellan et al. 2012) and sufficiently so as blackish pigment and rising to blunt orange points. to be treated as a subspecies of that taxon. P. dendyi These form broken wavy lines, longitudinal running mensforthi subsp. nov. is readily separated from P. and broken lines, usually consisting of one line on dendyi by having a dark grey, purplish grey or dark either side of the mid-odrsal line, commencing at the brown dorsum (versus charcoal black) and a eye and going most of the way down the back as well relatively smooth dorsum, with scattered small as a lesser broken line at the posterior end of the tubercles, versus numerous large, black, blunt welts. dorsum, running to a small orange line running into Markings that are bright yellow in P. dendyi are the tail end. There are also some scattered and reduced in size and orange instead. The body is reduced dark patches on the upper flanks, which may overlain with tiny orange specks. Limbs are mainly or may not also be tipped with orange. On the upper smooth, dark grey and with scattered tiny (usually surface of the proximal arm is a bright orange patch orange) flecks. The vertical line at the front of the near the axila, which is not distinctively demarcated snout, facing towards the medial line is orange. from the otherwise mainly bluey-grey arm. Lower flanks do not have distinctive ivory white spots The upper surface of the main part of the hind limb and are generally the same colour as the dorsum. has about five blunted tubercles that are slightly P. dendyi mensforthi subsp. nov. is depicted in life in darker than the adjoining blue-grey skin and may or Hoser (1989) on page 31 at bottom or online at: may not have a tip of orange. Toes are bluish grey. https://www.flickr.com/photos/23031163@N03/ Iris is brown. Along the rear of the upper and lower lip 16448192514/ region are distinct, closely spaced (sometimes P. bibroni, as defined by Shea and Rowley (2018) merged) white spots. with a type locality of Sydney’s Cumberland plain, From tip of snout, through nostril to top of eye is a New South Wales, Australia is the taxon found on the moderately distinct narrow line that is greyish brown New South Wales coastal plain generally south of the in colour and may have one or more flecks of light Hunter Valley to about the Victorian border. It is orange. There is indistinct dark grey flecks and separated from all other species in the complex by mottling on the upper surfaces of the otherwise light the following unique suite of characters: Dark greyish bluish-grey limbs. on top, becoming noticeably lighter on the flanks. There is a prominent orange spot on the post-femoral Underlying this is an indistinct configuration or near gland. black spots or joined spots forming a series of wavy Images of P. wellsi sp. nov. in life can be found online lines running down the dorsum roughly in a at: longitudinal direction; upper surfaces of limbs are https://www.flickr.com/photos/eyeweed/3553105919/ light grey in colour and evenly spotted with black and flecks. Fingers and toes are light grey. On the https://www.flickr.com/photos/23031163@N03/ dorsum and upper surfaces of the limbs are 38352106256/ numerous scattered tiny, pointed tubercles, many of which have tiny dull orange tips. These sometimes and configure to form a series of longitudinally arranged https://www.flickr.com/photos/14807473@N08/ orange tipped welts. Throat is dark. Iris is grey- 48335859541/ brown. P. wellingtoni sp. nov. from the New England Front and sides of snout are light grey. From tip of tablelands region of northern New South Wales is

Hoser 2020 - Australasian Journal of Herpetology 50-51:1-128. Available online at www.herp.net Copyright- Kotabi Publishing - All rights reserved 44 Australasian Journal of Herpetology separated from the other species in the complex as PSEUDOPHRYNE MARTINEKAE SP. NOV. follows: Dorsal colour is generally a light grey with a LSIDurn:lsid:zoobank.org:act:D6E3EF26-48FD- large number of large blackish or darker coloured, 4BB8-AE80-14A226A1B600 indistinct spots across the dorsum and upper flanks, Holotype: A preserved specimen at the South most of which are raised, but only have tiny orange Australian Museum, Adelaide, South Australia, tips on a limited number, with others having no Australia, specimen number R45983, collected from coloured tips in any way. These are not arranged into 2.8 km west south-west of the Duck Island any obvious rows, or arrangements and do not form Homestead, South Australia, Australia, Latitude - wavy lines down the sides of the medial line of the 36.2453 S., Longitude 140.0908 E. This government- back as seen in P. wellsi sp. nov.. At the axila of the owned facility allows access to its holdings. upper arm is a bright yellow flush, extending across Paratypes: Two preserved specimens at the South the upper arm and onto the elbow. The lower half of Australian Museum, Adelaide, South Australia, the flanks are noticeably lighter in colour than above. Australia, specimen numbers R27772 and R27773, There is a prominent yellow spot on the post-femoral collected from the Gum Lagoon Conservation Park, gland. The throat is usually mottled in the same way South Australia, Australia, Latitude -36.30 S., as the abdomen. Longitude 140.08 E. This government-owned facility The iris is a light yellowish brown. allows access to its holdings. Fingers and toes are yellowish-grey. Diagnosis: The putative species, Pseudophryne P. wellingtoni sp. nov. is depicted in life online at: bibronii Günther, 1858 has sometimes been treated https://www.flickr.com/photos/23031163@N03/ as including the closely related species P. dendyi 11061312714 Lucas, 1872 from alpine areas in Victoria and New and South Wales and P. semimarmorata Lucas, 1872 https://www.flickr.com/photos/14807473@N08/ from southern Victoria and Tasmania. 23241157945/ As a species complex they are found in south- P. wellingtoni kaputarensis sp. nov. from Mount eastern Australia in a crescent from south-east Kaputar is similar in most respects to nominate P. Queensland, south to include Tasmania and across wellingtoni (P. wellingtoni wellingtoni subsp. nov.), but to south-east South Australia. is separated from that taxon by having a grey dorsum All are separated from the rest of the genus (as without any obvious large orange tipped tubercles. defined in this paper), namely P. covacevichae Any orange spots, if present are not connected to the Ingram and Corben, 1994 and the closely related P. limited number of largeish indistinct black spots on major Parker, 1940, with a distribution centred on the back and upper flanks, but instead are apparently eastern Queensland, intruding into the far north of randomly distributed across the body in a widely New South Wales, by having dorsolaterally directed scattered configuration. nostrils (versus nostrils pointing up vertically), belly There is a tiny and relatively indistinct dull yellowish and throat granular in males (versus not so) and white flush in the axila of the upper arm which does lower limbs not heavily spotted with white (versus not extend to the elbow. heavily spotted with white). Fingers and toes are purplish-pink. Both P. scottgranti sp. nov. from Kangaroo Island in Iris is a dark chestnut brown, or slightly lighter. South Australia and P. jasminegrantae sp. nov. from the Adelaide Hills and Flinders Ranges in South P. wellingtoni kaputarensis sp. nov. is depicted in life Australia are separated from all other species online at: previously included in putative P. bibronii by the https://www.flickr.com/photos/ryanfrancis/ following unique suite of characters: Border of orange 27063768238/ marking on upper surfaces of upper arm is not well and defined; body pattern is brown to beige with light https://www.flickr.com/photos/23031163@N03/ orange welts on the dorsum arranged in a series of at 34289611486/ least five broken lines, running down the dorsum, Distribution: P. jasminegrantae sp. nov. occurs from these being reduced to mainly tight spaced unevenly the the Adelaide Hills in the south, north to include shaped tubercles in P. scottgranti sp. nov.; anterior of most of the Flinders Ranges in South Australia. upper snout is light orange; upper lip is light in colour Etymology: P. jasminegrantae sp. nov. is named in and peppered; males with large and prominent spikey honour of Jasmine Grant, wife of Scott Grant, the tubercles on the lower forearms. owner of the Eyre Reptile and Wildlife Park, Lincoln P. jasminegrantae sp. nov. is separated from both P. Hwy, Whyalla, South Australia, Australia, formerly of scottgranti sp. nov. and all other species previously Victoria, Australia in recognition of her appreciated treated as P. bibroni by having a thick, dark well services to wildlife conservation and education in defined or moderately defined line running from the Australia. snout, through the nostril to the eye, but not proceeding posterior to it; welts on the back are large

and spaced, versus small, numerous and closely with red, orange or simply darker coloured rounded spaced in P. scottgranti sp. nov., where most welts tubercles which are evenly close spaced across the are reduced to become a series of tiny and unevenly surface. Orange-brown iris. Inner metatarsal tubercle shaped tubercles. is small and flat (versus rounded in P. bibronii, P. P. scottgranti sp. nov. has a yellow to yellow-orange dendyi (including subspecies), P. martinekae sp. upper iris, versus bright orange in P. jasminegrantae nov., P. wellingtoni sp. nov. (including subspecies) sp. nov.. and P. wellsi sp. nov.). The entire region bound by the eyes and tip of the While this population appears to be disjunct from the snout on the upper snout is more-or-less entirely light main population of P. semimarmorata from south-east orange in colour in P. jasminegrantae sp. nov., versus South Australia, Victoria and Tasmania and is also only at the tip of the snout in P. scottgranti sp. nov. very morphologically divergent, the genetic evidence which has most of the front of the upper snout a of Donnellan et al. (2012) indicates recent divergence beige colour. Most welts or tubercles in P. and so they are treated herein as a subspecies. jasminegrantae sp. nov. are surrounded by dark P. semimarmorata burrelli subsp. nov. in life is blackish-brown pigment. In P. scottgranti sp. nov. depicted online at: most tubercles and welts are not surrounded by dark https://www.flickr.com/photos/hierofalco_/ blackish-brown pigment, this being restricted to just a 49910594073/ few or none. and P. scottgranti sp. nov. is depicted in Anstis (2013) on https://www.flickr.com/photos/23031163@N03/ page 635 at top right. 28352838155/ P. jasminegrantae sp. nov. is depicted in Anstis Pseudophryne martinekae sp. nov. includes putative (2013) on page 635 at top left and the photo beneath P. bibroni, from drier areas of north-west Victoria and it. south-west New South Wales, generally south of Pseudophyne semimarmorata Lucas, 1872 of the Dubbo and including the south-western slopes, nominate form, with a type locality of the Grampians including nearby parts of south-east South Australia. in Western Victoria is found throughout southern It is readily separated from all other species in the Victoria, Tasmania and far south-eastern South complex by the following suite of characters: A Australia. It is readily separated from all other dorsum that is mainly beige or light yellow-brown, species in the P. bibronii complex as described with a limited amount of medium brown pigment in herein by the following suite of characters: Snout is the form of large irregularly shaped blotches, which prominent and pointed (versus rounded) and are mainly on the posterior part of the rump. internarial distance is shorter than the distance Overlaying this are irregular tubercles and welts, the between the nostril and the snout; dorsolaterally large ones being orange in colour. The upper flank facing nostrils; belly and throat smooth in females or has a series of indistinct darker brown blotches coarsely granular in males; lower surfaces of limbs extending from above the forearm along the upper are uniformly flesh coloured or orange. Dorsum is a flank towards the groin. Arms and legs are yellowish- unique combination of being dark olive-green to dark brown or beige, with a limited number of small dark brown above, with irregular darker flecks or small brown spots or blotches and widely scattered tiny spots. Chest and anterior part of the belly is boldly orange spots. No obvious tubercles on forearms. marked with black and white. Prominent on each Moderate-sized tubercles on the upper surfaces of hindlimb is a large light brown or orange gland. Inner the middle hindlimbs are not coloured in any way, metatarsal tubercle is small and flat (versus rounded save for some scattered tiny ones which are nothing in P. bibronii, P. dendyi (including subspecies), P. more than orange specks. Iris is yellow. Toes are light martinekae sp. nov., P. wellingtoni sp. nov. (including translucent yellow. subspecies) and P. wellsi sp. nov.). Snout and sides of head are beige with limited P. semimarmorata is depicted in life in Cogger (2014) amounts of dark or orange flecks. on page 109 top right and Anstis (2013) on page 665 While the upper surface of the upper arm is a slightly (on right). more brilliant yellowish brown than the lower P. semimarmorata burrelli subsp. nov. from a region forearms or the dorsum, this is not in the form of an between Adelaide and Port Pirie, in South Australia obvious band, bar or colour patch in that the in close proximity to P. jasminegrantae sp. nov. (but demarcation is not well defined. usually occupying areas of lower elevation) is Pseudophryne martinekae sp. nov. in life is depicted morphologically similar to the type form of P. bibronii, online at: but is most readily separated from that species and https://www.flickr.com/photos/88708273@N03/ all others in the species complex by the following 18232780929/ suite of characters: The dorsal colour is a more-or- Pseudophryne dendyi Lucas, 1892 from high less chocolate brown to grey, any markings are elevation areas of Victoria and adjacent New South invariably very indistinct. The dorsum is also covered

Wales is readily separated from all other species in brown. the complex by the following suite of characters: A Front and sides of snout are light grey. From tip of bright yellow patch covering the top of the upper arm, snout to top of eye is a moderately distinct and well and extending to the elbow; usually some yellow defined black stripe. Upper arm has light orange on spots or patches on the upper lips or sides of the the upper surface, not forming a well defined patch. face; a bright yellow patch extending from the cloaca There is a prominent brick red spot on the post- along each hind leg, but not usually reaching the femoral gland, although this is faded to a dull salmon femoral gland. The dorsum is dark and blackish with colour in some specimens. numerous welts of the same colour. Lower flanks are P. bibroni in life is depicted online at: also dark and blackish but with distinctive ivory white https://www.flickr.com/photos/23031163@N03/ spots at the posterior part of the flank. 13832134303/ P. dendyi Lucas, 1892 in life is depicted in Anstis P. wellsi sp. nov. is a species generally found in and (2013) on page 647 and Cogger (2014) on page 105 around coastal wallum swamps and wet heathlands at bottom right, or online at: in a zone from north of the Hunter River, along the https://www.flickr.com/photos/14807473@N08/ coast at least as far north as Coffs Harbour. It is 26759919706/ separated from all other species in the complex by P. dendyi mensforthi subsp. nov. from high elevation the following unique suite of characters: Colour is a areas north of the alpine areas of Victoria and New uniform light bluish grey above, both on the dorsum South Wales has until now been treated as putative and the flanks. On the dorsum is an arrangement of P. bibroni, but is in fact most closely related to P. raised tubercles and carbuncles, underlain with dendyi (Donnellan et al. 2012) and sufficiently so as blackish pigment and rising to blunt orange points. to be treated as a subspecies of that taxon. P. dendyi These form broken wavy lines, longitudinal running mensforthi subsp. nov. is readily separated from P. and broken lines, usually consisting of one line on dendyi by having a dark grey, purplish grey or dark either side of the mid-odrsal line, commencing at the brown dorsum (versus charcoal black) and a eye and going most of the way down the back as well relatively smooth dorsum, with scattered small as a lesser broken line at the posterior end of the tubercles, versus numerous large, black, blunt welts. dorsum, running to a small orange line running into Markings that are bright yellow in P. dendyi are the tail end. There are also some scattered and reduced in size and orange instead. The body is reduced dark patches on the upper flanks, which may overlain with tiny orange specks. Limbs are mainly or may not also be tipped with orange. On the upper smooth, dark grey and with scattered tiny (usually surface of the proximal arm is a bright orange patch orange) flecks. The vertical line at the front of the near the axila, which is not distinctively demarcated snout, facing towards the medial line is orange. from the otherwise mainly bluey-grey arm. Lower flanks do not have distinctive ivory white spots The upper surface of the main part of the hind limb and are generally the same colour as the dorsum. has about five blunted tubercles that are slightly P. dendyi mensforthi subsp. nov. is depicted in life in darker than the adjoining blue-grey skin and may or Hoser (1989) on page 31 at bottom or online at: may not have a tip of orange. Toes are bluish grey. https://www.flickr.com/photos/23031163@N03/ Iris is brown. Along the rear of the upper and lower lip 16448192514/ region are distinct, closely spaced (sometimes P. bibroni, as defined by Shea and Rowley (2018) merged) white spots. with a type locality of Sydney’s Cumberland plain, From tip of snout, through nostril to top of eye is a New South Wales, Australia is the taxon found on the moderately distinct narrow line that is greyish brown New South Wales coastal plain generally south of the in colour and may have one or more flecks of light Hunter Valley to about the Victorian border. It is orange. There is indistinct dark grey flecks and separated from all other species in the complex by mottling on the upper surfaces of the otherwise light the following unique suite of characters: Dark greyish bluish-grey limbs. on top, becoming noticeably lighter on the flanks. There is a prominent orange spot on the post-femoral Underlying this is an indistinct configuration or near gland. black spots or joined spots forming a series of wavy Images of P. wellsi sp. nov. in life can be found online lines running down the dorsum roughly in a at: longitudinal direction; upper surfaces of limbs are https://www.flickr.com/photos/eyeweed/3553105919/ light grey in colour and evenly spotted with black and flecks. Fingers and toes are light grey. On the dorsum and upper surfaces of the limbs are https://www.flickr.com/photos/23031163@N03/ numerous scattered tiny, pointed tubercles, many of 38352106256/ which have tiny dull orange tips. These sometimes and configure to form a series of longitudinally arranged https://www.flickr.com/photos/14807473@N08/ orange tipped welts. Throat is dark. Iris is grey- 48335859541/

P. wellingtoni sp. nov. from the New England Australia for services to crime investigation and tablelands region of northern New South Wales is wildlife conservation in Australia as detailed by Hoser separated from the other species in the complex as (2010). follows: Dorsal colour is generally a light grey with a PSEUDOPHRYNE WELLSI SP. NOV. large number of large blackish or darker coloured, LSIDurn:lsid:zoobank.org:act:42371255-3C1E- indistinct spots across the dorsum and upper flanks, 4E04-A421-B8B28FBC61D1 most of which are raised, but only have tiny orange Holotype: A preserved specimen at the Australian tips on a limited number, with others having no Museum in Sydney, New South Wales, Australia, coloured tips in any way. These are not arranged into specimen number R.158010 collected from any obvious rows, or arrangements and do not form Robinsons Crossing, North of Hawks Nest, Myall wavy lines down the sides of the medial line of the Lakes National Park, New South Wales, Australia, back as seen in P. wellsi sp. nov.. At the axila of the Latitude -32.6036 S., Longitude 152.2339 E. This upper arm is a bright yellow flush, extending across government-owned facility allows access to its the upper arm and onto the elbow. The lower half of holdings. the flanks are noticeably lighter in colour than above. Paratypes: 1/ Two preserved specimens at the There is a prominent yellow spot on the post-femoral Australian Museum in Sydney, New South Wales, gland. The throat is usually mottled in the same way Australia, specimen numbers R.158011 and as the abdomen. R.158012 collected from Robinsons Crossing, North The iris is a light yellowish brown. of Hawks Nest, Myall Lakes National Park, New Fingers and toes are yellowish-grey. South Wales, Australia, Latitude -32.6036 S., P. wellingtoni sp. nov. is depicted in life online at: Longitude 152.2339 E. 2/ Three preserved https://www.flickr.com/photos/23031163@N03/ specimens at the Australian Museum in Sydney, New 11061312714 South Wales, Australia, specimen numbers and R.184183, R.184184 and R.184395 all collected from https://www.flickr.com/photos/14807473@N08/ Nabiac, New South Wales, Australia, Latitude - 23241157945/ 32.1487 S., Longitude 152.4108 E. P. wellingtoni kaputarensis sp. nov. from Mount Diagnosis: The putative species, Pseudophryne Kaputar is similar in most respects to nominate P. bibronii Günther, 1858 has sometimes been treated wellingtoni (P. wellingtoni wellingtoni subsp. nov.), but as including the closely related species P. dendyi is separated from that taxon by having a grey dorsum Lucas, 1872 from alpine areas in Victoria and New without any obvious large orange tipped tubercles. South Wales and P. semimarmorata Lucas, 1872 Any orange spots, if present are not connected to the from southern Victoria and Tasmania. limited number of largeish indistinct black spots on As a species complex they are found in south- the back and upper flanks, but instead are apparently eastern Australia in a crescent from south-east randomly distributed across the body in a widely Queensland, south to include Tasmania and across scattered configuration. to south-east South Australia. There is a tiny and relatively indistinct dull yellowish All are separated from the rest of the genus (as white flush in the axila of the upper arm which does defined in this paper), namely P. covacevichae not extend to the elbow. Ingram and Corben, 1994 and the closely related P. Fingers and toes are purplish-pink. major Parker, 1940, with a distribution centred on Iris is a dark chestnut brown, or slightly lighter. eastern Queensland, intruding into the far north of P. wellingtoni kaputarensis sp. nov. is depicted in life New South Wales, by having dorsolaterally directed online at: nostrils (versus nostrils pointing up vertically), belly and throat granular in males (versus not so) and https://www.flickr.com/photos/ryanfrancis/ lower limbs not heavily spotted with white (versus 27063768238/ heavily spotted with white). and Both P. scottgranti sp. nov. from Kangaroo Island in https://www.flickr.com/photos/23031163@N03/ South Australia and P. jasminegrantae sp. nov. from 34289611486/ the Adelaide Hills and Flinders Ranges in South Distribution: P. martinekae sp. nov. occurs in the Australia are separated from all other species sandy swamp areas of south-east South Australia previously included in putative P. bibronii by the and nearby parts of north-west and northern Victoria, following unique suite of characters: Border of orange through areas such as Bendigo and into south-west marking on upper surfaces of upper arm is not well New South Wales, mainly on the western slopes and defined; body pattern is brown to beige with light as far north as about Dubbo in central western New orange welts on the dorsum arranged in a series of at South Wales. least five broken lines, running down the dorsum, Etymology: P. martinekae sp. nov. is named in these being reduced to mainly tight spaced unevenly honour of Maryann Martinek of Bendigo, Victoria, shaped tubercles in P. scottgranti sp. nov.; anterior of

Hoser 2020 - Australasian Journal of Herpetology 50-51:1-128. Available online at www.herp.net Copyright- Kotabi Publishing - All rights reserved 48 Australasian Journal of Herpetology upper snout is light orange; upper lip is light in colour between Adelaide and Port Pirie, in South Australia and peppered; males with large and prominent spikey in close proximity to P. jasminegrantae sp. nov. (but tubercles on the lower forearms. usually occupying areas of lower elevation) is P. jasminegrantae sp. nov. is separated from both P. morphologically similar to the type form of P. bibronii, scottgranti sp. nov. and all other species previously but is most readily separated from that species and treated as P. bibroni by having a thick, dark well all others in the species complex by the following defined or moderately defined line running from the suite of characters: The dorsal colour is a more-or- snout, through the nostril to the eye, but not less chocolate brown to grey, any markings are proceeding posterior to it; welts on the back are large invariably very indistinct. The dorsum is also covered and spaced, versus small, numerous and closely with red, orange or simply darker coloured rounded spaced in P. scottgranti sp. nov., where most welts tubercles which are evenly close spaced across the are reduced to become a series of tiny and unevenly surface. Orange-brown iris. Inner metatarsal tubercle shaped tubercles. is small and flat (versus rounded in P. bibronii, P. P. scottgranti sp. nov. has a yellow to yellow-orange dendyi (including subspecies), P. martinekae sp. upper iris, versus bright orange in P. jasminegrantae nov., P. wellingtoni sp. nov. (including subspecies) sp. nov.. and P. wellsi sp. nov.). The entire region bound by the eyes and tip of the While this population appears to be disjunct from the snout on the upper snout is more-or-less entirely light main population of P. semimarmorata from south-east orange in colour in P. jasminegrantae sp. nov., versus South Australia, Victoria and Tasmania and is also only at the tip of the snout in P. scottgranti sp. nov. very morphologically divergent, the genetic evidence which has most of the front of the upper snout a of Donnellan et al. (2012) indicates recent divergence beige colour. Most welts or tubercles in P. and so they are treated herein as a subspecies. jasminegrantae sp. nov. are surrounded by dark P. semimarmorata burrelli subsp. nov. in life is blackish-brown pigment. In P. scottgranti sp. nov. depicted online at: most tubercles and welts are not surrounded by dark https://www.flickr.com/photos/hierofalco_/ blackish-brown pigment, this being restricted to just a 49910594073/ few or none. and P. scottgranti sp. nov. is depicted in Anstis (2013) on https://www.flickr.com/photos/23031163@N03/ page 635 at top right. 28352838155/ P. jasminegrantae sp. nov. is depicted in Anstis Pseudophryne martinekae sp. nov. includes putative (2013) on page 635 at top left and the photo beneath P. bibroni, from drier areas of north-west Victoria and it. south-west New South Wales, generally south of Pseudophyne semimarmorata Lucas, 1872 of the Dubbo and including the south-western slopes, nominate form, with a type locality of the Grampians including nearby parts of south-east South Australia. in Western Victoria is found throughout southern It is readily separated from all other species in the Victoria, Tasmania and far south-eastern South complex by the following suite of characters: A Australia. It is readily separated from all other dorsum that is mainly beige or light yellow-brown, species in the P. bibronii complex as described with a limited amount of medium brown pigment in herein by the following suite of characters: Snout is the form of large irregularly shaped blotches, which prominent and pointed (versus rounded) and are mainly on the posterior part of the rump. internarial distance is shorter than the distance Overlaying this are irregular tubercles and welts, the between the nostril and the snout; dorsolaterally large ones being orange in colour. The upper flank facing nostrils; belly and throat smooth in females or has a series of indistinct darker brown blotches coarsely granular in males; lower surfaces of limbs extending from above the forearm along the upper are uniformly flesh coloured or orange. Dorsum is a flank towards the groin. Arms and legs are yellowish- unique combination of being dark olive-green to dark brown or beige, with a limited number of small dark brown above, with irregular darker flecks or small brown spots or blotches and widely scattered tiny spots. Chest and anterior part of the belly is boldly orange spots. No obvious tubercles on forearms. marked with black and white. Prominent on each Moderate-sized tubercles on the upper surfaces of hindlimb is a large light brown or orange gland. Inner the middle hindlimbs are not coloured in any way, metatarsal tubercle is small and flat (versus rounded save for some scattered tiny ones which are nothing in P. bibronii, P. dendyi (including subspecies), P. more than orange specks. Iris is yellow. Toes are light martinekae sp. nov., P. wellingtoni sp. nov. (including translucent yellow. subspecies) and P. wellsi sp. nov.). Snout and sides of head are beige with limited P. semimarmorata is depicted in life in Cogger (2014) amounts of dark or orange flecks. on page 109 top right and Anstis (2013) on page 665 While the upper surface of the upper arm is a slightly (on right). more brilliant yellowish brown than the lower P. semimarmorata burrelli subsp. nov. from a region forearms or the dorsum, this is not in the form of an

obvious band, bar or colour patch in that the longitudinal direction; upper surfaces of limbs are demarcation is not well defined. light grey in colour and evenly spotted with black Pseudophryne martinekae sp. nov. in life is depicted flecks. Fingers and toes are light grey. On the online at: dorsum and upper surfaces of the limbs are https://www.flickr.com/photos/88708273@N03/ numerous scattered tiny, pointed tubercles, many of 18232780929/ which have tiny dull orange tips. These sometimes Pseudophryne dendyi Lucas, 1892 from high configure to form a series of longitudinally arranged elevation areas of Victoria and adjacent New South orange tipped welts. Throat is dark. Iris is grey- Wales is readily separated from all other species in brown. the complex by the following suite of characters: A Front and sides of snout are light grey. From tip of bright yellow patch covering the top of the upper arm, snout to top of eye is a moderately distinct and well and extending to the elbow; usually some yellow defined black stripe. Upper arm has light orange on spots or patches on the upper lips or sides of the the upper surface, not forming a well defined patch. face; a bright yellow patch extending from the cloaca There is a prominent brick red spot on the post- along each hind leg, but not usually reaching the femoral gland, although this is faded to a dull salmon femoral gland. The dorsum is dark and blackish with colour in some specimens. numerous welts of the same colour. Lower flanks are P. bibroni in life is depicted online at: also dark and blackish but with distinctive ivory white https://www.flickr.com/photos/23031163@N03/ spots at the posterior part of the flank. 13832134303/ P. dendyi Lucas, 1892 in life is depicted in Anstis P. wellsi sp. nov. is a species generally found in and (2013) on page 647 and Cogger (2014) on page 105 around coastal wallum swamps and wet heathlands at bottom right, or online at: in a zone from north of the Hunter River, along the https://www.flickr.com/photos/14807473@N08/ coast at least as far north as Coffs Harbour. It is 26759919706/ separated from all other species in the complex by P. dendyi mensforthi subsp. nov. from high elevation the following unique suite of characters: Colour is a areas north of the alpine areas of Victoria and New uniform light bluish grey above, both on the dorsum South Wales has until now been treated as putative and the flanks. On the dorsum is an arrangement of P. bibroni, but is in fact most closely related to P. raised tubercles and carbuncles, underlain with dendyi (Donnellan et al. 2012) and sufficiently so as blackish pigment and rising to blunt orange points. to be treated as a subspecies of that taxon. P. dendyi These form broken wavy lines, longitudinal running mensforthi subsp. nov. is readily separated from P. and broken lines, usually consisting of one line on dendyi by having a dark grey, purplish grey or dark either side of the mid-odrsal line, commencing at the brown dorsum (versus charcoal black) and a eye and going most of the way down the back as well relatively smooth dorsum, with scattered small as a lesser broken line at the posterior end of the tubercles, versus numerous large, black, blunt welts. dorsum, running to a small orange line running into Markings that are bright yellow in P. dendyi are the tail end. There are also some scattered and reduced in size and orange instead. The body is reduced dark patches on the upper flanks, which may overlain with tiny orange specks. Limbs are mainly or may not also be tipped with orange. On the upper smooth, dark grey and with scattered tiny (usually surface of the proximal arm is a bright orange patch orange) flecks. The vertical line at the front of the near the axila, which is not distinctively demarcated snout, facing towards the medial line is orange. from the otherwise mainly bluey-grey arm. Lower flanks do not have distinctive ivory white spots The upper surface of the main part of the hind limb and are generally the same colour as the dorsum. has about five blunted tubercles that are slightly P. dendyi mensforthi subsp. nov. is depicted in life in darker than the adjoining blue-grey skin and may or Hoser (1989) on page 31 at bottom or online at: may not have a tip of orange. Toes are bluish grey. https://www.flickr.com/photos/23031163@N03/ Iris is brown. Along the rear of the upper and lower lip 16448192514/ region are distinct, closely spaced (sometimes P. bibroni, as defined by Shea and Rowley (2018) merged) white spots. with a type locality of Sydney’s Cumberland plain, From tip of snout, through nostril to top of eye is a New South Wales, Australia is the taxon found on the moderately distinct narrow line that is greyish brown New South Wales coastal plain generally south of the in colour and may have one or more flecks of light Hunter Valley to about the Victorian border. It is orange. There is indistinct dark grey flecks and separated from all other species in the complex by mottling on the upper surfaces of the otherwise light the following unique suite of characters: Dark greyish bluish-grey limbs. on top, becoming noticeably lighter on the flanks. There is a prominent orange spot on the post-femoral Underlying this is an indistinct configuration or near gland. black spots or joined spots forming a series of wavy Images of P. wellsi sp. nov. in life can be found online lines running down the dorsum roughly in a at:

Hoser 2020 - Australasian Journal of Herpetology 50-51:1-128. Available online at www.herp.net Copyright- Kotabi Publishing - All rights reserved 50 Australasian Journal of Herpetology https://www.flickr.com/photos/eyeweed/3553105919/ coastal wallum swamps and wet heathlands in a and zone from north of the Hunter River, along the coast https://www.flickr.com/photos/23031163@N03/ at least as far north as Coffs Harbour in New South 38352106256/ Wales, Australia. and Etymology: P. wellsi sp. nov. is named in honour of https://www.flickr.com/photos/14807473@N08/ Richard W. Wells of Lismore, New South Wales, 48335859541/ Australia, formerly of Cowra, New South Wales and previous to that Sydney, New South Wales, in P. wellingtoni sp. nov. from the New England recognition of his immense services to herpetology in tablelands region of northern New South Wales is Australia. While best known for his landmark separated from the other species in the complex as publications Wells and Wellington (1984 and 1985) follows: Dorsal colour is generally a light grey with a his contributions to herpetology go well beyond these large number of large blackish or darker coloured, papers both before and since the time they were indistinct spots across the dorsum and upper flanks, published. Over many years he donated many most of which are raised, but only have tiny orange thousands of valuable reptile specimens to the tips on a limited number, with others having no Australian Museum in Sydney, Australia, those coloured tips in any way. These are not arranged into specimens having been lynchpins of countless any obvious rows, or arrangements and do not form herpetological studies in the last 4 decades. wavy lines down the sides of the medial line of the back as seen in P. wellsi sp. nov.. At the axila of the PSEUDOPHRYNE WELLINGTONI SP. NOV. upper arm is a bright yellow flush, extending across LSIDurn:lsid:zoobank.org:act:7A5D6A2D-1FA5- the upper arm and onto the elbow. The lower half of 4BB4-A546-7FEC9AF42015 the flanks are noticeably lighter in colour than above. Holotype: A preserved specimen at the American There is a prominent yellow spot on the post-femoral Museum of Natural History, on the Upper West Side gland. The throat is usually mottled in the same way of Manhattan, New York City, USA, specimen number as the abdomen. AMNH 65160 collected at an elevation of about 1,364 The iris is a light yellowish brown. m from Ben Lomond in New South Wales, Australia, Fingers and toes are yellowish-grey. Latitude 30.0210 S., Longitude 151.659° E. This facility allows access to its holdings. P. wellingtoni sp. nov. is depicted in life online at: https://www.flickr.com/photos/23031163@N03/ Paratypes: 1/ Six preserved specimens at American 11061312714 Museum of Natural History, on the Upper West Side of Manhattan, New York City, USA, specimen and numbers AMNH 65161-65166 from the same location https://www.flickr.com/photos/14807473@N08/ as the holotype. 2/ Five preserved specimens at 23241157945/ American Museum of Natural History, on the Upper P. wellingtoni kaputarensis sp. nov. from Mount West Side of Manhattan, New York City, USA, Kaputar is similar in most respects to nominate P. specimen numbers AMNH 65155-65159 collected wellingtoni (P. wellingtoni wellingtoni subsp. nov.), but from Booroolong Creek, 20 miles northwest of is separated from that taxon by having a grey dorsum Armidale, New South Wales, Australia, Latitude without any obvious large orange tipped tubercles. 30.285 S., Longitude 151.556 E. Any orange spots, if present are not connected to the Diagnosis: The putative species, Pseudophryne limited number of largeish indistinct black spots on bibronii Günther, 1858 has sometimes been treated the back and upper flanks, but instead are apparently as including the closely related species P. dendyi randomly distributed across the body in a widely Lucas, 1872 from alpine areas in Victoria and New scattered configuration. South Wales and P. semimarmorata Lucas, 1872 There is a tiny and relatively indistinct dull yellowish from southern Victoria and Tasmania. white flush in the axila of the upper arm which does As a species complex they are found in south- not extend to the elbow. eastern Australia in a crescent from south-east Fingers and toes are purplish-pink. Queensland, south to include Tasmania and across Iris is a dark chestnut brown, or slightly lighter. to south-east South Australia. P. wellingtoni kaputarensis sp. nov. is depicted in life All are separated from the rest of the genus (as online at: defined in this paper), namely P. covacevichae https://www.flickr.com/photos/ryanfrancis/ Ingram and Corben, 1994 and the closely related P. 27063768238/ major Parker, 1940, with a distribution centred on and eastern Queensland, intruding into the far north of https://www.flickr.com/photos/23031163@N03/ New South Wales, by having dorsolaterally directed 34289611486/ nostrils (versus nostrils pointing up vertically), belly Distribution: P. wellsi sp. nov. is found in and around and throat granular in males (versus not so) and lower limbs not heavily spotted with white (versus

heavily spotted with white). unique combination of being dark olive-green to dark Both P. scottgranti sp. nov. from Kangaroo Island in brown above, with irregular darker flecks or small South Australia and P. jasminegrantae sp. nov. from spots. Chest and anterior part of the belly is boldly the Adelaide Hills and Flinders Ranges in South marked with black and white. Prominent on each Australia are separated from all other species hindlimb is a large light brown or orange gland. Inner previously included in putative P. bibronii by the metatarsal tubercle is small and flat (versus rounded following unique suite of characters: Border of orange in P. bibronii, P. dendyi (including subspecies), P. marking on upper surfaces of upper arm is not well martinekae sp. nov., P. wellingtoni sp. nov. (including defined; body pattern is brown to beige with light subspecies) and P. wellsi sp. nov.). orange welts on the dorsum arranged in a series of at P. semimarmorata is depicted in life in Cogger (2014) least five broken lines, running down the dorsum, on page 109 top right and Anstis (2013) on page 665 these being reduced to mainly tight spaced unevenly (on right). shaped tubercles in P. scottgranti sp. nov.; anterior of P. semimarmorata burrelli subsp. nov. from a region upper snout is light orange; upper lip is light in colour between Adelaide and Port Pirie, in South Australia and peppered; males with large and prominent spikey in close proximity to P. jasminegrantae sp. nov. (but tubercles on the lower forearms. usually occupying areas of lower elevation) is P. jasminegrantae sp. nov. is separated from both P. morphologically similar to the type form of P. bibronii, scottgranti sp. nov. and all other species previously but is most readily separated from that species and treated as P. bibroni by having a thick, dark well all others in the species complex by the following defined or moderately defined line running from the suite of characters: The dorsal colour is a more-or- snout, through the nostril to the eye, but not less chocolate brown to grey, any markings are proceeding posterior to it; welts on the back are large invariably very indistinct. The dorsum is also covered and spaced, versus small, numerous and closely with red, orange or simply darker coloured rounded spaced in P. scottgranti sp. nov., where most welts tubercles which are evenly close spaced across the are reduced to become a series of tiny and unevenly surface. Orange-brown iris. Inner metatarsal tubercle shaped tubercles. is small and flat (versus rounded in P. bibronii, P. P. scottgranti sp. nov. has a yellow to yellow-orange dendyi (including subspecies), P. martinekae sp. upper iris, versus bright orange in P. jasminegrantae nov., P. wellingtoni sp. nov. (including subspecies) sp. nov.. and P. wellsi sp. nov.). The entire region bound by the eyes and tip of the While this population appears to be disjunct from the snout on the upper snout is more-or-less entirely light main population of P. semimarmorata from south-east orange in colour in P. jasminegrantae sp. nov., versus South Australia, Victoria and Tasmania and is also only at the tip of the snout in P. scottgranti sp. nov. very morphologically divergent, the genetic evidence which has most of the front of the upper snout a of Donnellan et al. (2012) indicates recent divergence beige colour. Most welts or tubercles in P. and so they are treated herein as a subspecies. jasminegrantae sp. nov. are surrounded by dark P. semimarmorata burrelli subsp. nov. in life is blackish-brown pigment. In P. scottgranti sp. nov. depicted online at: most tubercles and welts are not surrounded by dark https://www.flickr.com/photos/hierofalco_/ blackish-brown pigment, this being restricted to just a 49910594073/ few or none. and P. scottgranti sp. nov. is depicted in Anstis (2013) on https://www.flickr.com/photos/23031163@N03/ page 635 at top right. 28352838155/ P. jasminegrantae sp. nov. is depicted in Anstis Pseudophryne martinekae sp. nov. includes putative (2013) on page 635 at top left and the photo beneath P. bibroni, from drier areas of north-west Victoria and it. south-west New South Wales, generally south of Pseudophyne semimarmorata Lucas, 1872 of the Dubbo and including the south-western slopes, nominate form, with a type locality of the Grampians including nearby parts of south-east South Australia. in Western Victoria is found throughout southern It is readily separated from all other species in the Victoria, Tasmania and far south-eastern South complex by the following suite of characters: A Australia. It is readily separated from all other dorsum that is mainly beige or light yellow-brown, species in the P. bibronii complex as described with a limited amount of medium brown pigment in herein by the following suite of characters: Snout is the form of large irregularly shaped blotches, which prominent and pointed (versus rounded) and are mainly on the posterior part of the rump. internarial distance is shorter than the distance Overlaying this are irregular tubercles and welts, the between the nostril and the snout; dorsolaterally large ones being orange in colour. The upper flank facing nostrils; belly and throat smooth in females or has a series of indistinct darker brown blotches coarsely granular in males; lower surfaces of limbs extending from above the forearm along the upper are uniformly flesh coloured or orange. Dorsum is a flank towards the groin. Arms and legs are yellowish-

Hoser 2020 - Australasian Journal of Herpetology 50-51:1-128. Available online at www.herp.net Copyright- Kotabi Publishing - All rights reserved 52 Australasian Journal of Herpetology brown or beige, with a limited number of small dark https://www.flickr.com/photos/23031163@N03/ brown spots or blotches and widely scattered tiny 16448192514/ orange spots. No obvious tubercles on forearms. P. bibroni, as defined by Shea and Rowley (2018) Moderate-sized tubercles on the upper surfaces of with a type locality of Sydney’s Cumberland plain, the middle hindlimbs are not coloured in any way, New South Wales, Australia is the taxon found on the save for some scattered tiny ones which are nothing New South Wales coastal plain generally south of the more than orange specks. Iris is yellow. Toes are light Hunter Valley to about the Victorian border. It is translucent yellow. separated from all other species in the complex by Snout and sides of head are beige with limited the following unique suite of characters: Dark greyish amounts of dark or orange flecks. on top, becoming noticeably lighter on the flanks. While the upper surface of the upper arm is a slightly Underlying this is an indistinct configuration or near more brilliant yellowish brown than the lower black spots or joined spots forming a series of wavy forearms or the dorsum, this is not in the form of an lines running down the dorsum roughly in a obvious band, bar or colour patch in that the longitudinal direction; upper surfaces of limbs are demarcation is not well defined. light grey in colour and evenly spotted with black Pseudophryne martinekae sp. nov. in life is depicted flecks. Fingers and toes are light grey. On the online at: dorsum and upper surfaces of the limbs are https://www.flickr.com/photos/88708273@N03/ numerous scattered tiny, pointed tubercles, many of 18232780929/ which have tiny dull orange tips. These sometimes configure to form a series of longitudinally arranged Pseudophryne dendyi Lucas, 1892 from high orange tipped welts. Throat is dark. Iris is grey- elevation areas of Victoria and adjacent New South brown. Wales is readily separated from all other species in the complex by the following suite of characters: A Front and sides of snout are light grey. From tip of bright yellow patch covering the top of the upper arm, snout to top of eye is a moderately distinct and well and extending to the elbow; usually some yellow defined black stripe. Upper arm has light orange on spots or patches on the upper lips or sides of the the upper surface, not forming a well defined patch. face; a bright yellow patch extending from the cloaca There is a prominent brick red spot on the post- along each hind leg, but not usually reaching the femoral gland, although this is faded to a dull salmon femoral gland. The dorsum is dark and blackish with colour in some specimens. numerous welts of the same colour. Lower flanks are P. bibroni in life is depicted online at: also dark and blackish but with distinctive ivory white https://www.flickr.com/photos/23031163@N03/ spots at the posterior part of the flank. 13832134303/ P. dendyi Lucas, 1892 in life is depicted in Anstis P. wellsi sp. nov. is a species generally found in and (2013) on page 647 and Cogger (2014) on page 105 around coastal wallum swamps and wet heathlands at bottom right, or online at: in a zone from north of the Hunter River, along the https://www.flickr.com/photos/14807473@N08/ coast at least as far north as Coffs Harbour. It is 26759919706/ separated from all other species in the complex by P. dendyi mensforthi subsp. nov. from high elevation the following unique suite of characters: Colour is a areas north of the alpine areas of Victoria and New uniform light bluish grey above, both on the dorsum South Wales has until now been treated as putative and the flanks. On the dorsum is an arrangement of P. bibroni, but is in fact most closely related to P. raised tubercles and carbuncles, underlain with dendyi (Donnellan et al. 2012) and sufficiently so as blackish pigment and rising to blunt orange points. to be treated as a subspecies of that taxon. P. dendyi These form broken wavy lines, longitudinal running mensforthi subsp. nov. is readily separated from P. and broken lines, usually consisting of one line on dendyi by having a dark grey, purplish grey or dark either side of the mid-odrsal line, commencing at the brown dorsum (versus charcoal black) and a eye and going most of the way down the back as well relatively smooth dorsum, with scattered small as a lesser broken line at the posterior end of the tubercles, versus numerous large, black, blunt welts. dorsum, running to a small orange line running into Markings that are bright yellow in P. dendyi are the tail end. There are also some scattered and reduced in size and orange instead. The body is reduced dark patches on the upper flanks, which may overlain with tiny orange specks. Limbs are mainly or may not also be tipped with orange. On the upper smooth, dark grey and with scattered tiny (usually surface of the proximal arm is a bright orange patch orange) flecks. The vertical line at the front of the near the axila, which is not distinctively demarcated snout, facing towards the medial line is orange. from the otherwise mainly bluey-grey arm. Lower flanks do not have distinctive ivory white spots The upper surface of the main part of the hind limb and are generally the same colour as the dorsum. has about five blunted tubercles that are slightly P. dendyi mensforthi subsp. nov. is depicted in life in darker than the adjoining blue-grey skin and may or Hoser (1989) on page 31 at bottom or online at: may not have a tip of orange. Toes are bluish grey.

Iris is brown. Along the rear of the upper and lower lip white flush in the axila of the upper arm which does region are distinct, closely spaced (sometimes not extend to the elbow. merged) white spots. Fingers and toes are purplish-pink. From tip of snout, through nostril to top of eye is a Iris is a dark chestnut brown, or slightly lighter. moderately distinct narrow line that is greyish brown P. wellingtoni kaputarensis sp. nov. is depicted in life in colour and may have one or more flecks of light online at: orange. There is indistinct dark grey flecks and https://www.flickr.com/photos/ryanfrancis/ mottling on the upper surfaces of the otherwise light 27063768238/ bluish-grey limbs. and There is a prominent orange spot on the post-femoral https://www.flickr.com/photos/23031163@N03/ gland. 34289611486/ Images of P. wellsi sp. nov. in life can be found online Distribution: P. wellingtoni sp. nov. is found in the at: New England tablelands region of northern New https://www.flickr.com/photos/eyeweed/3553105919/ South Wales, Australia and belived to occur in hilly and regions to the immediate west. https://www.flickr.com/photos/23031163@N03/ Etymology: P. wellingtoni sp. nov. is named in 38352106256/ honour of Cliff Ross Wellington of Ramornie, New and South Wales, Australia, (about 485 km north of https://www.flickr.com/photos/14807473@N08/ Sydney), previously of Woy Woy, New South Wales, 48335859541/ Australia in recognition of his immense services to P. wellingtoni sp. nov. from the New England herpetology in Australia. While best known for his co- tablelands region of northern New South Wales is authorship of landmark publications Wells and separated from the other species in the complex as Wellington (1984 and 1985) his contributions to follows: Dorsal colour is generally a light grey with a herpetology go well beyond these papers both before large number of large blackish or darker coloured, and since the time they were published, including indistinct spots across the dorsum and upper flanks, numerous other important published works and most of which are raised, but only have tiny orange services to conservation. tips on a limited number, with others having no They include his petioning the ICZN to stamp out the coloured tips in any way. These are not arranged into nefarious and dishonest practice of taxonomic any obvious rows, or arrangements and do not form vandalism and numerous conservation programs for wavy lines down the sides of the medial line of the rare and threatened species in New South Wales, back as seen in P. wellsi sp. nov.. At the axila of the especially in relation to frogs. upper arm is a bright yellow flush, extending across Wellington was also the first herpetologist in the the upper arm and onto the elbow. The lower half of world to demonstrate the significance of toxic the flanks are noticeably lighter in colour than above. chemicals in waterways inhibiting the spread of There is a prominent yellow spot on the post-femoral Chytrid fungus and thereby inadvertently helping gland. The throat is usually mottled in the same way vulnerable species of frogs evade extinction caused as the abdomen. by the same fungus. This included several species The iris is a light yellowish brown. from the Sydney and Blue Mountains regions of New Fingers and toes are yellowish-grey. South Wales. P. wellingtoni sp. nov. is depicted in life online at: PSEUDOPHRYNE WELLINGTONI KAPUTARENSIS https://www.flickr.com/photos/23031163@N03/ SP. NOV. 11061312714 LSIDurn:lsid:zoobank.org:act:830305AB-97EE- and 459C-8D39-658B7501E8B4 https://www.flickr.com/photos/14807473@N08/ Holotype: A preserved male specimen at the 23241157945/ Australiam Museum, Sydney, New South Wales, P. wellingtoni kaputarensis sp. nov. from Mount Australia, specimen number R.184786 collected from Kaputar is similar in most respects to nominate P. Mount Kaputar National Park, New South Wales, wellingtoni (P. wellingtoni wellingtoni subsp. nov.), but Australia, Latitude -30.2825 S., Longitude 150.1715 is separated from that taxon by having a grey dorsum E. This government-owned facility allows access to without any obvious large orange tipped tubercles. its holdings. Any orange spots, if present are not connected to the Paratypes: Three preserved specimens at the limited number of largeish indistinct black spots on Australian Museum in Sydney, New South Wales, the back and upper flanks, but instead are apparently Australia, specimen numbers R.112846, R184636 randomly distributed across the body in a widely and R.184787 (a male), all collected from Mount scattered configuration. Kaputar National Park, NSW, Australia, with an There is a tiny and relatively indistinct dull yellowish approximate Latitude -30.2825 S., Long. 150.1715 E.

Diagnosis: The putative species, Pseudophryne few or none. bibronii Günther, 1858 has sometimes been treated P. scottgranti sp. nov. is depicted in Anstis (2013) on as including the closely related species P. dendyi page 635 at top right. Lucas, 1872 from alpine areas in Victoria and New P. jasminegrantae sp. nov. is depicted in Anstis South Wales and P. semimarmorata Lucas, 1872 (2013) on page 635 at top left and the photo beneath from southern Victoria and Tasmania. it. As a species complex they are found in south- Pseudophyne semimarmorata Lucas, 1872 of the eastern Australia in a crescent from south-east nominate form, with a type locality of the Grampians Queensland, south to include Tasmania and across in Western Victoria is found throughout southern to south-east South Australia. Victoria, Tasmania and far south-eastern South All are separated from the rest of the genus (as Australia. It is readily separated from all other defined in this paper), namely P. covacevichae species in the P. bibronii complex as described Ingram and Corben, 1994 and the closely related P. herein by the following suite of characters: Snout is major Parker, 1940, with a distribution centred on prominent and pointed (versus rounded) and eastern Queensland, intruding into the far north of internarial distance is shorter than the distance New South Wales, by having dorsolaterally directed between the nostril and the snout; dorsolaterally nostrils (versus nostrils pointing up vertically), belly facing nostrils; belly and throat smooth in females or and throat granular in males (versus not so) and coarsely granular in males; lower surfaces of limbs lower limbs not heavily spotted with white (versus are uniformly flesh coloured or orange. Dorsum is a heavily spotted with white). unique combination of being dark olive-green to dark Both P. scottgranti sp. nov. from Kangaroo Island in brown above, with irregular darker flecks or small South Australia and P. jasminegrantae sp. nov. from spots. Chest and anterior part of the belly is boldly the Adelaide Hills and Flinders Ranges in South marked with black and white. Prominent on each Australia are separated from all other species hindlimb is a large light brown or orange gland. Inner previously included in putative P. bibronii by the metatarsal tubercle is small and flat (versus rounded following unique suite of characters: Border of orange in P. bibronii, P. dendyi (including subspecies), P. marking on upper surfaces of upper arm is not well martinekae sp. nov., P. wellingtoni sp. nov. (including defined; body pattern is brown to beige with light subspecies) and P. wellsi sp. nov.). orange welts on the dorsum arranged in a series of at P. semimarmorata is depicted in life in Cogger (2014) least five broken lines, running down the dorsum, on page 109 top right and Anstis (2013) on page 665 these being reduced to mainly tight spaced unevenly (on right). shaped tubercles in P. scottgranti sp. nov.; anterior of P. semimarmorata burrelli subsp. nov. from a region upper snout is light orange; upper lip is light in colour between Adelaide and Port Pirie, in South Australia and peppered; males with large and prominent spikey in close proximity to P. jasminegrantae sp. nov. (but tubercles on the lower forearms. usually occupying areas of lower elevation) is P. jasminegrantae sp. nov. is separated from both P. morphologically similar to the type form of P. bibronii, scottgranti sp. nov. and all other species previously but is most readily separated from that species and treated as P. bibroni by having a thick, dark well all others in the species complex by the following defined or moderately defined line running from the suite of characters: The dorsal colour is a more-or- snout, through the nostril to the eye, but not less chocolate brown to grey, any markings are proceeding posterior to it; welts on the back are large invariably very indistinct. The dorsum is also covered and spaced, versus small, numerous and closely with red, orange or simply darker coloured rounded spaced in P. scottgranti sp. nov., where most welts tubercles which are evenly close spaced across the are reduced to become a series of tiny and unevenly surface. Orange-brown iris. Inner metatarsal tubercle shaped tubercles. is small and flat (versus rounded in P. bibronii, P. P. scottgranti sp. nov. has a yellow to yellow-orange dendyi (including subspecies), P. martinekae sp. upper iris, versus bright orange in P. jasminegrantae nov., P. wellingtoni sp. nov. (including subspecies) sp. nov.. and P. wellsi sp. nov.). The entire region bound by the eyes and tip of the While this population appears to be disjunct from the snout on the upper snout is more-or-less entirely light main population of P. semimarmorata from south-east orange in colour in P. jasminegrantae sp. nov., versus South Australia, Victoria and Tasmania and is also only at the tip of the snout in P. scottgranti sp. nov. very morphologically divergent, the genetic evidence which has most of the front of the upper snout a of Donnellan et al. (2012) indicates recent divergence beige colour. Most welts or tubercles in P. and so they are treated herein as a subspecies. jasminegrantae sp. nov. are surrounded by dark P. semimarmorata burrelli subsp. nov. in life is blackish-brown pigment. In P. scottgranti sp. nov. depicted online at: most tubercles and welts are not surrounded by dark https://www.flickr.com/photos/hierofalco_/ blackish-brown pigment, this being restricted to just a 49910594073/

and South Wales has until now been treated as putative https://www.flickr.com/photos/23031163@N03/ P. bibroni, but is in fact most closely related to P. 28352838155/ dendyi (Donnellan et al. 2012) and sufficiently so as Pseudophryne martinekae sp. nov. includes putative to be treated as a subspecies of that taxon. P. dendyi P. bibroni, from drier areas of north-west Victoria and mensforthi subsp. nov. is readily separated from P. south-west New South Wales, generally south of dendyi by having a dark grey, purplish grey or dark Dubbo and including the south-western slopes, brown dorsum (versus charcoal black) and a including nearby parts of south-east South Australia. relatively smooth dorsum, with scattered small It is readily separated from all other species in the tubercles, versus numerous large, black, blunt welts. complex by the following suite of characters: A Markings that are bright yellow in P. dendyi are dorsum that is mainly beige or light yellow-brown, reduced in size and orange instead. The body is with a limited amount of medium brown pigment in overlain with tiny orange specks. Limbs are mainly the form of large irregularly shaped blotches, which smooth, dark grey and with scattered tiny (usually are mainly on the posterior part of the rump. orange) flecks. The vertical line at the front of the Overlaying this are irregular tubercles and welts, the snout, facing towards the medial line is orange. large ones being orange in colour. The upper flank Lower flanks do not have distinctive ivory white spots has a series of indistinct darker brown blotches and are generally the same colour as the dorsum. extending from above the forearm along the upper P. dendyi mensforthi subsp. nov. is depicted in life in flank towards the groin. Arms and legs are yellowish- Hoser (1989) on page 31 at bottom or online at: brown or beige, with a limited number of small dark https://www.flickr.com/photos/23031163@N03/ brown spots or blotches and widely scattered tiny 16448192514/ orange spots. No obvious tubercles on forearms. P. bibroni, as defined by Shea and Rowley (2018) Moderate-sized tubercles on the upper surfaces of with a type locality of Sydney’s Cumberland plain, the middle hindlimbs are not coloured in any way, New South Wales, Australia is the taxon found on the save for some scattered tiny ones which are nothing New South Wales coastal plain generally south of the more than orange specks. Iris is yellow. Toes are light Hunter Valley to about the Victorian border. It is translucent yellow. separated from all other species in the complex by Snout and sides of head are beige with limited the following unique suite of characters: Dark greyish amounts of dark or orange flecks. on top, becoming noticeably lighter on the flanks. While the upper surface of the upper arm is a slightly Underlying this is an indistinct configuration or near more brilliant yellowish brown than the lower black spots or joined spots forming a series of wavy forearms or the dorsum, this is not in the form of an lines running down the dorsum roughly in a obvious band, bar or colour patch in that the longitudinal direction; upper surfaces of limbs are demarcation is not well defined. light grey in colour and evenly spotted with black Pseudophryne martinekae sp. nov. in life is depicted flecks. Fingers and toes are light grey. On the online at: dorsum and upper surfaces of the limbs are numerous scattered tiny, pointed tubercles, many of https://www.flickr.com/photos/88708273@N03/ which have tiny dull orange tips. These sometimes 18232780929/ configure to form a series of longitudinally arranged Pseudophryne dendyi Lucas, 1892 from high orange tipped welts. Throat is dark. Iris is grey- elevation areas of Victoria and adjacent New South brown. Wales is readily separated from all other species in Front and sides of snout are light grey. From tip of the complex by the following suite of characters: A snout to top of eye is a moderately distinct and well bright yellow patch covering the top of the upper arm, defined black stripe. Upper arm has light orange on and extending to the elbow; usually some yellow the upper surface, not forming a well defined patch. spots or patches on the upper lips or sides of the There is a prominent brick red spot on the post- face; a bright yellow patch extending from the cloaca femoral gland, although this is faded to a dull salmon along each hind leg, but not usually reaching the colour in some specimens. femoral gland. The dorsum is dark and blackish with numerous welts of the same colour. Lower flanks are P. bibroni in life is depicted online at: also dark and blackish but with distinctive ivory white https://www.flickr.com/photos/23031163@N03/ spots at the posterior part of the flank. 13832134303/ P. dendyi Lucas, 1892 in life is depicted in Anstis P. wellsi sp. nov. is a species generally found in and (2013) on page 647 and Cogger (2014) on page 105 around coastal wallum swamps and wet heathlands at bottom right, or online at: in a zone from north of the Hunter River, along the https://www.flickr.com/photos/14807473@N08/ coast at least as far north as Coffs Harbour. It is 26759919706/ separated from all other species in the complex by the following unique suite of characters: Colour is a P. dendyi mensforthi subsp. nov. from high elevation uniform light bluish grey above, both on the dorsum areas north of the alpine areas of Victoria and New Hoser 2020 - Australasian Journal of Herpetology 50-51:1-128. Available online at www.herp.net Copyright- Kotabi Publishing - All rights reserved 56 Australasian Journal of Herpetology and the flanks. On the dorsum is an arrangement of The iris is a light yellowish brown. raised tubercles and carbuncles, underlain with Fingers and toes are yellowish-grey. blackish pigment and rising to blunt orange points. P. wellingtoni sp. nov. is depicted in life online at: These form broken wavy lines, longitudinal running https://www.flickr.com/photos/23031163@N03/ and broken lines, usually consisting of one line on 11061312714 either side of the mid-odrsal line, commencing at the and eye and going most of the way down the back as well https://www.flickr.com/photos/14807473@N08/ as a lesser broken line at the posterior end of the 23241157945/ dorsum, running to a small orange line running into the tail end. There are also some scattered and P. wellingtoni kaputarensis sp. nov. from Mount reduced dark patches on the upper flanks, which may Kaputar is similar in most respects to nominate P. or may not also be tipped with orange. On the upper wellingtoni (P. wellingtoni wellingtoni subsp. nov.), but surface of the proximal arm is a bright orange patch is separated from that taxon by having a grey dorsum near the axila, which is not distinctively demarcated without any obvious large orange tipped tubercles. from the otherwise mainly bluey-grey arm. Any orange spots, if present are not connected to the limited number of largeish indistinct black spots on The upper surface of the main part of the hind limb the back and upper flanks, but instead are apparently has about five blunted tubercles that are slightly randomly distributed across the body in a widely darker than the adjoining blue-grey skin and may or scattered configuration. may not have a tip of orange. Toes are bluish grey. Iris is brown. Along the rear of the upper and lower lip There is a tiny and relatively indistinct dull yellowish region are distinct, closely spaced (sometimes white flush in the axila of the upper arm which does merged) white spots. not extend to the elbow. From tip of snout, through nostril to top of eye is a Fingers and toes are purplish-pink. moderately distinct narrow line that is greyish brown Iris is a dark chestnut brown, or slightly lighter. in colour and may have one or more flecks of light P. wellingtoni kaputarensis sp. nov. is depicted in life orange. There is indistinct dark grey flecks and online at: mottling on the upper surfaces of the otherwise light https://www.flickr.com/photos/ryanfrancis/ bluish-grey limbs. 27063768238/ There is a prominent orange spot on the post-femoral and gland. https://www.flickr.com/photos/23031163@N03/ Images of P. wellsi sp. nov. in life can be found online 34289611486/ at: Distribution: P. wellingtoni kaputarensis sp. nov. is https://www.flickr.com/photos/eyeweed/3553105919/ presently only known from the Mount Kaputar and National Park in northern (inland) New South Wales. https://www.flickr.com/photos/23031163@N03/ Though range restricted, it is not believed to be under 38352106256/ any existential threat and all specimens found to date and have been within a National Park. https://www.flickr.com/photos/14807473@N08/ Etymology: The subspecies P. wellingtoni 48335859541/ kaputarensis sp. nov. is named in reflection of where P. wellingtoni sp. nov. from the New England it comes from, being Mount Kaputar National Park or tablelands region of northern New South Wales is Kaputar as it is often referred to. separated from the other species in the complex as PSEUDOPHRYNE DENDYI MENSFORTHI SUBSP, follows: Dorsal colour is generally a light grey with a NOV. large number of large blackish or darker coloured, LSIDurn:lsid:zoobank.org:act:3A7011B4-EE41- indistinct spots across the dorsum and upper flanks, 460B-8E25-F5537E2985D0 most of which are raised, but only have tiny orange Holotype: A preserved male specimen at the South tips on a limited number, with others having no Australiam Museum, Adelaide, South Australia, coloured tips in any way. These are not arranged into Australia, specimen number R40871 collected from any obvious rows, or arrangements and do not form 32km North of the Abercrombie River, on the Oberon/ wavy lines down the sides of the medial line of the Taralga Road, New South Wales, Australia. This back as seen in P. wellsi sp. nov.. At the axila of the government-owned facility allows access to its upper arm is a bright yellow flush, extending across holdings. the upper arm and onto the elbow. The lower half of Paratypes: Four preserved specimens at the the flanks are noticeably lighter in colour than above. Australian Museum, Sydney, New South Wales, There is a prominent yellow spot on the post-femoral Australia, specimen numbers R.68462, R.68463, gland. The throat is usually mottled in the same way R.68464 and R.68465 all collected 6.4 km north of as the abdomen. Shooters Hill on the Oberon Road, New South Wales, Australia, Lat. -33.866 S., Long. 149.866 E. Hoser 2020 - Australasian Journal of Herpetology 50-51:1-128. Available online at www.herp.net Copyright- Kotabi Publishing - All rights reserved Australasian Journal of Herpetology 57

Hoser 2020 - Australasian Journal of Herpetology 50-51:1-128. Available online at www.herp.net Copyright- Kotabi Publishing - All rights reserved 58 Australasian Journal of Herpetology and South Wales has until now been treated as putative https://www.flickr.com/photos/23031163@N03/ P. bibroni, but is in fact most closely related to P. 28352838155/ dendyi (Donnellan et al. 2012) and sufficiently so as Pseudophryne martinekae sp. nov. includes putative to be treated as a subspecies of that taxon. P. dendyi P. bibroni, from drier areas of north-west Victoria and mensforthi subsp. nov. is readily separated from P. south-west New South Wales, generally south of dendyi by having a dark grey, purplish grey or dark Dubbo and including the south-western slopes, brown dorsum (versus charcoal black) and a including nearby parts of south-east South Australia. relatively smooth dorsum, with scattered small It is readily separated from all other species in the tubercles, versus numerous large, black, blunt welts. complex by the following suite of characters: A Markings that are bright yellow in P. dendyi are dorsum that is mainly beige or light yellow-brown, reduced in size and orange instead. The body is with a limited amount of medium brown pigment in overlain with tiny orange specks. Limbs are mainly the form of large irregularly shaped blotches, which smooth, dark grey and with scattered tiny (usually are mainly on the posterior part of the rump. orange) flecks. The vertical line at the front of the Overlaying this are irregular tubercles and welts, the snout, facing towards the medial line is orange. large ones being orange in colour. The upper flank Lower flanks do not have distinctive ivory white spots has a series of indistinct darker brown blotches and are generally the same colour as the dorsum. extending from above the forearm along the upper P. dendyi mensforthi subsp. nov. is depicted in life in flank towards the groin. Arms and legs are yellowish- Hoser (1989) on page 31 at bottom or online at: brown or beige, with a limited number of small dark https://www.flickr.com/photos/23031163@N03/ brown spots or blotches and widely scattered tiny 16448192514/ orange spots. No obvious tubercles on forearms. P. bibroni, as defined by Shea and Rowley (2018) Moderate-sized tubercles on the upper surfaces of with a type locality of Sydney’s Cumberland plain, the middle hindlimbs are not coloured in any way, New South Wales, Australia is the taxon found on the save for some scattered tiny ones which are nothing New South Wales coastal plain generally south of the more than orange specks. Iris is yellow. Toes are light Hunter Valley to about the Victorian border. It is translucent yellow. separated from all other species in the complex by Snout and sides of head are beige with limited the following unique suite of characters: Dark greyish amounts of dark or orange flecks. on top, becoming noticeably lighter on the flanks. While the upper surface of the upper arm is a slightly Underlying this is an indistinct configuration or near more brilliant yellowish brown than the lower black spots or joined spots forming a series of wavy forearms or the dorsum, this is not in the form of an lines running down the dorsum roughly in a obvious band, bar or colour patch in that the longitudinal direction; upper surfaces of limbs are demarcation is not well defined. light grey in colour and evenly spotted with black Pseudophryne martinekae sp. nov. in life is depicted flecks. Fingers and toes are light grey. On the online at: dorsum and upper surfaces of the limbs are numerous scattered tiny, pointed tubercles, many of https://www.flickr.com/photos/88708273@N03/ which have tiny dull orange tips. These sometimes 18232780929/ configure to form a series of longitudinally arranged Pseudophryne dendyi Lucas, 1892 from high orange tipped welts. Throat is dark. Iris is grey- elevation areas of Victoria and adjacent New South brown. Wales is readily separated from all other species in Front and sides of snout are light grey. From tip of the complex by the following suite of characters: A snout to top of eye is a moderately distinct and well bright yellow patch covering the top of the upper arm, defined black stripe. Upper arm has light orange on and extending to the elbow; usually some yellow the upper surface, not forming a well defined patch. spots or patches on the upper lips or sides of the There is a prominent brick red spot on the post- face; a bright yellow patch extending from the cloaca femoral gland, although this is faded to a dull salmon along each hind leg, but not usually reaching the colour in some specimens. femoral gland. The dorsum is dark and blackish with numerous welts of the same colour. Lower flanks are P. bibroni in life is depicted online at: also dark and blackish but with distinctive ivory white https://www.flickr.com/photos/23031163@N03/ spots at the posterior part of the flank. 13832134303/ P. dendyi Lucas, 1892 in life is depicted in Anstis P. wellsi sp. nov. is a species generally found in and (2013) on page 647 and Cogger (2014) on page 105 around coastal wallum swamps and wet heathlands at bottom right, or online at: in a zone from north of the Hunter River, along the https://www.flickr.com/photos/14807473@N08/ coast at least as far north as Coffs Harbour. It is 26759919706/ separated from all other species in the complex by the following unique suite of characters: Colour is a P. dendyi mensforthi subsp. nov. from high elevation uniform light bluish grey above, both on the dorsum areas north of the alpine areas of Victoria and New Hoser 2020 - Australasian Journal of Herpetology 50-51:1-128. Available online at www.herp.net Copyright- Kotabi Publishing - All rights reserved Australasian Journal of Herpetology 59

and the flanks. On the dorsum is an arrangement of The iris is a light yellowish brown. raised tubercles and carbuncles, underlain with Fingers and toes are yellowish-grey. blackish pigment and rising to blunt orange points. P. wellingtoni sp. nov. is depicted in life online at: These form broken wavy lines, longitudinal running https://www.flickr.com/photos/23031163@N03/ and broken lines, usually consisting of one line on 11061312714 either side of the mid-odrsal line, commencing at the and eye and going most of the way down the back as well https://www.flickr.com/photos/14807473@N08/ as a lesser broken line at the posterior end of the 23241157945/ dorsum, running to a small orange line running into the tail end. There are also some scattered and P. wellingtoni kaputarensis sp. nov. from Mount reduced dark patches on the upper flanks, which may Kaputar is similar in most respects to nominate P. or may not also be tipped with orange. On the upper wellingtoni (P. wellingtoni wellingtoni subsp. nov.), but surface of the proximal arm is a bright orange patch is separated from that taxon by having a grey dorsum near the axila, which is not distinctively demarcated without any obvious large orange tipped tubercles. from the otherwise mainly bluey-grey arm. Any orange spots, if present are not connected to the limited number of largeish indistinct black spots on The upper surface of the main part of the hind limb the back and upper flanks, but instead are apparently has about five blunted tubercles that are slightly randomly distributed across the body in a widely darker than the adjoining blue-grey skin and may or scattered configuration. may not have a tip of orange. Toes are bluish grey. Iris is brown. Along the rear of the upper and lower lip There is a tiny and relatively indistinct dull yellowish region are distinct, closely spaced (sometimes white flush in the axila of the upper arm which does merged) white spots. not extend to the elbow. From tip of snout, through nostril to top of eye is a Fingers and toes are purplish-pink. moderately distinct narrow line that is greyish brown Iris is a dark chestnut brown, or slightly lighter. in colour and may have one or more flecks of light P. wellingtoni kaputarensis sp. nov. is depicted in life orange. There is indistinct dark grey flecks and online at: mottling on the upper surfaces of the otherwise light https://www.flickr.com/photos/ryanfrancis/ bluish-grey limbs. 27063768238/ There is a prominent orange spot on the post-femoral and gland. https://www.flickr.com/photos/23031163@N03/ Images of P. wellsi sp. nov. in life can be found online 34289611486/ at: Distribution: P. dendyi mensforthi subsp. nov. until https://www.flickr.com/photos/eyeweed/3553105919/ now treated as putative P. bibronii, occurs in high and elevation areas north of the alpine areas of Victoria https://www.flickr.com/photos/23031163@N03/ and New South Wales as far north as at least 38352106256/ Lithgow in New South Wales (see Hoser, 1989 at and page 31), generally west of the coastal strip and east https://www.flickr.com/photos/14807473@N08/ of the lower western slopes. 48335859541/ Etymology: P. dendyi mensforthi subsp. nov. is P. wellingtoni sp. nov. from the New England named in honour of Tim Mensforth of Ultimate Reptile tablelands region of northern New South Wales is Suppliers, Burton (Adelaide), South Australia, separated from the other species in the complex as Australia, for services to herpetology over many follows: Dorsal colour is generally a light grey with a decades, including through captive breeding of large large number of large blackish or darker coloured, numbers of sought after reptiles for the Australian pet indistinct spots across the dorsum and upper flanks, trade, thereby reducing collecting pressure on wild most of which are raised, but only have tiny orange animals. tips on a limited number, with others having no His business Ultimate Reptile Suppliers, better known coloured tips in any way. These are not arranged into as URS has pioneered the commercialization and any obvious rows, or arrangements and do not form mass sale of important aids for reptile keepers, wavy lines down the sides of the medial line of the thereby improving welfare of captive animals and back as seen in P. wellsi sp. nov.. At the axila of the thereby improving the collective efforts of many upper arm is a bright yellow flush, extending across otherwise disconnected people in breeding and the upper arm and onto the elbow. The lower half of conserving the relevant species including at times for the flanks are noticeably lighter in colour than above. re-release into the wild of severely depleted There is a prominent yellow spot on the post-femoral populations. gland. The throat is usually mottled in the same way as the abdomen.

PSEUDOPHRYNE SEMIMARMORATA BURRELLI and spaced, versus small, numerous and closely SUBSP, NOV. spaced in P. scottgranti sp. nov., where most welts LSIDurn:lsid:zoobank.org:act:8D16E354-1C65- are reduced to become a series of tiny and unevenly 4895-91DC-0845271CD0EF shaped tubercles. Holotype: A preserved female specimen at the P. scottgranti sp. nov. has a yellow to yellow-orange South Australian Museum, Adelaide, South Australia, upper iris, versus bright orange in P. jasminegrantae Australia, specimen number R39942, collected from sp. nov.. the Beetaloo Reservoir Catchment, north-west of the The entire region bound by the eyes and tip of the reservoir, South Australia, Australia, Latitude -33.18 snout on the upper snout is more-or-less entirely light S., Longitude 138.20 E. This government-owned orange in colour in P. jasminegrantae sp. nov., versus facility allows access to its holdings. only at the tip of the snout in P. scottgranti sp. nov. Paratypes: Two preserved specimens at the South which has most of the front of the upper snout a Australian Museum, Adelaide, South Australia, beige colour. Most welts or tubercles in P. Australia, specimen numbers R16258 and R16259 jasminegrantae sp. nov. are surrounded by dark collected from Horsnell Gully Conservation Park, blackish-brown pigment. In P. scottgranti sp. nov. South Australia, Australia, Latitude -34.93 S., most tubercles and welts are not surrounded by dark Longitude 138.72 E. blackish-brown pigment, this being restricted to just a Diagnosis: The putative species, Pseudophryne few or none. bibronii Günther, 1858 has sometimes been treated P. scottgranti sp. nov. is depicted in Anstis (2013) on as including the closely related species P. dendyi page 635 at top right. Lucas, 1872 from alpine areas in Victoria and New P. jasminegrantae sp. nov. is depicted in Anstis South Wales and P. semimarmorata Lucas, 1872 (2013) on page 635 at top left and the photo beneath from southern Victoria and Tasmania. it. As a species complex they are found in south- Pseudophyne semimarmorata Lucas, 1872 of the eastern Australia in a crescent from south-east nominate form, with a type locality of the Grampians Queensland, south to include Tasmania and across in Western Victoria is found throughout southern to south-east South Australia. Victoria, Tasmania and far south-eastern South All are separated from the rest of the genus (as Australia. It is readily separated from all other defined in this paper), namely P. covacevichae species in the P. bibronii complex as described Ingram and Corben, 1994 and the closely related P. herein by the following suite of characters: Snout is major Parker, 1940, with a distribution centred on prominent and pointed (versus rounded) and eastern Queensland, intruding into the far north of internarial distance is shorter than the distance New South Wales, by having dorsolaterally directed between the nostril and the snout; dorsolaterally nostrils (versus nostrils pointing up vertically), belly facing nostrils; belly and throat smooth in females or and throat granular in males (versus not so) and coarsely granular in males; lower surfaces of limbs lower limbs not heavily spotted with white (versus are uniformly flesh coloured or orange. Dorsum is a heavily spotted with white). unique combination of being dark olive-green to dark Both P. scottgranti sp. nov. from Kangaroo Island in brown above, with irregular darker flecks or small South Australia and P. jasminegrantae sp. nov. from spots. Chest and anterior part of the belly is boldly the Adelaide Hills and Flinders Ranges in South marked with black and white. Prominent on each Australia are separated from all other species hindlimb is a large light brown or orange gland. Inner previously included in putative P. bibronii by the metatarsal tubercle is small and flat (versus rounded following unique suite of characters: Border of orange in P. bibronii, P. dendyi (including subspecies), P. marking on upper surfaces of upper arm is not well martinekae sp. nov., P. wellingtoni sp. nov. (including defined; body pattern is brown to beige with light subspecies) and P. wellsi sp. nov.). orange welts on the dorsum arranged in a series of at P. semimarmorata is depicted in life in Cogger (2014) least five broken lines, running down the dorsum, on page 109 top right and Anstis (2013) on page 665 these being reduced to mainly tight spaced unevenly (on right). shaped tubercles in P. scottgranti sp. nov.; anterior of P. semimarmorata burrelli subsp. nov. from a region upper snout is light orange; upper lip is light in colour between Adelaide and Port Pirie, in South Australia and peppered; males with large and prominent spikey in close proximity to P. jasminegrantae sp. nov. (but tubercles on the lower forearms. usually occupying areas of lower elevation) is P. jasminegrantae sp. nov. is separated from both P. morphologically similar to the type form of P. bibronii, scottgranti sp. nov. and all other species previously but is most readily separated from that species and treated as P. bibroni by having a thick, dark well all others in the species complex by the following defined or moderately defined line running from the suite of characters: The dorsal colour is a more-or- snout, through the nostril to the eye, but not less chocolate brown to grey, any markings are proceeding posterior to it; welts on the back are large invariably very indistinct. The dorsum is also covered

with red, orange or simply darker coloured rounded Wales is readily separated from all other species in tubercles which are evenly close spaced across the the complex by the following suite of characters: A surface. Orange-brown iris. Inner metatarsal tubercle bright yellow patch covering the top of the upper arm, is small and flat (versus rounded in P. bibronii, P. and extending to the elbow; usually some yellow dendyi (including subspecies), P. martinekae sp. spots or patches on the upper lips or sides of the nov., P. wellingtoni sp. nov. (including subspecies) face; a bright yellow patch extending from the cloaca and P. wellsi sp. nov.). along each hind leg, but not usually reaching the While this population appears to be disjunct from the femoral gland. The dorsum is dark and blackish with main population of P. semimarmorata from south-east numerous welts of the same colour. Lower flanks are South Australia, Victoria and Tasmania and is also also dark and blackish but with distinctive ivory white very morphologically divergent, the genetic evidence spots at the posterior part of the flank. of Donnellan et al. (2012) indicates recent divergence P. dendyi Lucas, 1892 in life is depicted in Anstis and so they are treated herein as a subspecies. (2013) on page 647 and Cogger (2014) on page 105 P. semimarmorata burrelli subsp. nov. in life is at bottom right, or online at: depicted online at: https://www.flickr.com/photos/14807473@N08/ https://www.flickr.com/photos/hierofalco_/ 26759919706/ 49910594073/ P. dendyi mensforthi subsp. nov. from high elevation and areas north of the alpine areas of Victoria and New https://www.flickr.com/photos/23031163@N03/ South Wales has until now been treated as putative 28352838155/ P. bibroni, but is in fact most closely related to P. Pseudophryne martinekae sp. nov. includes putative dendyi (Donnellan et al. 2012) and sufficiently so as P. bibroni, from drier areas of north-west Victoria and to be treated as a subspecies of that taxon. P. dendyi south-west New South Wales, generally south of mensforthi subsp. nov. is readily separated from P. Dubbo and including the south-western slopes, dendyi by having a dark grey, purplish grey or dark including nearby parts of south-east South Australia. brown dorsum (versus charcoal black) and a It is readily separated from all other species in the relatively smooth dorsum, with scattered small complex by the following suite of characters: A tubercles, versus numerous large, black, blunt welts. dorsum that is mainly beige or light yellow-brown, Markings that are bright yellow in P. dendyi are with a limited amount of medium brown pigment in reduced in size and orange instead. The body is the form of large irregularly shaped blotches, which overlain with tiny orange specks. Limbs are mainly are mainly on the posterior part of the rump. smooth, dark grey and with scattered tiny (usually Overlaying this are irregular tubercles and welts, the orange) flecks. The vertical line at the front of the large ones being orange in colour. The upper flank snout, facing towards the medial line is orange. has a series of indistinct darker brown blotches Lower flanks do not have distinctive ivory white spots extending from above the forearm along the upper and are generally the same colour as the dorsum. flank towards the groin. Arms and legs are yellowish- P. dendyi mensforthi subsp. nov. is depicted in life in brown or beige, with a limited number of small dark Hoser (1989) on page 31 at bottom or online at: brown spots or blotches and widely scattered tiny https://www.flickr.com/photos/23031163@N03/ orange spots. No obvious tubercles on forearms. 16448192514/ Moderate-sized tubercles on the upper surfaces of P. bibroni, as defined by Shea and Rowley (2018) the middle hindlimbs are not coloured in any way, with a type locality of Sydney’s Cumberland plain, save for some scattered tiny ones which are nothing New South Wales, Australia is the taxon found on the more than orange specks. Iris is yellow. Toes are light New South Wales coastal plain generally south of the translucent yellow. Hunter Valley to about the Victorian border. It is Snout and sides of head are beige with limited separated from all other species in the complex by amounts of dark or orange flecks. the following unique suite of characters: Dark greyish While the upper surface of the upper arm is a slightly on top, becoming noticeably lighter on the flanks. more brilliant yellowish brown than the lower Underlying this is an indistinct configuration or near forearms or the dorsum, this is not in the form of an black spots or joined spots forming a series of wavy obvious band, bar or colour patch in that the lines running down the dorsum roughly in a demarcation is not well defined. longitudinal direction; upper surfaces of limbs are light grey in colour and evenly spotted with black Pseudophryne martinekae sp. nov. in life is depicted flecks. Fingers and toes are light grey. On the online at: dorsum and upper surfaces of the limbs are https://www.flickr.com/photos/88708273@N03/ numerous scattered tiny, pointed tubercles, many of 18232780929/ which have tiny dull orange tips. These sometimes Pseudophryne dendyi Lucas, 1892 from high configure to form a series of longitudinally arranged elevation areas of Victoria and adjacent New South orange tipped welts. Throat is dark. Iris is grey-

Hoser 2020 - Australasian Journal of Herpetology 50-51:1-128. Available online at www.herp.net Copyright- Kotabi Publishing - All rights reserved 62 Australasian Journal of Herpetology brown. P. wellingtoni sp. nov. from the New England Front and sides of snout are light grey. From tip of tablelands region of northern New South Wales is snout to top of eye is a moderately distinct and well separated from the other species in the complex as defined black stripe. Upper arm has light orange on follows: Dorsal colour is generally a light grey with a the upper surface, not forming a well defined patch. large number of large blackish or darker coloured, There is a prominent brick red spot on the post- indistinct spots across the dorsum and upper flanks, femoral gland, although this is faded to a dull salmon most of which are raised, but only have tiny orange colour in some specimens. tips on a limited number, with others having no P. bibroni in life is depicted online at: coloured tips in any way. These are not arranged into https://www.flickr.com/photos/23031163@N03/ any obvious rows, or arrangements and do not form 13832134303/ wavy lines down the sides of the medial line of the P. wellsi sp. nov. is a species generally found in and back as seen in P. wellsi sp. nov.. At the axila of the around coastal wallum swamps and wet heathlands upper arm is a bright yellow flush, extending across in a zone from north of the Hunter River, along the the upper arm and onto the elbow. The lower half of coast at least as far north as Coffs Harbour. It is the flanks are noticeably lighter in colour than above. separated from all other species in the complex by There is a prominent yellow spot on the post-femoral the following unique suite of characters: Colour is a gland. The throat is usually mottled in the same way uniform light bluish grey above, both on the dorsum as the abdomen. and the flanks. On the dorsum is an arrangement of The iris is a light yellowish brown. raised tubercles and carbuncles, underlain with Fingers and toes are yellowish-grey. blackish pigment and rising to blunt orange points. P. wellingtoni sp. nov. is depicted in life online at: These form broken wavy lines, longitudinal running https://www.flickr.com/photos/23031163@N03/ and broken lines, usually consisting of one line on 11061312714 either side of the mid-odrsal line, commencing at the and eye and going most of the way down the back as well https://www.flickr.com/photos/14807473@N08/ as a lesser broken line at the posterior end of the 23241157945/ dorsum, running to a small orange line running into P. wellingtoni kaputarensis sp. nov. from Mount the tail end. There are also some scattered and Kaputar is similar in most respects to nominate P. reduced dark patches on the upper flanks, which may wellingtoni (P. wellingtoni wellingtoni subsp. nov.), but or may not also be tipped with orange. On the upper is separated from that taxon by having a grey dorsum surface of the proximal arm is a bright orange patch without any obvious large orange tipped tubercles. near the axila, which is not distinctively demarcated Any orange spots, if present are not connected to the from the otherwise mainly bluey-grey arm. limited number of largeish indistinct black spots on The upper surface of the main part of the hind limb the back and upper flanks, but instead are apparently has about five blunted tubercles that are slightly randomly distributed across the body in a widely darker than the adjoining blue-grey skin and may or scattered configuration. may not have a tip of orange. Toes are bluish grey. There is a tiny and relatively indistinct dull yellowish Iris is brown. Along the rear of the upper and lower lip white flush in the axila of the upper arm which does region are distinct, closely spaced (sometimes not extend to the elbow. merged) white spots. Fingers and toes are purplish-pink. From tip of snout, through nostril to top of eye is a Iris is a dark chestnut brown, or slightly lighter. moderately distinct narrow line that is greyish brown in colour and may have one or more flecks of light P. wellingtoni kaputarensis sp. nov. is depicted in life orange. There is indistinct dark grey flecks and online at: mottling on the upper surfaces of the otherwise light https://www.flickr.com/photos/ryanfrancis/ bluish-grey limbs. 27063768238/ There is a prominent orange spot on the post-femoral and gland. https://www.flickr.com/photos/23031163@N03/ Images of P. wellsi sp. nov. in life can be found online 34289611486/ at: Distribution: P. semimarmorata burrelli subsp. nov. https://www.flickr.com/photos/eyeweed/3553105919/ occurs in the region between Adelaide and Port Pirie, and in South Australia in close proximity to P. https://www.flickr.com/photos/23031163@N03/ jasminegrantae sp. nov. (but usually occupying areas 38352106256/ of lower elevation to the west of the higher elevation areas, or alternatively in wetter zones and not the and rain shadow mainly to the east). https://www.flickr.com/photos/14807473@N08/ Continues in Australasian Journal of Herpetology 48335859541/ Issue 51 (pages 65-128) ...

Hoser 2020 - Australasian Journal of Herpetology 50-51:1-128. Available online at www.herp.net Copyright- Kotabi Publishing - All rights reserved 50-51:1-128. 50-51:1-128. ground-dwelling frogs from Australia. ground-dwelling frogs from Australia. and 11 new subspecies of mainly small and 11 and 11 new subspecies of mainly small and 11 Hoser, R. T. 2020. 3 new tribes, subtribes, R. T. Hoser, Hoser, R. T. 2020. 3 new tribes, subtribes, R. T. Hoser, 5 new genera, 3 subgenera, 39 species

5 new genera, 3 subgenera, 39 species Australasian Journal of Herpetology Australasian Journal of Herpetology ISSUE 50, PUBLISHED 10 OCTOBER 2020 ISSUE 50, PUBLISHED 10 OCTOBER ISSUE 50, PUBLISHED 10 OCTOBER 2020 ISSUE 50, PUBLISHED 10 OCTOBER ISSN 1836-5698 (Print) ISSN 1836-5779 (Online)

Australasian Journal of Herpetology Australasian Journal of Herpetology Australasian Jour- Australasian Jour- 50-51:1-128. 50-51:1-128.

nal of Herpetology nal of Herpetology and 11 new subspecies of mainly small ground- and 11 Hoser, R. T. 2020. 3 new tribes, subtribes, R. T. Hoser, and 11 new subspecies of mainly small ground- and 11 Hoser, R. T. 2020. 3 new tribes, subtribes, R. T. Hoser, 5 new genera, 3 subgenera, 39 species 5 new genera, 3 subgenera, 39 species dwelling frogs from Australia. dwelling frogs from Australia. ISSUE 50, PUBLISHED 10 OCTOBER 2020 ISSUE 50, PUBLISHED 10 OCTOBER ISSUE 50, PUBLISHED 10 OCTOBER 2020 ISSUE 50, PUBLISHED 10 OCTOBER ISSN 1836-5698 (Print) ISSN 1836-5779 (Online)

Australasian Journal of Herpetology Australasian Journal of Herpetology AustralasianAustralasian JournalJournal ofof HerpetologyHerpetology

ISSN 1836-5698 (Print) ISSN 1836-5779 (Online)

ISSUEISSUE 51,51, PUBLISHEDPUBLISHED 1010 OCTOBEROCTOBER 20202020 Australasian Journal of Herpetology

ISSN 1836-5698 (Print) ISSN 1836-5779 (Online)

Hoser,Hoser, R.R. T.T. 2020.2020. 33 newnew tribes,tribes, 33 newnew subtribes,subtribes, 55 newnew genera,genera, 33 newnew subgenera,subgenera, 3939 newnew speciesspecies andand 1111 newnew subspeciessubspecies ofof mainlymainly smallsmall ground-dwell-ground-dwell- inging frogsfrogs fromfromHerpetologyHerpetology Australia.Australia. AustralasianAustralasian JournalJournal ofof 50-51:1-128.50-51:1-128.

ISSUEISSUE 51,51, PUBLISHEDPUBLISHED 1010 OCTOBEROCTOBER 20202020 Australasian Journal of Herpetology 67

CONTINUED FROM AUSTRALASIAN JOURNAL are not or very slightly dilated, but certainly without OF HERPETOLOGY ISSUE 50 ... distinct discs. No dermal brood pouches. Belly is Etymology: P. semimarmorata burrelli subsp. nov. is moderately to slightly granular, rarely coarsely named in honour of Roly Burrell, formerly of Ultimate granular. Females are the larger sex (derived from Reptile Suppliers, Burton (Adelaide), South Australia, Cogger 2014 with errors corrected). Australia, for services to herpetology over many Distribution: Most of Queensland and adjoining decades, including through captive breeding of large parts of north-west New South Wales and the top numbers of sought after reptiles for the Australian pet third of the Northern Territory, possibly extending to trade, thereby reducing collecting pressure on wild Western Australia. animals. Burrell has also run one of Adelaide’s best Etymology: The new subgenus Oxyodella subgen. known snake catcher businesses for some decades. nov. is named in honour of a deceased Great Dane A NEW SUBGENUS WITHIN CRINIA TSCHUDI, dog, named Oxyuranus or “Oxy” for short. This 1838 “Noble” “family member” loyally guarded the wildlife OXYODELLA SUBGEN. NOV. research and conservation facility here in Australia LSIDurn:lsid:zoobank.org:act:BD9E973A-9F29- from thieves, 24/7 for 8 years until his death from 4EFA-8745-A75248EB057B heart disease in 2012 and it is appropriate his Type species: Crinia (Oxyodella) oxeyi sp. nov.. services to science be recognized. The “della”, suffix Diagnosis: Frogs in the subgenus Oxyodella reflects the Latin word for noble or distinguished, as subgen. nov. a subgenus of Crinia are readily this dog was! separated from all other Crinia species (all other Oxyuranus Kinghorn, 1923 is also a well known subgenera, being Crinia Tschudi, 1839, type species: genus name for a group of highly venomous elapid Crinia georgiana Tschudi, 1838, Ranidella Girard, snakes in Australasia, after which the dog was 1853, type species: Crinia signifera Girard, 1853, originally named. Tylerdella Wells and Wellington, 1985, type species: Content: Crinia (Oxyodella) oxeyi sp. nov, (type Ranidella remota Tyler and Parker, 1974, species); C. (Oxyodella) crottyi sp. nov.; C. Bryobatrachus Rounsevell, Ziegeler, Brown, Davies, (Oxyodella) deserticola (Liem and Ingram, 1977); C. and Littlejohn, 1994, type species: Bryobatrachus (Oxyodella) sloppi sp. nov.. nimbus Rounsevell, Ziegeler, Brown, Davies, and CRINIA (OXYODELLA) OXEYI SP. NOV. Littlejohn,1994 and Lowingdella subgen. nov., type LSIDurn:lsid:zoobank.org:act:1F1C1FEE-83F5- species Crinia (Lowingdella) lowingae sp. nov.), by 41C1-BF3B-A5F63DC867D7 the following unique suite of characters: Holotype: A preserved specimen at the Queensland Belly is coarsely granular; adults have more-or-less Museum, Brisbane, Queensland, Australia, specimen distinct dermal fringes on the toes; hind side of thighs number J29359 collected from Annan River, 5.7 km is not bright red or pink; neither sex has a median south on the Cooktown-Lakeland Downs Road, far line on the throat; throat of breeding male is white or north Queensland, Australia, Latitude -15.6833 S., grey; chin only dark; white pectoral spots tiny, Longitude 145.1667 E. This government-owned inconspicuous or absent; belly of female is white and facility allows access to its holdings. speckled with grey; tympanum tiny but distinct; belly Paratype: A preserved specimen at the Queensland whitish, with at most a few scattered darker grey (not Museum, Brisbane, Queensland, Australia, specimen black) flecks; adults usually less than 18 mm (body number J29491 collected from Annan River, 5.7 km length) and lacking a broad well-defined dark brown south on Cooktown-Lakeland Downs Road, far north vertebral zone finely edged with white as the upper Queensland, Australia, Latitude -15.6833 S., edge of a wide creamish-beige band running along Longitude 145.1667 E. the upper flank. Diagnosis: The three species Crinia (Oxyodella) The genus Crinia Tschudi, 1838 is readily separated oxeyi sp. nov. from the wet tropics of north from all other Australasian Myobatrachidae by the Queensland and nearby parts of eastern Cape York following unique suite of characters: Small terrestrial Peninsula, C. crottyi sp. nov. from Townsville / frogs that are found in most parts of Australia and Charters Towers and nearby areas south along the southern New Guinea, except extremely arid areas. Queensland Coast and C. sloppi sp. nov. from the Maxillary teeth present. A large frontoparietal Gulf of Carpentaria region (all in Australia) have until foramen in adults. Vomerine teeth are usually absent, now been treated as northern populations of the but present as very small clusters or short rows in putative species C. (Oxyodella) deserticola (Liem and some species. The tongue is small, narrow, oval and Ingram, 1977), with a type locality of Charleville, free from behind (as in not adhering at the rear). South-west Queensland, Australia. Horizontal pupil. Tympanum is hidden, indistinct or The four species are readily separated from one tiny. Fingers without webbing, but may be fringed. another as follows: Parotoid and flank glands are either absent or not 1/ C. (Oxyodella) deserticola (Liem and Ingram, evident externally. Phlanges are simple, tips of digits 1977) is a frog with a generally mud brown to greyish Hoser 2020 - Australasian Journal of Herpetology 50-51:1-128. Available online at www.herp.net Copyright- Kotabi Publishing - All rights reserved 68 Australasian Journal of Herpetology brown dorsum with indistinct markings. Behind the Vanderduys (2012) on page 137 at bottom left. eyes is an indistinct dark brown triangle, the tip (at 4/ / C. (Oxyodella) sloppi sp. nov. is readily separated the posterior end) in turn meeting a broad dark patch from the other three species by the following which has flankward extensions giving an ill-defined characters: A dark reddish-brown frog with ill-defined lighter v-shaped patch in the neck region. Behind the markings on the dorsum. The anterior of the snout, second dark patch is a wide lighter, beige to grey from the top of the eyes foreward is light brown. zone followed by another indistinct broad darker band Behind that is a single large area of chocolate brown, across the lower back, with light colouration beyind the being equivalent to the two dark areas and that to the anal region. Mid to lower flanks are whitish intervening light v-shape seen in C. (Oxyodella) and without any obvious markings. There is no deserticola. Behind the large dark area is a broad obvious colour or flush of colour in the area of the band of medium brown followed by more chocolate upper arm pit. brown which occupies most of the rear of the upper There is no obvious dark patch or marking behind the body, save for a small ill-defined lighter triangle in the eye. Upper surface of the thigh is light grey with ill- centre of this zone, with the tip pointing posteriorly. defined dark grey bands. The entirety of the area from the side of the snout, The tadpole has two upper rows of teeth and three posterior to the eye and the flanks is a distinctive lower rows (depicted in Liem and Ingram, 1977) on lead grey colour. There is no obvious square or page 256, Fig 1 F. shape of any form behind the eye. C. (Oxyodella) deserticola (Liem and Ingram, 1977) Markings on the forelimbs are indistinct, but on the is depicted in life in Anstis (2013) on page 545 at top upper surfaces of the hindlimbs are a distinctive left and Cogger (2014) on page 76 at bottom right. combination of chocolate brown and charcoal black 2/ C. (Oxyodella) oxeyi sp. nov. is readily separated cross bands. The dorsum is smooth save for from the other three species by the following scattered blunt orange coloured tubercles of characters: There is an obvious and well defined and moderate to large size, being most prominent on the well bounded, dark marking or patch, more-or-less upper flanks and adjacent dorsum. rectangular in shape and deflecting downwards at the Upper surfaces of the upper arms are a light brown posterior end, situated behind the eye. Dark makings colour. on the dorsum are well defined. The skin on the A photo of C. (Oxyodella) sloppi sp. nov. in life, taken dorsum has a large number of blunt tubercles across by Matt Clancy of Victoria can be found online at: the surface. The upper surface of the upper arm has https://www.flickr.com/photos/88708273@N03/ a well defined and obvious orange patch. The upper 24330380469/ surface of the upper thigh is also orange in colour, Photos of all four preceding species can also be with thick dark brown cross-bands. Darker markings found online at: on the otherwise pale lower forelimbs are obvious. http://www.flickr.com Tadpoles have one row of upper teeth and three rows by typing in the search term “Crinia deserticola”. of lower teeth as shown in Anstis (2013) on page 547 The four preceding species constitute the entirety of at bottom. the subgenus Oxyodella subgen. nov.. C. (Oxyodella) oxeyi sp. nov. is depicted in life on Frogs in the subgenus Oxyodella subgen. nov. a page 545 of Anstis (2013) at right top and centre. subgenus of Crinia are readily separated from all 3/ C. (Oxyodella) crottyi sp. nov. is readily separated other Crinia species (all other subgenera, being from the other three species by the following Crinia Tschudi, 1839, type species: Crinia georgiana characters: Most of the dorsum is beige in colour, Tschudi, 1838, Ranidella Girard, 1853, type species: with well-defined medium brown markings on the Crinia signifera Girard, 1853, Tylerdella Wells and upper body. Besides the preceding, the dorsum is Wellington, 1985, type species: Ranidella remota characterised by the presence of large irregular Tyler and Parker, 1974, Bryobatrachus Rounsevell, patches of bright yellow overlaying the other sections, Ziegeler, Brown, Davies, and Littlejohn, 1994, type this character alone separating this species from the species: Bryobatrachus nimbus Rounsevell, Ziegeler, other three. Other than a slight and barely Brown, Davies, and Littlejohn,1994 and Lowingdella discernable peppering, there is no obvious or well- subgen. nov., type species Crinia (Lowingdella) marked rectangle or patch behind the eye. lowingae sp. nov.), by the following unique suite of Many specimens have tiny orange spots and characters: Belly is coarsely granular; adults have tubercles scattered across the dorsum, in particular more-or-less distinct dermal fringes on the toes; hind on the head between the eyes. side of thighs is not bright red or pink; neither sex Upper arm either has a yellow patch on the upper has a median line on the throat; throat of breeding surface, or at least a yellow flush. There are either no male is white or grey; chin only dark; white pectoral markings or no obvious markings on the lower spots tiny, inconspicuous or absent; belly of female is forelimbs. white and speckled with grey; tympanum tiny but C. (Oxyodella) crottyi sp. nov. in life is depicted in distinct; belly whitish, with at most a few scattered Hoser 2020 - Australasian Journal of Herpetology 50-51:1-128. Available online at www.herp.net Copyright- Kotabi Publishing - All rights reserved Australasian Journal of Herpetology 69

darker grey (not black) flecks; adults usually less Queensland Museum, Brisbane, Queensland, than 18 mm and lacking a broad well-defined dark Australia, specimen numbers J65549, J65685, brown vertebral zone finely edged with white as the J66086, J66087, J66088, J66089, J66091, upper edge of a wide creamish-beige band running J82311,J82312, J82313, J68241, J68242, J94433 along the upper flank. and J94434 all collected from Townsville, The genus Crinia Tschudi, 1838 is readily separated Queensland, Australia, Latitude -19.2417 S., from all other Australasian Myobatrachidae by the Longitude 146.7583 E. following unique suite of characters: Small terrestrial Diagnosis: The three species Crinia (Oxyodella) frogs that are found in most parts of Australia and oxeyi sp. nov. from the wet tropics of north southern New Guinea, except extremely arid areas. Queensland and nearby parts of eastern Cape York Maxillary teeth present. A large frontoparietal Peninsula, C. crottyi sp. nov. from Townsville / foramen in adults. Vomerine teeth are usually absent, Charters Towers and nearby areas south along the but present as very small clusters or short rows in Queensland Coast and C. sloppi sp. nov. from the some species. The tongue is small, narrow, oval and Gulf of Carpentaria region (all in Australia) have until free from behind (as in not adhering at the rear). now been treated as northern populations of the Horizontal pupil. Tympanum is hidden, indistinct or putative species C. (Oxyodella) deserticola (Liem and tiny. Fingers without webbing, but may be fringed. Ingram, 1977), with a type locality of Charleville, Parotoid and flank glands are either absent or not South-west Queensland, Australia. evident externally. Phlanges are simple, tips of digits The four species are readily separated from one are not or very slightly dilated, but certainly without another as follows: distinct discs. No dermal brood pouches. Belly is 1/ C. (Oxyodella) deserticola (Liem and Ingram, moderately to slightly granular. Females are the 1977) is a frog with a generally mud brown to greyish larger sex (derived from Cogger 2014 with errors brown dorsum with indistinct markings. Behind the corrected). eyes is an indistinct dark brown triangle, the tip (at Distribution: Crinia (Oxyodella) oxeyi sp. nov. the posterior end) in turn meeting a broad dark patch occurs in the wet tropics of north Queensland and which has flankward extensions giving an ill-defined nearby parts of eastern Cape York Peninsula. lighter v-shaped patch in the neck region. Behind the Etymology: The new species Crinia (Oxyodella) second dark patch is a wide lighter, beige to grey oxeyi sp. nov. is named in honour of a deceased zone followed by another indistinct broad darker band Great Dane dog, named Oxyuranus or “Oxy” for across the lower back, with light colouration beyind short. This “family member” loyally guarded the that to the anal region. Mid to lower flanks are whitish wildlife research and conservation facility here in and without any obvious markings. There is no Australia from thieves, 24/7 for 8 years until his death obvious colour or flush of colour in the area of the from heart disease in 2012 and it is appropriate his upper arm pit. services to science be recognized. The spelling There is no obvious dark patch or marking behind the “oxeyi” is deliberate and chosen to ensure there is no eye. Upper surface of the thigh is light grey with ill- risk of any homonym with other species names being defined dark grey bands. created or already created. The tadpole has two upper rows of teeth and three Oxyuranus Kinghorn, 1923 is also a well known lower rows (depicted in Liem and Ingram, 1977) on genus name for a group of highly venomous elapid page 256, Fig 1 F. snakes in Australasia, after which the dog was C. (Oxyodella) deserticola (Liem and Ingram, 1977) originally named. is depicted in life in Anstis (2013) on page 545 at top I should also mention that designation of the scientific left and Cogger (2014) on page 76 at bottom right. names “oxeyi”, “crotty” and “sloppi” are also made in 2/ C. (Oxyodella) oxeyi sp. nov. is readily separated view of the fact they are short and easy to remember from the other three species by the following and are part of my overall intent to make science and characters: There is an obvious and well defined and nomenclature more user friendly and available to as well bounded, dark marking or patch, more-or-less wide an audience as possible. rectangular in shape and deflecting downwards at the CRINIA (OXYODELLA) CROTTYI SP. NOV. posterior end, situated behind the eye. Dark makings LSIDurn:lsid:zoobank.org:act:FB988E5E-EDE2- on the dorsum are well defined. The skin on the 414F-AA30-E908EA9C2BA1 dorsum has a large number of blunt tubercles across Holotype: A preserved specimen at the Queensland the surface. The upper surface of the upper arm has Museum, Brisbane, Queensland, Australia, specimen a well defined and obvious orange patch. The upper number J66090 collected from Townsville Common, surface of the upper thigh is also orange in colour, Townsville, Queensland, Australia, Latitude -19.2417 with thick dark brown cross-bands. Darker markings S., Longitude 146.7583 E. This facility allows access on the otherwise pale lower forelimbs are obvious. to its holdings. Tadpoles have one row of upper teeth, three rows of Paratypes: 14 preserved specimens at the lower teeth as seen in Anstis (2013), p. 547 bottom.

C. (Oxyodella) oxeyi sp. nov. is depicted in life on the subgenus Oxyodella subgen. nov.. page 545 of Anstis (2013) at right top and centre. Frogs in the subgenus Oxyodella subgen. nov. a 3/ C. (Oxyodella) crottyi sp. nov. is readily separated subgenus of Crinia are readily separated from all from the other three species by the following other Crinia species (all other subgenera, being characters: Most of the dorsum is beige in colour, Crinia Tschudi, 1839, type species: Crinia georgiana with well-defined medium brown markings on the Tschudi, 1838, Ranidella Girard, 1853, type species: upper body. Besides the preceding, the dorsum is Crinia signifera Girard, 1853, Tylerdella Wells and characterised by the presence of large irregular Wellington, 1985, type species: Ranidella remota patches of bright yellow overlaying the other sections, Tyler and Parker, 1974, Bryobatrachus Rounsevell, this character alone separating this species from the Ziegeler, Brown, Davies, and Littlejohn, 1994, type other three. Other than a slight and barely species: Bryobatrachus nimbus Rounsevell, Ziegeler, discernable peppering, there is no obvious or well- Brown, Davies, and Littlejohn,1994 and Lowingdella marked rectangle or patch behind the eye. subgen. nov., type species Crinia (Lowingdella) Many specimens have tiny orange spots and lowingae sp. nov.), by the following unique suite of tubercles scattered across the dorsum, in particular characters: Belly is coarsely granular; adults have on the head between the eyes. more-or-less distinct dermal fringes on the toes; hind Upper arm either has a yellow patch on the upper side of thighs is not bright red or pink; neither sex surface, or at least a yellow flush. There are either no has a median line on the throat; throat of breeding markings or no obvious markings on the lower male is white or grey; chin only dark; white pectoral forelimbs. spots tiny, inconspicuous or absent; belly of female is C. (Oxyodella) crottyi sp. nov. in life is depicted in white and speckled with grey; tympanum tiny but Vanderduys (2012) on page 137 at bottom left. distinct; belly whitish, with at most a few scattered darker grey (not black) flecks; adults usually less 4/ / C. (Oxyodella) sloppi sp. nov. is readily separated than 18 mm and lacking a broad well-defined dark from the other three species by the following brown vertebral zone finely edged with white as the characters: A dark reddish-brown frog with ill-defined upper edge of a wide creamish-beige band running markings on the dorsum. The anterior of the snout, along the upper flank. from the top of the eyes foreward is light brown. Behind that is a single large area of chocolate brown, The genus Crinia Tschudi, 1838 is readily separated the being equivalent to the two dark areas and from all other Australasian Myobatrachidae by the intervening light v-shape seen in C. (Oxyodella) following unique suite of characters: deserticola. Behind the large dark area is a broad Small terrestrial frogs that are found in most parts of band of medium brown followed by more chocolate Australia and southern New Guinea, except brown which occupies most of the rear of the upper extremely arid areas. Maxillary teeth present. A large body, save for a small ill-defined lighter triangle in the frontoparietal foramen in adults. Vomerine teeth are centre of this zone, with the tip pointing posteriorly. usually absent, but present as very small clusters or short rows in some species. The tongue is small, The entirety of the area from the side of the snout, narrow, oval and free from behind (as in not adhering posterior to the eye and the flanks is a distinctive at the rear). Horizontal pupil. Tympanum is hidden, lead grey colour. There is no obvious square or indistinct or tiny. Fingers without webbing, but may be shape of any form behind the eye. fringed. Parotoid and flank glands are either absent Markings on the forelimbs are indistinct, but on the or not evident externally. Phlanges are simple, tips of upper surfaces of the hindlimbs are a distinctive digits are not or very slightly dilated, but certainly combination of chocolate brown and charcoal black without distinct discs. No dermal brood pouches. cross bands. The dorsum is smooth save for Belly is moderately to slightly granular. Females are scattered blunt orange coloured tubercles of the larger sex (derived from Cogger 2014 with errors moderate to large size, being most prominent on the corrected). upper flanks and adjacent dorsum. Distribution: Crinia (Oxyodella) crottyi sp. nov. Upper surfaces of the upper arms are a light brown occurs from Townsville / Charters Towers and nearby colour. areas south along the Queensland Coast. A photo of C. (Oxyodella) sloppi sp. nov. in life taken Etymology: The new species Crinia (Oxyodella) by Matt Clancy of Victoria can be found online at: crottyi sp. nov. is named in honour of a deceased https://www.flickr.com/photos/88708273@N03/ Great Dane /Rottweiler Cross named Crotalus (AKA 24330380469/ Crotty), himself named after a North American genus Photos of all four preceding species can also be of Pitviper, Crotalus Linnaeus, 1758, in recognition of found online at: nearly 13 years services in guarding our valuable http://www.flickr.com wildlife breeding and research facility. by typing in the search term “Crinia deserticola”. The four preceding species constitute the entirety of

CRINIA (OXYODELLA) SLOPPI SP. NOV. from the other three species by the following LSIDurn:lsid:zoobank.org:act:E2245953-1303- characters: There is an obvious and well defined and 45E7-BEE3-D1461D17E418 well bounded, dark marking or patch, more-or-less Holotype: A preserved specimen at the Queensland rectangular in shape and deflecting downwards at the Museum, Brisbane, Queensland, Australia, specimen posterior end, situated behind the eye. Dark makings number J27223 collected from Wills Creek, Karumba on the dorsum are well defined. The skin on the Rd, Normanton, Queensland, Australia, Latitude - dorsum has a large number of blunt tubercles across 17.5667 S., Longitude 140.9667 E. This government- the surface. The upper surface of the upper arm has owned facility allows access to its holdings. a well defined and obvious orange patch. The upper Paratypes: 1/ Nine preserved specimens at the surface of the upper thigh is also orange in colour, Queensland Museum, Brisbane, Queensland, with thick dark brown cross-bands. Darker markings Australia, specimen numbers J27221, J27222, on the otherwise pale lower forelimbs are obvious. J27224, J67813, J67827, J70677, J75740, J84199 Tadpoles have one row of upper teeth and three rows and J84200 all collected from immediately adjacent of lower teeth as shown in Anstis (2013) on page 547 to Normanton, Queensland, Australia, Latitude - at bottom. 17.655 S., Longitude 141.1319 E. 2/ Two preserved C. (Oxyodella) oxeyi sp. nov. is depicted in life on specimens at the Queensland Museum, Brisbane, page 545 of Anstis (2013) at right top and centre. Queensland, Australia, specimen numbers J55814 3/ C. (Oxyodella) crottyi sp. nov. is readily separated and J55815, both collected from 1.6 km south of from the other three species by the following Burketown, Queensland, Australia, Latitude -17.7167 characters: Most of the dorsum is beige in colour, S., Longitude 139.55 S. with well-defined medium brown markings on the Diagnosis: The three species Crinia (Oxyodella) upper body. Besides the preceding, the dorsum is oxeyi sp. nov. from the wet tropics of north characterised by the presence of large irregular Queensland and nearby parts of eastern Cape York patches of bright yellow overlaying the other sections, Peninsula, C. crottyi sp. nov. from Townsville / this character alone separating this species from the Charters Towers and nearby areas south along the other three. Other than a slight and barely Queensland Coast and C. sloppi sp. nov. from the discernable peppering, there is no obvious or well- Gulf of Carpentaria region (all in Australia) have until marked rectangle or patch behind the eye. now been treated as northern populations of the Many specimens have tiny orange spots and putative species C. (Oxyodella) deserticola (Liem and tubercles scattered across the dorsum, in particular Ingram, 1977), with a type locality of Charleville, on the head between the eyes. South-west Queensland, Australia. Upper arm either has a yellow patch on the upper The four species are readily separated from one surface, or at least a yellow flush. There are either no another as follows: markings or no obvious markings on the lower 1/ C. (Oxyodella) deserticola (Liem and Ingram, forelimbs. 1977) is a frog with a generally mud brown to greyish C. (Oxyodella) crottyi sp. nov. in life is depicted in brown dorsum with indistinct markings. Behind the Vanderduys (2012) on page 137 at bottom left. eyes is an indistinct dark brown triangle, the tip (at 4/ / C. (Oxyodella) sloppi sp. nov. is readily separated the posterior end) in turn meeting a broad dark patch from the other three species by the following which has flankward extensions giving an ill-defined characters: A dark reddish-brown frog with ill-defined lighter v-shaped patch in the neck region. Behind the markings on the dorsum. The anterior of the snout, second dark patch is a wide lighter, beige to grey from the top of the eyes foreward is light brown. zone followed by another indistinct broad darker band Behind that is a single large area of chocolate brown, across the lower back, with light colouration beyind the being equivalent to the two dark areas and that to the anal region. Mid to lower flanks are whitish intervening light v-shape seen in C. (Oxyodella) and without any obvious markings. There is no deserticola. Behind the large dark area is a broad obvious colour or flush of colour in the area of the band of medium brown followed by more chocolate upper arm pit. brown which occupies most of the rear of the upper There is no obvious dark patch or marking behind the body, save for a small ill-defined lighter triangle in the eye. Upper surface of the thigh is light grey with ill- centre of this zone, with the tip pointing posteriorly. defined dark grey bands. The entirety of the area from the side of the snout, The tadpole has two upper rows of teeth and three posterior to the eye and the flanks is a distinctive lower rows (depicted in Liem and Ingram, 1977) on lead grey colour. There is no obvious square or page 256, Fig 1 F. shape of any form behind the eye. C. (Oxyodella) deserticola (Liem and Ingram, 1977) Markings on the forelimbs are indistinct, but on the is depicted in life in Anstis (2013) on page 545 at top upper surfaces of the hindlimbs are a distinctive left and Cogger (2014) on page 76 at bottom right. combination of chocolate brown and charcoal black 2/ C. (Oxyodella) oxeyi sp. nov. is readily separated cross bands. The dorsum is smooth save for Hoser 2020 - Australasian Journal of Herpetology 50-51:1-128. Available online at www.herp.net Copyright- Kotabi Publishing - All rights reserved 72 Australasian Journal of Herpetology scattered blunt orange coloured tubercles of larger sex (derived from Cogger 2014 with errors moderate to large size, being most prominent on the corrected). upper flanks and adjacent dorsum. Distribution: Crinia (Oxyodella) sloppi sp. nov. is Upper surfaces of the upper arms are a light brown only known from the Gulf of Carpentaria in colour. Queensland, Australia but may include populations to A photo of C. (Oxyodella) sloppi sp. nov. in life taken the west into the Northern Territory, Australia. by Matt Clancy of Victoria can be found online at: Etymology: The new species Crinia (Oxyodella) https://www.flickr.com/photos/88708273@N03/ sloppi sp. nov. is named in honour of an eight year 24330380469/ old as of 2020 (born August 2012) Great Dane dog, Photos of all four preceding species can also be named Slopp. This “family member” loyally guarded found online at: the wildlife research and conservation facility here in http://www.flickr.com Australia from thieves, 24/7 for 8 years and it is by typing in the search term “Crinia deserticola”. appropriate his services to science be recognized. The four preceding species constitute the entirety of A SECOND NEW SUBGENUS WITHIN CRINIA the subgenus Oxyodella subgen. nov.. TSCHUDI, 1838 Frogs in the subgenus Oxyodella subgen. nov. a LOWINGDELLA SUBGEN. NOV. subgenus of Crinia are readily separated from all LSIDurn:lsid:zoobank.org:act:DF3BA4F6-AC21- other Crinia species (all other subgenera, being 4F99-845E-FBA53B8E7216 Crinia Tschudi, 1839, type species: Crinia georgiana Type species: Crinia (Lowingdella) lowingae sp. Tschudi, 1838, Ranidella Girard, 1853, type species: nov.. Crinia signifera Girard, 1853, Tylerdella Wells and Diagnosis: Frogs in the subgenus Lowingdella Wellington, 1985, type species: Ranidella remota subgen. nov. a subgenus of Crinia are readily Tyler and Parker, 1974, Bryobatrachus Rounsevell, separated from all other Crinia species (all other Ziegeler, Brown, Davies, and Littlejohn, 1994, type subgenera, being Crinia Tschudi, 1839, type species: species: Bryobatrachus nimbus Rounsevell, Ziegeler, Crinia georgiana Tschudi, 1838, Ranidella Girard, Brown, Davies, and Littlejohn,1994 and Lowingdella 1853, type species: Crinia signifera Girard, 1853, subgen. nov., type species Crinia (Lowingdella) Tylerdella Wells and Wellington, 1985, type species: lowingae sp. nov.), by the following unique suite of Ranidella remota Tyler and Parker, 1974, characters: Belly is coarsely granular; adults have Bryobatrachus Rounsevell, Ziegeler, Brown, Davies, more-or-less distinct dermal fringes on the toes; hind and Littlejohn, 1994, type species: Bryobatrachus side of thighs is not bright red or pink; neither sex nimbus Rounsevell, Ziegeler, Brown, Davies, and has a median line on the throat; throat of breeding Littlejohn,1994 and Oxydella subgen. nov., type male is white or grey; chin only dark; white pectoral species Crinia (Oxydella) oxeyi sp. nov.), by the spots tiny, inconspicuous or absent; belly of female is following unique suite of characters: Dorsum is white and speckled with grey; tympanum tiny but mainly smooth, but with scattered tubercles and distinct; belly whitish, with at most a few scattered carbuncles. Moderately granular belly, finely granular darker grey (not black) flecks; adults usually less throat; tiny adult size of 20 mm snout-vent or less; than 18 mm and lacking a broad well-defined dark adult with more or less dermal fringes on the toes; brown vertebral zone finely edged with white as the hind side of thighs is not bright pink or red. upper edge of a wide creamish-beige band running In males, the throat of the breeding male is white or along the upper flank. grey, chin only dark (or has some darkening on it, The genus Crinia Tschudi, 1838 is readily separated near the centre, sides of mouth or both and gular from all other Australasian Myobatrachidae by the area is noticeably darker than the lighter belly beyond following unique suite of characters: Small terrestrial or if not so, then bounded by a somewhat distinctive frogs that are found in most parts of Australia and white line running across the belly between the front southern New Guinea, except extremely arid areas. legs and commonly a white medial line running from Maxillary teeth present. A large frontoparietal the snout, along the mid section of the gular region foramen in adults. Vomerine teeth are usually absent, and often the entire length of the belly; white pectoral but present as very small clusters or short rows in spots inconspicuous or absent. Belly of female is some species. The tongue is small, narrow, oval and uniform and whitish (not immaculate or ivory white), free from behind (as in not adhering at the rear). sometimes speckled with grey. Horizontal pupil. Tympanum is hidden, indistinct or In both sexes the markings on the belly are indistinct tiny. Fingers without webbing, but may be fringed. as opposed to bold in other subgenera. Parotoid and flank glands are either absent or not The palm of the hand is smooth. evident externally. Phlanges are simple, tips of digits Belly a light greyish or white with grey (sometimes are not or very slightly dilated, but certainly without brownish) mottling, peppering or blotches in some distinct discs. No dermal brood pouches. Belly is form (as in not immaculate white) and no black moderately to slightly granular. Females are the

markings of any sort on the belly; tympanum obscure Holotype: A preserved specimen at the Australian but distinct. Museum, Sydney, New South Wales, Australia, The genus Crinia Tschudi, 1838 is readily separated specimen number R.165529 collected from 2.5km from all other Australasian Myobatrachidae by the along Digger’s Camp Road in Yuraygir National Park, following unique suite of characters: Small terrestrial New South Wales, Australia, Latitude -29.8292 S., frogs that are found in most parts of Australia and Longitude 153.2719 E. This government-owned southern New Guinea, except extremely arid areas. facility allows access to its holdings. Maxillary teeth present. A large frontoparietal Paratypes: 1/ A preserved specimen at the foramen in adults. Vomerine teeth are usually absent, Australian Museum, Sydney, New South Wales, but present as very small clusters or short rows in Australia, specimen number R.165524, collected at some species. The tongue is small, narrow, oval and the Double Crossing Creek, Pacific Hwy. South free from behind (as in not adhering at the rear). Woolgoolga, New South Wales, Australia, Latitude - Horizontal pupil. Tympanum is hidden, indistinct or 30.1361 S., Longitude 153.1930 E. 2/ A preserved tiny. Fingers without webbing, but may be fringed. specimen at the Australian Museum, Sydney, New Parotoid and flank glands are either absent or not South Wales, Australia, specimen number R.183128 evident externally. Phlanges are simple, tips of digits collected at Red Rock, New South Wales, Australia, are not or very slightly dilated, but certainly without Latitude -29.983 S., Longitude 153.233 E. distinct discs. No dermal brood pouches. Belly is Diagnosis: The two species Crinia (Lowingdella) moderately to slightly granular. Females are the lowingae sp. nov. from coastal swamps in a region larger sex (derived from Cogger 2014 with errors between Woody Head and Coffs Harbour in New corrected). South Wales and C. (Lowingdella) stevebennetti sp. Distribution: South-east Australia in an arc generally nov. from coastal swamps south of Port Macquarie to including the moist parts of south-east Queensland, as far south as the central coast of New South Wales the adjoining coast of Queensland and northern New have both until now been generally treated as South Wales and the Murray Darling Basin, including southern populations of C. (Lowingdella) tinnula most of New South Wales, northern Victoria and (Straughan and Main, 1956), with a type locality of south-east South Australia. Rose Creek, Beerburum, (between Brisbane and the Etymology: Lowingdella subgen. nov. is named in Sunshine Coast) in South-east Queensland, honour of Vicki Lowing of Rockbank, Victoria, Australia, being a species inhabiting coastal swamps Australia, better known as the Crocodile lady for her from south-east Queensland and far northern New work over some decades educating people about South Wales. Crocodiles. This has included correcting the That more than one species had been lumped under devasatingly damaging message put out by the Steve the label C. tinnula has been known for many years. and Terri Irwin business via their TV shows, their Read et al. (2001) showed species level genetic message being that you can be a rich and famous distinctions between a putative population of C. hero by attacking and abusing crocodiles for the tinnula from Myall Lakes, National Park, just north of purposes of cheap entertainment and making a fast Newcastle, New South Wales and what they called income. an undescribed species from Coffs Harbour, New In 2020, the Victorian Wildlife Department has South Wales. conducted numerous raids on Lowing’s facility at With these two species being allopatric and clearly Rockback with a view to ending her good work with morphologically divergent from south-east crocodiles as it allegedly impedes and competes with Queensland C. tinnula (being the type for the genus), the Irwin business and that of the Melbourne Zoo / it is somewhat scandalous that with all the money Zoos Victoria business, who also send the anti- ostensibly being spent by the NSW State conservation message to people that Crocodiles are Government on scientific research on wildlife, with to be feared and loathed. literally hundreds of so-called scientists on the Both see Lowing as a competitor in the “crocodile government gravy train payroll, that these two business” and would prefer to have themselves seen vulnerable species have remained effectively as the only “experts” in the Crocodile space and the quarantined from science by being unnamed for two income stream this brings them. decades. Content: Crinia (Lowingdella) lowingae sp. nov. (type Hence, while taking pleasure in bringing two new species); C. (Lowingdella) maateni sp. nov.; species to the attention of the global scientific C. (Lowingdella) parinsignifera (Main, 1957); C. community, I must state that I would have preferred (Lowingdella) stevebennetti sp. nov.; C. (Lowingdella) someone else had done this task 20 years earlier! tinnula (Straughan and Main, 1956). The three species, C. (Lowingdella) tinnula CRINIA (LOWINGDELLA) LOWINGAE SP. NOV. (Straughan and Main, 1956), C. lowingae sp. nov. LSIDurn:lsid:zoobank.org:act:6C29885D-CF99- and C. stevebennetti sp. nov. are readily separated 43D8-942A-3BE0EA5C02EF from one another as follows: Hoser 2020 - Australasian Journal of Herpetology 50-51:1-128. Available online at www.herp.net Copyright- Kotabi Publishing - All rights reserved 74 Australasian Journal of Herpetology

1/ C. tinnula (Straughan and Main, 1956), is a frog well-defined pattern on upper labial area. There is with distinctive dorsal pattern, including well-defined usually a dark orange-red-stripe down middle of yellowish-white line on the rear upper lip region, back. No numerous tiny black specks are on the numerous tiny black specks are on the upper parts of upper parts of upper forelimbs. upper forelimbs. In males, the belly is peppered The venter of males is characterised by a mainly heavily grey, with a distinctive thin white line running white gular region and a belly that is mainly whitish down the medial line from the snout, under the throat but with a patchwork of semi-distinctive dark to level with the forearms. This is broken by a thin brownish grey markings away from the medial line white cross line running to the forelimbs and the extending to the flanks. Unique to males of this longitudinally running white line runs posterior to this species is the presence of numerous bright yellow point to the end of the body. Most of the gular area is spots on a greyish brown background on the mainly white, although with heavy peppering on the undersurfaces of the upper arms and upper edges. hindlimbs. In both sexes, there are distinct dark brown markings Under the body, running from the snout to the rear is interposed with white or light brown markings on the a thick wide line of whitish-yellow, and a somewhat upper labial area. Most specimens (but not all) have thinner, but still thick whitish-yellow line running to the a dark orange-red stripe down the middle of back. Iris axila of each forearm. is reddish. Darkening of the gular region is restricted to the sides C. tinnula (Straughan and Main, 1956) is depicted on of the broad median line and not the jawline as seen page 141 of Vanderduys (2012) in the bottom two in C. tinnula. It is also in the form of marbling rather images, Anstis (2013) on page 587 (top two images) than peppering. and Cogger (2014) on page 86, in bottom two images A photo of the dorsum of C. stevebennetti sp. nov. in (dorsum and venter of male). life is depicted online at: 2/ C. lowingae sp. nov. is separated from the other https://www.flickr.com/photos/14807473@N08/ two species by having an ill-defined dorsal pattern. 3914008567/ Colour is whitish grey under eye and there are no and well defined markings on upper labial area. https://www.flickr.com/photos/14807473@N08/ There is usually no dark orange-red-stripe down the 3558441336/ middle of the back. and Iris is brown. https://www.flickr.com/photos/pokerchampdaniel/ Ventrally, males have a completely greyish gular 3568281077/ region, with an indistinct row of somewhat merged A photo of the ventral surface of a male is depicted in tiny white dots forming a line down the centre to the Anstis (2013) on page 587 at bottom right. level of the upper arms. The line ends here as does the greyish colour. The belly of the frog is otherwise The three preceding species are separated from the whitish, but not an immaculate colour, being lightly other two members of the subgenus Lowingdella flecked or specked with a semi-translucent grey. subgen. nov., namely C. (Lowingdella) parinsignifera (Main, 1957) and C. (Lowingdella) maateni sp. nov. Undersides of limbs are greyish purple. by the presence in one form or other of a median There is no discernable line under the belly running white line down the centre of the throat, versus an between the arms. absence. In both sexes there is a brown iris, and ill defined Frogs in the subgenus Lowingdella subgen. nov. a dorsal pattern. subgenus of Crinia are readily separated from all Colour is whitish grey under eye and there are no other Crinia species (all other subgenera, being well defined markings on upper labial area. Crinia Tschudi, 1839, type species: Crinia georgiana Usually there is no dark orange-red-stripe down Tschudi, 1838, Ranidella Girard, 1853, type species: middle of the back. Crinia signifera Girard, 1853, Tylerdella Wells and A dorsal shot of C. lowingae sp. nov. is depicted in Wellington, 1985, type species: Ranidella remota life at: Tyler and Parker, 1974, Bryobatrachus Rounsevell, https://www.flickr.com/photos/14807473@N08/ Ziegeler, Brown, Davies, and Littlejohn, 1994, type 27624337911 species: Bryobatrachus nimbus Rounsevell, Ziegeler, and venter of a male at: Brown, Davies, and Littlejohn,1994 and Oxydella https://www.flickr.com/photos/14807473@N08/ subgen. nov., type species Crinia (Oxydella) oxeyi 27086354354/ sp. nov.), by the following unique suite of characters: Dorsum is mainly smooth, but with scattered 3/ C. stevebennetti sp. nov. is similar in most tubercles and carbuncles. Moderately granular belly, respects to C. tinnula but is separated from that finely granular throat; tiny adult size of 20 mm snout- species as follows: Orange-yellow iris and well vent or less; adult with more or less dermal fringes on defined dorsal pattern; beige under eye. Moderate to

the toes; hind side of thighs is not bright pink or red. Paratypes: Two preserved specimens at the In males, the throat of the breeding male is white or Australian Museum, Sydney, New South Wales, grey, chin only dark (or has some darkening on it, Australia, specimen numbers R.147106 and near the centre, sides of mouth or both and gular R.148261 collected from Tea Gardens, New South area is noticeably darker than the lighter belly beyond Wales, Australia, Latitude -32.6467 S., Longitude or if not so, then bounded by a somewhat distinctive 152.1644 E. white line running across the belly between the front Diagnosis: The two species Crinia (Lowingdella) legs and commonly a white medial line running from lowingae sp. nov. from coastal swamps in a region the snout, along the mid section of the gular region between Woody Head and Coffs Harbour in New and often the entire length of the belly; white pectoral South Wales and C. (Lowingdella) stevebennetti sp. spots inconspicuous or absent. Belly of female is nov. from coastal swamps south of Port Macquarie to uniform and whitish (not immaculate or ivory white), as far south as the central coast of New South Wales sometimes speckled with grey. have both until now been generally treated as In both sexes the markings on the belly are indistinct southern populations of C. (Lowingdella) tinnula as opposed to bold in other subgenera. (Straughan and Main, 1956), with a type locality of The palm of the hand is smooth. Rose Creek, Beerburum, (between Brisbane and the Belly a light greyish or white with grey (sometimes Sunshine Coast) in South-east Queensland, brownish) mottling, peppering or blotches in some Australia, being a species inhabiting coastal swamps form (as in not immaculate white) and no black from south-east Queensland and far northern New markings of any sort on the belly; tympanum obscure South Wales. but distinct. That more than one species had been lumped under The genus Crinia Tschudi, 1838 is readily separated the label C. tinnula has been known for many years. from all other Australasian Myobatrachidae by the Read et al. (2001) showed species level genetic following unique suite of characters: Small terrestrial distinctions between a putative population of C. frogs that are found in most parts of Australia and tinnula from Myall Lakes, National Park, just north of southern New Guinea, except extremely arid areas. Newcastle, New South Wales and what they called Maxillary teeth present. A large frontoparietal an undescribed species from Coffs Harbour, New foramen in adults. Vomerine teeth are usually absent, South Wales. but present as very small clusters or short rows in With these two species being allopatric and clearly some species. The tongue is small, narrow, oval and morphologically divergent from south-east free from behind (as in not adhering at the rear). Queensland C. tinnula (being the type for the genus), Horizontal pupil. Tympanum is hidden, indistinct or it is somewhat scandalous that with all the money tiny. Fingers without webbing, but may be fringed. ostensibly being spent by the NSW State Parotoid and flank glands are either absent or not Government on scientific research on wildlife, with evident externally. Phlanges are simple, tips of digits literally hundreds of so-called scientists on the are not or very slightly dilated, but certainly without government gravy train payroll, that these two distinct discs. No dermal brood pouches. Belly is vulnerable species have remained effectively moderately to slightly granular. Females are the quarantined from science by being unnamed for two larger sex (derived from Cogger 2014 with errors decades. corrected). Hence, while taking pleasure in bringing two new Distribution: Crinia (Lowingdella) lowingae sp. nov. species to the attention of the global scientific appears to be restricted to coastal swamps in a community, I must state that I would have preferred region between Woody Head and south along the someone else had done this task 20 years earlier! coast to about Coffs Harbour in New South Wales The three species, C. (Lowingdella) tinnula Etymology: As for the subgenus Lowingdella (Straughan and Main, 1956), C. lowingae sp. nov. subgen. nov.. and C. stevebennetti sp. nov. are readily separated from one another as follows: CRINIA (LOWINGDELLA) STEVBENNETTI SP. NOV. 1/ C. tinnula (Straughan and Main, 1956), is a frog with distinctive dorsal pattern, including well-defined LSIDurn:lsid:zoobank.org:act:0C1924BB-B69A- yellowish-white line on the rear upper lip region, 4AB1-AA8A-4604B59DB8F1 numerous tiny black specks are on the upper parts of Holotype: A preserved specimen at the Australian upper forelimbs. In males, the belly is peppered Museum, Sydney, New South Wales, Australia, heavily grey, with a distinctive thin white line running specimen number R.165449 collected from Myall down the medial line from the snout, under the throat Quays Estate, Tea Gardens, New South Wales, to level with the forearms. This is broken by a thin Australia, Latitude -32.6467 S., Longitude 152.1644 white cross line running to the forelimbs and the E. This government-owned facility allows access to longitudinally running white line runs posterior to this its holdings. point to the end of the body. Most of the gular area is

Hoser 2020 - Australasian Journal of Herpetology 50-51:1-128. Available online at www.herp.net Copyright- Kotabi Publishing - All rights reserved 76 Australasian Journal of Herpetology mainly white, although with heavy peppering on the undersurfaces of the upper arms and upper edges. hindlimbs. In both sexes, there are distinct dark brown markings Under the body, running from the snout to the rear is interposed with white or light brown markings on the a thick wide line of whitish-yellow, and a somewhat upper labial area. Most specimens (but not all) have thinner, but still thick whitish-yellow line running to the a dark orange-red-stripe down the middle of back. Iris axila of each forearm. is reddish. Darkening of the gular region is restricted to the sides C. tinnula (Straughan and Main, 1956) is depicted on of the broad median line and not the jawline as seen page 141 of Vanderduys (2012) in bottom two in C. tinnula. It is also in the form of marbling rather images, Anstis (2013) on page 587 (top two images) than peppering. and Cogger (2014) on page 86, in bottom two images A photo of the dorsum of C. stevebennetti sp. nov. in (dorsum and venter of male). life is depicted online at: 2/ C. lowingae sp. nov. is separated from the other https://www.flickr.com/photos/14807473@N08/ two species by having an ill-defined dorsal pattern. 3914008567/ Colour is whitish grey under eye and there are no and well defined markings on upper labial area. https://www.flickr.com/photos/14807473@N08/ There is usually no dark orange-red-stripe down the 3558441336/ middle of the back. and Iris is brown. https://www.flickr.com/photos/pokerchampdaniel/ Ventrally, males have a completely greyish gular 3568281077/ region, with an indistinct row of somewhat merged A photo of the ventral surface of a male is depicted in tiny white dots forming a line down the centre to the Anstis (2013) on page 587 at bottom right. level of the upper arms. The line ends here as does The three preceding species are separated from the the greyish colour. The belly of the frog is otherwise other two members of the subgenus Lowingdella whitish, but not an immaculate colour, being lightly subgen. nov., namely C. (Lowingdella) parinsignifera flecked or specked with a semi-translucent grey. (Main, 1957) and C. (Lowingdella) maateni sp. nov. Undersides of limbs are greyish purple. by the presence in one form or other of a median of There is no discernable line under the belly running white line down the centre of the throat, versus an between the arms. absence. In both sexes there is a brown iris, and ill defined Frogs in the subgenus Lowingdella subgen. nov. a dorsal pattern. subgenus of Crinia are readily separated from all Colour is whitish grey under eye and there are no other Crinia species (all other subgenera, being well defined markings on upper labial area. Crinia Tschudi, 1839, type species: Crinia georgiana Usually there is no dark orange-red-stripe down Tschudi, 1838, Ranidella Girard, 1853, type species: middle of the back. Crinia signifera Girard, 1853, Tylerdella Wells and A dorsal shot of C. lowingae sp. nov. is depicted in Wellington, 1985, type species: Ranidella remota life at: Tyler and Parker, 1974, Bryobatrachus Rounsevell, https://www.flickr.com/photos/14807473@N08/ Ziegeler, Brown, Davies, and Littlejohn, 1994, type 27624337911 species: Bryobatrachus nimbus Rounsevell, Ziegeler, and venter of a male at: Brown, Davies, and Littlejohn,1994 and Oxydella subgen. nov., type species Crinia (Oxydella) oxeyi https://www.flickr.com/photos/14807473@N08/ sp. nov.), by the following unique suite of characters: 27086354354/ Dorsum is mainly smooth, but with scattered 3/ C. stevebennetti sp. nov. is similar in most tubercles and carbuncles. Moderately granular belly, respects to C. tinnula as defined above, but is finely granular throat; tiny adult size of 20 mm snout- separated from that species as follows: Orange- vent or less; adult with more or less dermal fringes on yellow iris and well defined dorsal pattern; beige the toes; hind side of thighs is not bright pink or red. under eye. Moderate to well-defined pattern on upper In males, the throat of the breeding male is white or labial area. There is usually a dark orange-red-stripe grey, chin only dark (or has some darkening on it, down middle of back. No numerous tiny black specks near the centre, sides of mouth or both and gular are on the upper parts of upper forelimbs. area is noticeably darker than the lighter belly beyond The venter of males is characterised by a mainly or if not so, then bounded by a somewhat distinctive white gular region and a belly that is mainly whitish white line running across the belly between the front but with a patchwork of semi-distinctive dark legs and commonly a white medial line running from brownish grey markings away from the medial line the snout, along the mid section of the gular region extending to the flanks. Unique to males of this and often the entire length of the belly; white pectoral species is the presence of numerous bright yellow spots inconspicuous or absent. Belly of female is spots on a greyish brown background on the Hoser 2020 - Australasian Journal of Herpetology 50-51:1-128. Available online at www.herp.net Copyright- Kotabi Publishing - All rights reserved Australasian Journal of Herpetology 77

uniform and whitish (not immaculate or ivory white), Longitude 149.0833 E. sometimes speckled with grey. Diagnosis: Until now Crinia (Lowingdella) maateni In both sexes the markings on the belly are indistinct sp. nov. from coastal Queensland, south of about as opposed to bold in other subgenera. Rockhampton, including east flowing drainage The palm of the hand is smooth. basins, and nearby coastal parts of northern New Belly a light greyish or white with grey (sometimes South Wales, has been treated as a northern brownish) mottling, peppering or blotches in some population of Crinia (Lowingdella) parinsignifera form (as in not immaculate white) and no black (Main, 1957), with a distribution otherwise centred on markings of any sort on the belly; tympanum obscure the Murray Darling Basin in south-west Queensland, but distinct. New South Wales, northern Victoria and south-east The genus Crinia Tschudi, 1838 is readily separated South Australia, including the type locality of from all other Australasian Myobatrachidae by the Kingston on Murray, South Australia. following unique suite of characters: Small terrestrial The east coast specimens are sufficiently divergent frogs that are found in most parts of Australia and to be treated as a separate species in line with other southern New Guinea, except extremely arid areas. frog taxa similarly affected by the Great Dividing Maxillary teeth present. A large frontoparietal Range in this same region as seen for example in foramen in adults. Vomerine teeth are usually absent, Ranaster salmini (Steindachner, 1867) from the but present as very small clusters or short rows in Murray Darling basin and R. snakemansbogensis some species. The tongue is small, narrow, oval and Hoser, 2020, which were shown to be different free from behind (as in not adhering at the rear). species based on morphology and previously Horizontal pupil. Tympanum is hidden, indistinct or published genetic studies as cited by Hoser (2020). tiny. Fingers without webbing, but may be fringed. C. maateni sp. nov. is most readily separated from C. Parotoid and flank glands are either absent or not parinsignifera by the presence of two or more large evident externally. Phlanges are simple, tips of digits and extended lines of folded skin running are not or very slightly dilated, but certainly without longitudinally down the mid-back in a wavy line on distinct discs. No dermal brood pouches. Belly is either side of the central median. moderately to slightly granular. Females are the By contrast most specimens of C. parinsignifera have larger sex (derived from Cogger 2014 with errors a dorsum punctuated by large tubercles or at best corrected). small and irregular folds of skin. Distribution: Crinia (Lowingdella) stevebennetti sp. C. maateni sp. nov. has a dorsum that consists more- nov. appears to be restricted to coastal swamps in a or-less of a pattern incorporating reasonably well- region between Port Macquarie and south to the defined longitudinal lines running down the sides of central coast region of New South Wales. the top of the dorsal surface and near striped pattern Etymology: C. stevebennetti sp. nov. is named in in the central region of the back as well, versus an honour of Steve Bennett of Narre Warren South, obviously blotched appearance on the mid dorsum Victoria, Australia in recognition of valuable and an irregular light zone on the sides of the dosum, contributions to herpetology by way of assisting not appearing as any sort of line. myself in numerous research projects over more than Spines on the upper surface of the middle hind legs three decades. He has also worked extensively in the are large and close together in C. maateni sp. nov., relevant region immediately north of Newcastle in versus well spaced apart in C. parinsignifera. Upper New South Wales which is where this species first surface of upper arm in C. maateni sp. nov. is light became known. orange, versus light yellow in C. parinsignifera (as CRINIA (LOWINGDELLA) MAATENI SP. NOV. seen in the image of a specimen of that species from LSIDurn:lsid:zoobank.org:act:311C6908-A58F- Kangaroo Ground, Victoria published with this paper 46BF-B8D8-20FC3A1FF05A on the front cover of Australasian Journal of Holotype: A preserved specimen in the Queensland Herpetology Issue 51). In C. maateni sp. nov. the Museum, Brisbane, Queensland, Australia, specimen dark patch behind the eye is prominent and well number J33313 collected from Mimosa Creek, defined, versus usually (but not always), not so in C. Blackdown Tableland, Queensland, Australia, parinsignifera (again as seen in the image of a Latitude -23.7833 S., Longitude 149.0833 E. This specimen of that species from Kangaroo Ground, government-owned facility allows access to its Victoria published with this paper on the front cover holdings. of Australasian Journal of Herpetology Issue 51). Paratypes: 16 preserved specimens in the C. maateni sp. nov. usually has a reddish or Queensland Museum, Brisbane, Queensland, chocolate brown dorsum, versus usually yellowish- Australia, specimen numbers J33314- J33329 brown in C. parinsignifera. collected from Mimosa Creek, Blackdown Tableland, Photos of C. maateni sp. nov. in life can be found in Queensland, Australia, Latitude -23.7833 S., Anstis (2013) on page 564 at top right and online at: https://www.flickr.com/photos/euprepiosaur/ Hoser 2020 - Australasian Journal of Herpetology 50-51:1-128. Available online at www.herp.net Copyright- Kotabi Publishing - All rights reserved 78 Australasian Journal of Herpetology

8471986011/ In males, the throat of the breeding male is white or and grey, chin only dark (or has some darkening on it, https://www.flickr.com/photos/smacdonald/ near the centre, sides of mouth or both and gular 15087966295/ area is noticeably darker than the lighter belly beyond Photos of C. parinsignifera in life can be found in or if not so, then bounded by a somewhat distinctive Anstis (2013) on page 565 bottom left, Cogger (2014) white line running across the belly between the front on page 80 at top and online at: legs and commonly a white medial line running from the snout, along the mid section of the gular region https://www.flickr.com/photos/23031163@N03/ and often the entire length of the belly; white pectoral 3838947107/ spots inconspicuous or absent. Belly of female is and uniform and whitish (not immaculate or ivory white), https://www.flickr.com/photos/14807473@N08/ sometimes speckled with grey. 3095373682/ In both sexes the markings on the belly are indistinct and as opposed to bold in other subgenera. https://www.flickr.com/photos/88708273@N03/ The palm of the hand is smooth. 15026834515/ Belly a light greyish or white with grey (sometimes and brownish) mottling, peppering or blotches in some https://www.flickr.com/photos/136643623@N03/ form (as in not immaculate white) and no black 28073098163/ markings of any sort on the belly; tympanum obscure and the front cover of Australasian Journal of but distinct. Herpetology Issue 51. The genus Crinia Tschudi, 1838 is readily separated C. (Lowingdella) parinsignifera (Main, 1957) and C. from all other Australasian Myobatrachidae by the (Lowingdella) maateni sp. nov. are depicted side by following unique suite of characters: Small terrestrial side in Vanderduys (2012) on page 138, with C. frogs that are found in most parts of Australia and parinsignifera on the right and C. maateni sp. nov. on southern New Guinea, except extremely arid areas. the left. Maxillary teeth present. A large frontoparietal C. (Lowingdella) parinsignifera (Main, 1957) and C. foramen in adults. Vomerine teeth are usually absent, (Lowingdella) maateni sp. nov. are separated from but present as very small clusters or short rows in the three other species in the subgenus Lowingdella some species. The tongue is small, narrow, oval and subgen. nov., namely Crinia (Lowingdella) lowingae free from behind (as in not adhering at the rear). sp. nov. from coastal swamps in a region between Horizontal pupil. Tympanum is hidden, indistinct or Woody Head and Coffs Harbour in New South tiny. Fingers without webbing, but may be fringed. Wales, C. (Lowingdella) stevebennetti sp. nov. from Parotoid and flank glands are either absent or not coastal swamps south of Port Macquarie to as far evident externally. Phlanges are simple, tips of digits south as the central coast of New South Wales and are not or very slightly dilated, but certainly without C. (Lowingdella) tinnula (Straughan and Main, 1956) distinct discs. No dermal brood pouches. Belly is from coastal south-east Queensland and the very far moderately to slightly granular. Females are the north-east of New South Wales by the absence in larger sex (derived from Cogger 2014 with errors one form or other of a median white line down the corrected). centre of the throat, versus a presence. Distribution: Crinia (Lowingdella) maateni sp. nov. is Frogs in the subgenus Lowingdella subgen. nov. a found in coastal Queensland, south of about subgenus of Crinia are readily separated from all Rockhampton, including east flowing drainage other Crinia species (all other subgenera, being basins, such as the Fitzroy River System, and nearby Crinia Tschudi, 1839, type species: Crinia georgiana coastal parts of northern New South Wales, Tschudi, 1838, Ranidella Girard, 1853, type species: Australia. Crinia signifera Girard, 1853, Tylerdella Wells and Crinia (Lowingdella) parinsignifera (Main, 1957) is Wellington, 1985, type species: Ranidella remota confined to west-flowing drainage basins of the Tyler and Parker, 1974, Bryobatrachus Rounsevell, Murray-Darling Basin in Queensland, New South Ziegeler, Brown, Davies, and Littlejohn, 1994, type Wales, Victoria and South Australia, Australia and species: Bryobatrachus nimbus Rounsevell, Ziegeler, south of the Great Dividing Range in the outer Brown, Davies, and Littlejohn,1994 and Oxydella northern suburbs of Melbourne (e.g. Kangaroo subgen. nov., type species Crinia (Oxydella) oxeyi Ground). sp. nov.), by the following unique suite of characters: Potentially contrary to the preceding, C. maateni sp. Dorsum is mainly smooth, but with scattered nov. are found in the Barakula State Forest in south- tubercles and carbuncles. Moderately granular belly, east Queensland, north-west of Miles in South-east finely granular throat; tiny adult size of 20 mm snout- Queensland. vent or less; adult with more or less dermal fringes on Etymology: Named in honour Frits Maaten, former the toes; hind side of thighs is not bright pink or red. co-owner (with Andy Stevens) of a successful wildlife

conservation business in the form of the Monbulk Anstis 2013). Animal Kingdom in Victoria, Australia in the 1970’s The identification of C. merceicai sp. nov. as a and 1980’s. They were victims of their own success divergent species from C. georgiana was confirmed and as a result had their enterprise shut down at by Edwards (2007), who found each diverged from gunpoint by the State Government wildlife one another about 1.5 MYA. department who also happened to own a The western form of the two species, being C. dysfunctional animal abusing zoo down the road from georgiana from near Perth and found along the the Maaten’s. south-west coast of Western Australia to about That facility, the loss-making Healesville Sanctuary, Albany, Western Australia (including King George’s besides having a shocking record with respect to Sound) is a frog with a mainly pinkish brown dorsum wildlife keeping and even public safety, only or alternatively has a distinct charcoal coloured hue continues to operate as a business enterprise in some southern populations and as a rule a because the suffering Victorian taxpayer bails out generally whitish venter. their never ending financial mismanagement. The second, morphologically divergent species, C. But when competitor and government regulator are merceicai sp. nov. is readily separated from the the same entity (State Government Wildlife preceding species by being generally yellowish brown Department owns and controls Healesville (usually) to light chocolate brown, with a yellowish Sanctuary), there is no place for a successful and white venter, which has extensive markings and properly run wildlife conservation business such as spots overlaying tubercles, especially anteriorly. that owned and operated by Maaten and Stevens. C. merceicai sp. nov. has a yellow-brown iris, versus The wildlife department and their Healesville light orange in C. georgiana. Sanctuary saw Maaten and Stevens as taking clients The upper lip below the eye is always striped in C. they thought they have a right to own. Maaten and merceicai sp. nov., versus striped or spotted in C. Stevens also managed to breed species of wildlife georgiana. The broken red or orange line running that staff at Healesville Sanctuary were incapable of around the top of the eye is prominent in C. breeding. They saw Maaten and Stevens as stealing georgiana versus not so, or absent in C. merceicai favourable publicity that they would otherwise liked to sp. nov.. have had. Dorsal pattern in both species varies in both sexes By shutting down the Monbulk Animal Kingdom at and may be with or without obvious dorsal striping. gunpoint, the Healesville Sanctuary were given their long desired monopoly in the zoo business space The three available synonyms for C. georgiana with a east of Melbourne, Australia. type locality of King George’s Sound (Albany), Western Australia, were checked. That situation remains the case, more than two decades later in year 2020. Pterophrynus affinis Günther, 1864, is depicted with his description and that specimen is clearly of the CRINIA (CRINIA) MERCEICAI SP. NOV. western form, similar in appearance to the female LSIDurn:lsid:zoobank.org:act:61237DD7-9967- depicted on page 554, centre right of Anstis (2013). 4E8B-BBF9-5EE6A9316B29 The two frogs described by Cope, both with a given Holotype: A preserved specimen at the Western type locality of Western Australia, namely Crinia Australian Museum, Perth, Western Australia, insignata Cope, 1866 and C. stolata Cope, 1867, Australia, specimen number R97665 collected from both conform to common colour variants of the Hellfire Bay, Cape Le Grand National Park, Western western form, C. insignata probably coming from Australia, Australia, Latitude -34.0167 S., Longitude near Perth and C. stolata matching the charcoal form 122.1833 E. This government-owned facility allows from Denmark, Western Australia. access to its holdings. As a result, there is no available name for the eastern Paratypes: Two preserved specimens at the form of the putative species as recognised to date Western Australian Museum, Perth, Western and it is herein named Crinia merceicai sp. nov.. Australia, Australia, specimen numbers R97633 and C. merceicai sp. nov. from Esperance is depicted in R67734 collected from Hellfire Bay, Cape Le Grand life online at: National Park, Western Australia, Australia, Latitude - http://esperancewildlife.blogspot.com/2008/05/ 34.0167 S., Longitude 122.1833 E. quacking-frog-crinia-georgiana.html Diagnosis: Until now, C. merceicai sp. nov. found (several images). along the southern coast of Western Australia from C. georgiana in life is depicted in Tyler et al. (1994), Cape Arid in the east, west to about Cheyne Bay, and Anstis (2013) on page 554 (all images) and Cogger then extending inland towards the Darling Range (2014) on page 79 top left. near the south-side of Perth in Western Australia, but away from the coast has been treated as an eastern Both C. merceicai sp. nov. and C. georgiana are population of putative Crinia georgiana Tschudi, readily separated from all other species in the genus 1838, as currently recognized (sensu Cogger 2014 or Crinia Tschudi, 1838 (including all subgenera) by the

Hoser 2020 - Australasian Journal of Herpetology 50-51:1-128. Available online at www.herp.net Copyright- Kotabi Publishing - All rights reserved 80 Australasian Journal of Herpetology following unique suite of characters: Belly granular; others from Western Australia, meaning that the best adults sometimes with lateral seams but without placement for that taxon is within Geocrinia and the distinct dermal fringes on the toes; hind side of thighs remaining quite divergent West Australian species bright pink or red. should in turn be placed in a new genus, herein The genus Crinia Tschudi, 1838 is readily separated named Wellingtondella gen. nov.. from all other Australasian Myobatrachidae by the Morphological and biological evidence as summed up following unique suite of characters: Small terrestrial in Anstis (2013) confirms the preceding contention. frogs that are found in most parts of Australia and Based on the preceding Hesperocrinia is herein southern New Guinea, except extremely arid areas. retained as a subgenus, within Geocrinia. Maxillary teeth present. A large frontoparietal All of Geocrinia, Hesperocrinia and Wellingtondella foramen in adults. Vomerine teeth are usually absent, gen. nov. are separated from all other Australasian but present as very small clusters or short rows in frog species within the Myobatrachidae by the some species. The tongue is small, narrow, oval and following unique suite of characters: free from behind (as in not adhering at the rear). Tongue does not adhere to the floor of the mouth Horizontal pupil. Tympanum is hidden, indistinct or posteriorly; tongue is small and/or narrowly oval; tiny. Fingers without webbing, but may be fringed. prevomer is much reduced or absent; vomerine teeth Parotoid and flank glands are either absent or not are present but tiny; maxillary teeth present. A large evident externally. Phlanges are simple, tips of digits frontoparietal foramen is present in adults. Horizontal are not or very slightly dilated, but certainly without pupil; tympanum is indistinct or hidden; distinct discs. No dermal brood pouches. Belly is outer metatarsal tubercle if present is much smaller moderately to slightly granular. Females are the than the inner metatarsal tubercle. No dermal brood larger sex (derived from Cogger 2014 with errors pouches; first finger is normal or if vestigial, there is corrected). no dorsolateral skin fold; Terminal phlanges pointed Distribution: C. merceicai sp. nov. is found along the and not T-shaped; tips of fingers and toes lack southern coast of Western Australia from Cape Arid distinct discs, being not, or very slightly dilated; belly in the east, west to about Cheyne Bay and then smooth or slightly granular. extending inland towards the Darling Range near the Frogs in the subgenus Hesperocrinia Wells and south-side of Perth (Harvey and Waroona area) in Wellington, 1985, herein treated as a complex of Western Australia, but otherwise away from the coast three species, two of which are formally named in this (see Fig. 3.2 on page 73 of Edwards (2007) for paper for the first time, are separated from other detail). species in the nominate subgenus of Geocrinia and Etymology: C. merceicai sp. nov. is named in honour the genus Wellingtondella gen. nov. by having toes of Dave Merceica of the Sunshine Coast, with slight terminal expansions and with distinct Queensland, Australia, previously of Bacchus Marsh subarticular tubercles; inner finger and inner toe not and Hillside in Victoria, an avid reptile keeper for reduced, the latter being about two thirds the length many years in recognition of his services to other of the second toe and a belly that is brown, yellow- herpetologists and wildlife research as part of his brown or green-grey in colour. long-term conservation ethic, including through Frogs in the genus Geocrinia are separated from the considerable logistical support for a number of species within Wellingtondella gen. nov. by having regional herpetological societies in Australia. the inner finger and inner toe highly reduced, the WELLINGTONDELLA GEN. NOV. latter being not more than half the length of the LSIDurn:lsid:zoobank.org:act:0DEB71F2-77D2- second toe and the inner finger with at most a single 436C-937A-3349B280A208 very short phalanx. Type species: Crinia rosea Harrison, 1927. The nominate subgenus of Geocrinia is in turn Diagnosis: Until now, most authors including Anstis separated from subgenus Hesperocrinia by having (2013) and Cogger (2014) have treated the genus toes without terminal expansions of any sort and Geocrinia Blake, 1973, type species Pterophrynus without subarticular tubercles, or if present, extremely laevis Günther, 1864 as including species from indistinct. south-east and south-west Australia, largely being Frogs within Wellingtondella gen. nov. are separated within two more-or-less separate lineages. from Geocrinia (both subgenera) by having toes Wells and Wellington (1985) transferred all Western without any terminal expansions and without Australian species to their newly erected genus subarticular tubercles, or if present, extremely Hesperocrinia Wells and Wellington, 1985, with a indistinct; inner finger and inner toe not reduced, the type species of Crinia leai Fletcher, 1898. latter being about two thirds the length of the second However molecular studies (e.g. Read et al. 2001) toe. have shown Crinia leai Fletcher, 1898 to be more Geocrinia (both subgenera) are separated from closely related to the east Australian species than the Wellingtondella gen. nov. by having diphasic calls and terrestrial egg deposition with aquatic tadpoles.

Wellingtondella gen. nov. in turn is separated from collected from the Shannon Area, Western Australia, Geocrinia (both subgenera) by having simpler pulsed Latitude -34.8194 S., Longitude 116.3025 E. This calls and terrestrial egg deposition with nonfeeding government-owned facility allows access to its tadpoles confined to a terrestrial nest (Roberts, 1993 holdings. and Roberts et al. 1990). Paratypes: Four preserved specimens, at the The subgenus Geocrinia includes the species G. Western Australian Museum, Perth, Western laevis (Günther, 1864) as type species, and G. Australia, Australia, specimen numbers R86438, victoriana (Boulenger, 1888), including a newly R86439, R86440 and R29145 all collected from near named subspecies for the first species and two new Broke Inlet, Western Australia Latitude -34.8667 S., subspecies for the second. Longitude 116.35 E. The subgenus Hesperocrinia includes the type Diagnosis: Until now, both Geocrinia (Hesperocrinia) species Geocrinia (Hesperocrinia) leai (Fletcher, brettbarnetti sp. nov. and G. brianbarnetti sp. nov. 1898) as type species, Geocrinia (Hesperocrinia) have been treated as two distinct south-eastern brettbarnetti sp. nov. and Geocrinia (Hesperocrinia) populations of the putative species G. leai (Fletcher, brianbarnetti sp. nov. all from south-west Australia. 1898). However Edwards (2007), found species-level The genus Wellingtondella gen. nov. includes W. divergences between the three allopatric populations. rosea (Harrison, 1927) as type species, W. alba As they are also morphologically divergent and (Wardell-Johnson and Roberts, 1989), W. lutea evolving as separate species, it is appropriate that all (Main, 1963) and W. vitellina (Wardell-Johnson and three are formally identified and named as done in Roberts, 1989). this paper. This means two species are formally Distribution: Wellingtondella gen. nov. is confined to named for the first time. wetter parts of far south-west Western Australia. The three species consititute the entirety of the Etymology: Wellingtondella gen. nov. is named in subgenus Hesperocrinia Wells and Wellington, 1985 honour of Cliff Ross Wellington of Ramornie, New as defined in this paper, the genus (or subgenus) South Wales, Australia, (about 485 km north of concept being new and different from that of the Sydney), previously of Woy Woy, New South Wales, original authors, Wells and Wellington (1985). Australia in recognition of his immense services to The type locality of Crinia leai Fletcher, 1898 (now herpetology in Australia. While best known for his co- placed in Geocrinia Blake, 1973, with a type species authorship of landmark publications Wells and of Pterophrynus laevis Günther, 1864) is Bridgetown Wellington (1984 and 1985) his contributions to and Pipe Clay Creek (near Jarrahdale), Western herpetology go well beyond these papers both before Australia, Australia and hence this taxon represents and since the time they were published, including the western population of the subgenus numerous other important published works and Hesperocrinia. services to conservation. The putative species Crinia michaelseni Werner, They include his petioning the ICZN to stamp out the 1914 was synonymised with with G. leai (Fletcher, nefarious and dishonest practice of taxonomic 1898) by Cogger et al. (1983) and that taxon had a vandalism and numerous conservation programs for type locality of Donnybrook, Western Australia, which rare and threatened species in New South Wales, along with the type of G. leai is of the western especially in relation to frogs. population of the subgenus Hesperocrinia. Wellington was also the first herpetologist in the In other words the newer name is not available for world to demonstrate the significance of toxic the two populations herein referred to as Geocrinia chemicals in waterways inhibiting the spread of (Hesperocrinia) brettbarnetti sp. nov. and G. Chytrid fungus and thereby inadvertently helping brianbarnetti sp. nov.. vulnerable species of frogs evade extinction caused The distribution of each of the three species is laid by the same fungus. This included several species out in Fig, 5.2 of Edwards (2007) at top of page 125. from the Sydney and Blue Mountains regions of New The three species as identified by Edwards (2007) in South Wales. Fig 5.2 from west to east, using the taxonomy and Content: Wellingtondella rosea (Harrison, 1927) nomenclature of this paper are G. laevis (AKA (type species); W. alba (Wardell-Johnson and Western lineage), occurring north and west of Roberts, 1989); W. lutea (Main, 1963); W. vitellina Warren and Donnelly, Western Australia, G. (Wardell-Johnson and Roberts, 1989). brettbarnetti sp. nov. being restricted to the Shannon- GEOCRINIA (HESPEROCRINIA) BRETTBARNETTI Gardner River catchment (AKA Shannon-Gardner SP. NOV. lineage) and G. brianbarnetti sp. nov. from Walpole LSIDurn:lsid:zoobank.org:act:0693EF78-5757- eastwards along the southern coast and nearby 4673-95A9-1886C703C687 hinterland east to Two People’s Bay of Western Holotype: A preserved male specimen at the Australia, Australia (AKA south-east coastal lineage). Western Australian Museum, Perth, Western Edwards (2007) at bottom of page 125 gave Australia, Australia, specimen number R166532 sequence divergences for each of the three species Hoser 2020 - Australasian Journal of Herpetology 50-51:1-128. Available online at www.herp.net Copyright- Kotabi Publishing - All rights reserved 82 Australasian Journal of Herpetology indicating 2-3 million years divergence from one on page 89 bottom and Anstis (2013) page 600 at top another. right. They are separated from one another as follows: G. brianbarnetti sp. nov. is depicted in Anstis (2013) G. leai is a generally yellowish to yellowish-brown page 600 at top left, middle right and middle bottom. coloured frog (adults) characterised by a semi- Colour images of all three species G. leai, G. distinct dorsal pattern consisting of a dark greyish- brettbarnetti sp. nov. and G. brianbarnetti sp. nov. in brown or brown mid-dorsal stripe running down the life can be found online at: http://www.flickr.com by mid back being as wide as the distance between the typing in the search string “Geocrinia leai”. eyes. The boundary between this and the lighter Frogs in the subgenus Hesperocrinia Wells and upper flanks is not distinct. The mid dorsal area is Wellington, 1985, herein treated as a complex of also punctuated by small, raised irregular dark three species, two of which are formally named in this tubercular spots, slightly more prevelant near the mid paper for the first time, are separated from other outer edges. The flanks, while unicolour have a small species in the nominate subgenus of Geocrinia and number of semidistinct dark brown spots of small size Wellingtondella gen. nov. by having toes with slight on the lower flanks. Upper surfaces of the fore and terminal expansions and with distinct subarticular hind limbs have limited dark flecks or markings, tubercles; inner finger and inner toe not reduced, the themselves only semidistinct, tending to form broken latter being about two thirds the length of the second indistinct crossbands on the upper surfaces of the toe and a belly that is brown, yellow-brown or green- hind limbs. Iris is orange to red in colour. Crown grey in colour. across and between the eyes is yellow to orange Frogs in the genus Geocrinia are separated from the brown. species within Wellingtondella gen. nov. by having G. brettbarnetti sp. nov. is a mainly grey frog both the inner finger and inner toe highly reduced, the dorsally and on the sides, with strong russet flushes latter being not more than half the length of the on the upper sides of the dorsum and on the upper second toe and the inner finger with at most a single surfaces of the upper arm (essentially brown) and to very short phalanx. a lesser extent on the upper surfaces of the hind The nominate subgenus of Geocrinia is in turn limbs (where it is a flush over grey and darker cross- separated from subgenus Hesperocrinia by having bands on the upper surfaces of the hind leg. Iris is toes without terminal expansions of any sort and chocolate brown. The upper surfaces of the back without subarticular tubercles, or if present, extremely legs are grey and darker spots forming crossbands indistinct. are also obvious. Crown across and between the Frogs within Wellingtondella gen. nov. are separated eyes is light grey brown to chocolate brown. from Geocrinia (both subgenera) by having toes G. brianbarnetti sp. nov. is a well-marked frog with a without any terminal expansions and without well-defined yellow or orange crown across and subarticular tubercles, or if present, extremely between the eyes, a dark, usually unicolour mid- indistinct; inner finger and inner toe not reduced, the dorsal stripe expanded to the width of between the latter being about two thirds the length of the second eyes, which in some specimens is broken by a lighter toe. mid-dorsal line down the mid section of most of the Geocrinia (both subgenera) are separated from back. The wide mid dorsal stripe is bounded on the Wellingtondella gen. nov. by having diphasic calls outer edge by a light (often near white boundary) at and terrestrial egg deposition with aquatic tadpoles. the leading edge of yellowish (brown or orange) Wellingtondella gen. nov. in turn is separated from upper flank in turn bounded by a fairly well- Geocrinia (both subgenera) by having simpler pulsed demarcated lower flank, which is dark brown in calls and terrestrial egg deposition with nonfeeding colour. Iris is yellow to brownish-yellow. tadpoles confined to a terrestrial nest (Roberts, 1993 In both G. leai and G. brettbarnetti sp. nov. the and Roberts et al. 1990). metamorphasing tadpole is generally greyish in The subgenus Geocrinia includes the species G. colour, without obvious dorsal markings or laevis (Günther, 1864) as type species, and G. colouration. By contrast these tadpoles in G. victoriana (Boulenger, 1888), including a newly brianbarnetti sp. nov. are well marked dorsally with named subspecies for the first species and two new bright orange-red on a beige background. The subspecies for the second. orange-red is particularly prominent on the upper The subgenus Hesperocrinia includes the type limbs and the mid-dorsal line. species Geocrinia (Hesperocrinia) leai (Fletcher, Anstis (2013) outlines various other differences 1898) as type species, Geocrinia (Hesperocrinia) between the tadpoles of both G. leai and G. brettbarnetti sp. nov. and Geocrinia (Hesperocrinia) brianbarnetti sp. nov. which she identifies as brianbarnetti sp. nov. all from south-west Australia. “southern” form of G. leai. The genus Wellingtondella gen. nov. includes W. Photos of G. leai can be found in Storr, Smith and rosea (Harrison, 1927) as type species, W. alba Johnstone (1994), plate 2, image 2, Cogger (2014) (Wardell-Johnson and Roberts, 1989), W. lutea Hoser 2020 - Australasian Journal of Herpetology 50-51:1-128. Available online at www.herp.net Copyright- Kotabi Publishing - All rights reserved Australasian Journal of Herpetology 83

(Main, 1963) and W. vitellina (Wardell-Johnson and 1898). However Edwards (2007), found species-level Roberts, 1989). divergences between the three allopatric populations. All of Geocrinia, Hesperocrinia and Wellingtondella As they are also morphologically divergent and gen. nov. are separated from all other Australasian evolving as separate species, it is appropriate that all frog species within the Myobatrachidae by the three are formally identified and named as done in following unique suite of characters: this paper. This means two species are formally Tongue does not adhere to the floor of the mouth named for the first time. posteriorly; tongue is small and/or narrowly oval; The three species consititute the entirety of the prevomer is much reduced or absent; vomerine teeth subgenus Hesperocrinia Wells and Wellington, 1985 are present but tiny; maxillary teeth present. A large as defined in this paper, the genus (or subgenus) frontoparietal foramen is present in adults. Horizontal concept being new and different from that of the pupil; tympanum is indistinct or hidden; original authors, Wells and Wellington (1985). outer metatarsal tubercle if present is much smaller The type locality of Crinia leai Fletcher, 1898 (now than the inner metatarsal tubercle. No dermal brood placed in Geocrinia Blake, 1973, with a type species pouches; first finger is normal or if vestigial, there is of Pterophrynus laevis Günther, 1864) is Bridgetown no dorsolateral skin fold; Terminal phlanges pointed and Pipe Clay Creek (near Jarrahdale), Western and not T-shaped; tips of fingers and toes lack Australia, Australia and hence this taxon represents distinct discs, being not, or very slightly dilated; belly the western population of the subgenus smooth or slightly granular. Hesperocrinia. Distribution: G. brettbarnetti sp. nov. is restricted to The putative species Crinia michaelseni Werner, the Shannon-Gardner River catchment (AKA 1914 was synonymised with with G. leai (Fletcher, Shannon-Gardner lineage of Edwards 2007) and due 1898) by Cogger et al. (1983) and that taxon had a to the very restricted distribution, must be regarded type locality of Donnybrook, Western Australia, which as a vulnerable or threatened species, meaning along with the type of G. leai is of the western habitat where it occurs should be both protected and population of the subgenus Hesperocrinia. proactively managed. In other words the newer name is not available for Etymology: The species G. brettbarnetti sp. nov. is the two populations herein referred to as Geocrinia named in honour of Brett Barnett of Sunshine, (Hesperocrinia) brettbarnetti sp. nov. and G. Victoria, Australia, who like (and often with) his father brianbarnetti sp. nov.. Brian Barnett has devoted his life to furthering The distribution of each of the three species is laid herpetology in Australia, including through active out in Fig, 5.2 of Edwards (2007) at top of page 125. management of the Victorian Herpetological Society The three species as identified by Edwards (2007) in in many administrative and logistical roles over many Fig 5.2 from west to east, using the taxonomy and decades, including managing security and many nomenclature of this paper are G. laevis (AKA large, successful and at times difficult to manage, Western lineage), occurring north and west of reptile breeder expos at the Melbourne Warren and Donnelly, Western Australia, G. Showgrounds. brettbarnetti sp. nov. being restricted to the Shannon- GEOCRINIA (HESPEROCRINIA) BRIANBARNETTI Gardner River catchment (AKA Shannon-Gardner SP. NOV. lineage) and G. brianbarnetti sp. nov. from Walpole LSIDurn:lsid:zoobank.org:act:DD12BE1C-20DA- eastwards along the southern coast and nearby 4E09-9B52-5DEFEC217F42 hinterland east to Two People’s Bay of Western Holotype: A preserved specimen at the Western Australia, Australia (AKA south-east coastal lineage). Australian Museum, Perth, Western Australia, Edwards (2007) at bottom of page 125 gave Australia, specimen number R120057 collected from sequence divergences for each of the three species 6 KM west of Albany, Western Australia, Australia, indicating 2-3 million years divergence from one Latitude -35.0333 S., Longitude 117.8167 E. This another. government-owned facility allows access to its They are separated from one another as follows: holdings. G. leai is a generally yellowish to yellowish-brown Paratypes: Seven preserved specimens at the coloured frog (adults) characterised by a semi- Western Australian Museum, Perth, Western distinct dorsal pattern consisting of a drak Australia, Australia, specimen numbers R116137- greyish0brown or brown mid-dorsal stripe running R116143 all collected from 8 KM west of Albany, down the mid back being as wide as the distance Western Australia, Australia, Latitude -35.0167 S., between the eyes. The boundary between this and Longitude 117.7916 E. the lighter upper flanks is not distinct. The mid dorsal Diagnosis: Until now, both Geocrinia (Hesperocrinia) area is also punctuated by small, raised irregular brettbarnetti sp. nov. and G. brianbarnetti sp. nov. dark tubercular spots, slightly more prevelant near have been treated as two distinct south-eastern the mid outer edges. The flanks, while unicolour have populations of the putative species G. leai (Fletcher, a small number of semidistinct dark brown spots of Hoser 2020 - Australasian Journal of Herpetology 50-51:1-128. Available online at www.herp.net Copyright- Kotabi Publishing - All rights reserved 84 Australasian Journal of Herpetology small size on the lower flanks. Upper surfaces of the terminal expansions and with distinct subarticular fore and hind limbs have limited dark flecks or tubercles; inner finger and inner toe not reduced, the markings, themselves only semidistinct, tending to latter being about two thirds the length of the second form broken indistinct crossbands on the upper toe and a belly that is brown, yellow-brown or green- surfaces of the hind limbs. Iris is orange to red in grey in colour. colour. Crown across and between the eyes is yellow Frogs in the genus Geocrinia are separated from the to orange brown. species within Wellingtondella gen. nov. by having G. brettbarnetti sp. nov. is a mainly grey frog both the inner finger and inner toe highly reduced, the dorsally and on the sides, with strong russet flushes latter being not more than half the length of the on the upper sides of the dorsum and on the upper second toe and the inner finger with at most a single surfaces of the upper arm (essentially brown) and to very short phalanx. a lesser extent on the upper surfaces of the hind The nominate subgenus of Geocrinia is in turn limbs (where it is a flush over grey and darker cross- separated from subgenus Hesperocrinia by having bands on the upper surfaces of the hind leg. Iris is toes without terminal expansions of any sort and chocolate brown. The upper surfaces of the back without subarticular tubercles, or if present, extremely legs are grey and darker spots forming crossbands indistinct. are also obvious. Crown across and between the Frogs within Wellingtondella gen. nov. are separated eyes is light grey brown to chocolate brown. from Geocrinia (both subgenera) by having toes G. brianbarnetti sp. nov. is a well-marked frog with a without any terminal expansions and without well-defined yellow or orange crown across and subarticular tubercles, or if present, extremely between the eyes, a dark, usually unicolour mid- indistinct; inner finger and inner toe not reduced, the dorsal stripe expanded to the width of between the latter being about two thirds the length of the second eyes, which in some specimens is broken by a lighter toe. mid-dorsal line down the mid section of most of the Geocrinia (both subgenera) are separated from back. The wide mid dorsal stripe is bounded on the Wellingtondella gen. nov. by having diphasic calls outer edge by a light (often near white boundary) at and terrestrial egg deposition with aquatic tadpoles. the leading edge of yellowish (brown or orange) Wellingtondella gen. nov. in turn is separated from upper flank in turn bounded by a fairly well- Geocrinia (both subgenera) by having simpler pulsed demarcated lower flank, which is dark brown in calls and terrestrial egg deposition with nonfeeding colour. Iris is yellow to brownish-yellow. tadpoles confined to a terrestrial nest (Roberts, 1993 In both G. leai and G. brettbarnetti sp. nov. the and Roberts et al. 1990). metamorphasing tadpole is generally greyish in The subgenus Geocrinia includes the species G. colour, without obvious dorsal markings or laevis (Günther, 1864) as type species, and G. colouration. By contrast these tadpoles in G. victoriana (Boulenger, 1888), including a newly brianbarnetti sp. nov. are well marked dorsally with named subspecies for the first species and two new bright orange-red on a beige background. The subspecies for the second. orange-red is particularly prominent on the upper The subgenus Hesperocrinia includes the type limbs and the mid-dorsal line. species Geocrinia (Hesperocrinia) leai (Fletcher, Anstis (2013) outlines various other differences 1898) as type species, Geocrinia (Hesperocrinia) between the tadpoles of both G. leai and G. brettbarnetti sp. nov. and Geocrinia (Hesperocrinia) brianbarnetti sp. nov. which she identifies as brianbarnetti sp. nov. all from south-west Australia. “southern” form of G. leai. The genus Wellingtondella gen. nov. includes W. Photos of G. leai can be found in Storr, Smith and rosea (Harrison, 1927) as type species, W. alba Johnstone (1994), plate 2, image 2, Cogger (2014) (Wardell-Johnson and Roberts, 1989), W. lutea on page 89 bottom and Anstis (2013) page 600 at top (Main, 1963) and W. vitellina (Wardell-Johnson and right. Roberts, 1989). G. brianbarnetti sp. nov. is depicted in Anstis (2013) All of Geocrinia, Hesperocrinia and Wellingtondella page 600 at top left, middle right and middle bottom. gen. nov. are separated from all other Australasian Colour images of all three species G. leai, G. frog species within the Myobatrachidae by the brettbarnetti sp. nov. and G. brianbarnetti sp. nov. in following unique suite of characters: life can be found online at: http://www.flickr.com by Tongue does not adhere to the floor of the mouth typing in the search string “Geocrinia leai”. posteriorly; tongue is small and/or narrowly oval; Frogs in the subgenus Hesperocrinia Wells and prevomer is much reduced or absent; vomerine teeth Wellington, 1985, herein treated as a complex of are present but tiny; maxillary teeth present. A large three species, two of which are formally named in this frontoparietal foramen is present in adults. Horizontal paper for the first time, are separated from other pupil; tympanum is indistinct or hidden; species in the nominate subgenus of Geocrinia and outer metatarsal tubercle if present is much smaller Wellingtondella gen. nov. by having toes with slight than the inner metatarsal tubercle. No dermal brood Hoser 2020 - Australasian Journal of Herpetology 50-51:1-128. Available online at www.herp.net Copyright- Kotabi Publishing - All rights reserved Australasian Journal of Herpetology 85

pouches; first finger is normal or if vestigial, there is and most prominent. While there is often a russet no dorsolateral skin fold; Terminal phlanges pointed sheen or semidistinct ill-defined russet or brown and not T-shaped; tips of fingers and toes lack markings on the dorsum, there are no obvious and distinct discs, being not, or very slightly dilated; belly well-defined orange blotches or spots on smooth skin smooth or slightly granular. on the sides of the back and/or upper flanks (as seen Distribution: G. brianbarnetti sp. nov. is restricted to in G. laevis laevis). The iris is yellow or yellowish. the region from Walpole eastwards along the The dorsum has an obvious greyish wash southern coast and nearby hinterland, east to Two throughout. People’s Bay of Western Australia, Australia (AKA G. laevis laevis by contrast has a smooth dorsum, or south-east coastal lineage according to Edwards sometimes has very few and widely scattered tiny 2007). tubercles at the rear of the dorsum. There are Etymology: The species G. brianbarnetti sp. nov. is obvious and well-defined medium to large orange named in honour of Brian Barnett of Sunshine, blotches or spots on smooth skin on the sides of the Victoria, Australia, who like (and often with) his son back and/or upper flanks (not seen in G. laevis Brett Barnett has devoted his life to furthering grampiansensis subsp. nov.). The iris is brown or herpetology in Australia, including through active brownish. The dorsum is not covered with numerous management of the Victorian Herpetological Society usually orange-tipped tubercles, those on the sides of in many roles over many decades. the back and upper flanks being largest and most Two other family members, Lani (former wife of Brian prominent as seen in G. laevis grampiansensis Barnett) and Tye (AKA Taipan), younger son of Brian subsp. nov.. There is no obvious greyish wash Barnett are also formally recognized herein for their throughout the upper surface of the dorsum as seen major contributions to herpetology and have in G. laevis grampiansensis subsp. nov.. previously had species formally named in their The underside of the chin in G. laevis laevis is mainly honour. white, versus heavily peppered greyish in G. laevis GEOCRINIA LAEVIS GRAMPIANSENSIS SUBSP. grampiansensis subsp. nov.. The belly of G. laevis NOV. grampiansensis subsp. nov. is also heavily peppered LSIDurn:lsid:zoobank.org:act:FEF2295D-DD04- throughout versus boldly marked with black and white 4A1E-A354-4D4F3D8FF3DB in G. laevis laevis. Holotype: A preserved male specimen at the Photos of G. laevis grampiansensis subsp. nov. in life National Museum of Victoria, Melvourne, Victoria, can be seen online at: Australia, specimen number D23575 collected from https://www.flickr.com/photos/88708273@N03/ Forest Lodge, Grampians, Victoria, Australia, 8743396751/ Latitude -37.17 S., Longitude 142.35 E. This and government-owned facility allows access to its https://www.flickr.com/photos/88708273@N03/ holdings. 8743399897 Paratypes: Fourteen preserved specimens at the and National Museum of Victoria, Melvourne, Victoria, https://www.flickr.com/photos/14807473@N08/ Australia, specimen numbers D23576, D23577, 3445319297/ D23578, D23579, D23580, D23581, D24314, and D68570, D68571, D68572, D72234, D72235, https://www.flickr.com/photos/88708273@N03/ D72236, D72237 all collected from The Grampians, 8744513418/ Victoria, Australia. A photo of the venter of this species can be seen Diagnosis: Until now, the G. laevis grampiansensis online at: subsp. nov. from the Grampians region of Victoria https://www.flickr.com/photos/whawha88/ has been treated as nominate G. laevis Günther, 13162642714/ 1864, with a type locality of Tasmania. Photos of G. laevis laevis in life can be seen in Anstis However both forms are morphologically divergent (2013) on page 595 at top and geographically separated (allopatric) and therefore warrant taxonomic separation. and online at: While they are probably separate species, the newly https://www.flickr.com/photos/126002448@N02/ named form is herein conservatively named as a 33642728361/ subspecies in the absence of a molecular basis to and separate the forms (as in no comparative molecular https://www.flickr.com/photos/126002448@N02/ study has been done). 33772084545/ G. laevis grampiansensis subsp. nov. is separated G. laevis laevis dorsal and ventral views can be seen from G. laevis by having a dorsum covered with in Cogger (2014) on page 88 in the bottom two numerous (usually orange-tipped) tubercles, those on images. the sides of the back and upper flanks being largest G. laevis (both subspecies) are separated from the Hoser 2020 - Australasian Journal of Herpetology 50-51:1-128. Available online at www.herp.net Copyright- Kotabi Publishing - All rights reserved 86 Australasian Journal of Herpetology morphologically similar species G. victoriana are present but tiny; maxillary teeth present. A large (Boulenger, 1888) (all three subspecies as defined in frontoparietal foramen is present in adults. Horizontal this paper), by having a mating call that is a cra-a-a- pupil; tympanum is indistinct or hidden; a-a-ack, cra-a-ack, cra-a-ack, cra-a-ack, etc, sound, outer metatarsal tubercle if present is much smaller versus cr-r-rack, cr-r-rack, cr-r-raxk, pip, pip, pip, pip- than the inner metatarsal tubercle. No dermal brood pip-pip-pip-pip-pip-pip. pouches; first finger is normal or if vestigial, there is G. laevis and G. victoriana constitute the entirety of no dorsolateral skin fold; Terminal phlanges pointed the (nominate) subgenus Geocrinia, within the genus and not T-shaped; tips of fingers and toes lack Geocrinia Blake, 1973. distinct discs, being not, or very slightly dilated; belly Frogs in the genus Geocrinia are separated from the smooth or slightly granular. species within the morphologically similar genus Distribution: G. laevis grampiansensis subsp. nov. Wellingtondella gen. nov. by having the inner finger is presently only known from the Grampians in and inner toe highly reduced, the latter being not western Victoria. Populations assigned to putative G. more than half the length of the second toe and the laevis from southern Victoria appear to be inner finger with at most a single very short phalanx. morphologically divergent from both the Grampians The nominate subgenus of Geocrinia is in turn and Tasmanian animals, but more similar to the separated from subgenus Hesperocrinia (the only Grampians taxon and may ultimately be referred to it. other subgenus within Geocrinia) by having toes Images of these frogs can be found in Anstis (2013) without terminal expansions of any sort and without on page 595 at bottom and page 596 (all four subarticular tubercles, or if present, extremely images). indistinct. It is likely that true G. laevis laevis is in fact confined Frogs within Wellingtondella gen. nov. are separated to Tasmania and immediately offshore islands. from Geocrinia (both subgenera) by having toes Etymology: G. laevis grampiansensis subsp. nov. is without any terminal expansions and without named with reference to the location it is known to subarticular tubercles, or if present, extremely occur, being the Grampians, a mountainous region, indistinct; inner finger and inner toe not reduced, the which is mainly a National Park, in south-western latter being about two thirds the length of the second Victoria, away from the southern coast. toe. GEOCRINIA VICTORIANA OTWAYSENSIS SUBSP. Geocrinia (both subgenera) are separated from NOV. Wellingtondella gen. nov. by having diphasic calls LSIDurn:lsid:zoobank.org:act:712D150E-DFEA- and terrestrial egg deposition with aquatic tadpoles. 4655-9AD8-900A5251B87D Wellingtondella gen. nov. in turn is separated from Holotype: A preserved female specimen at the Geocrinia (both subgenera) by having simpler pulsed National Museum of Victoria, Melvourne, Victoria, calls and terrestrial egg deposition with nonfeeding Australia, specimen number D47155 collected from tadpoles confined to a terrestrial nest (Roberts, 1993 Old Wonga Road, Otway Ranges, Victoria, Australia, and Roberts et al. 1990). Latitude -38.45 S., Longitude 143.53 E. This The subgenus Geocrinia includes the species G. government-owned facility allows access to its laevis (Günther, 1864) as type species, and G. holdings. victoriana (Boulenger, 1888), including a newly Paratype: A preserved female specimen at the named subspecies for the first species and two new National Museum of Victoria, Melvourne, Victoria, subspecies for the second. Australia, specimen number D43397 collected from The subgenus Hesperocrinia includes the type 10.5 km south-east of Irrewillipe, Victoria, Australia, species Geocrinia (Hesperocrinia) leai (Fletcher, Latitude -38.48 S., Longitude 143.5 E. 1898) as type species, Geocrinia (Hesperocrinia) Diagnosis: Until now, Geocrinia victoriana brettbarnetti sp. nov. and Geocrinia (Hesperocrinia) otwaysensis subsp. nov. from the Otway Ranges brianbarnetti sp. nov. all from south-west Australia. area of Victoria, has been treated as a divergent The genus Wellingtondella gen. nov. includes W. population of Geocrinia victoriana (Boulenger, 1888) rosea (Harrison, 1927) as type species, W. alba with a type locality of Warragul, south-east of (Wardell-Johnson and Roberts, 1989), W. lutea Melbourne, Victoria, Australia. Putative G. victoriana (Main, 1963) and W. vitellina (Wardell-Johnson and occurs across wetter parts of southern and eastern Roberts, 1989). Victoria, excluding alpine regions, with the distribution All of Geocrinia, Hesperocrinia and Wellingtondella becoming fragmented as one moves west of gen. nov. are separated from all other Australasian Melbourne, being generally confined to higher and frog species within the Myobatrachidae by the wetter areas. In East Gippsland, east of Bairnsdale, following unique suite of characters: Victoria, the subspecies G. victoriana logani subsp. Tongue does not adhere to the floor of the mouth nov. occurs in coastal and near coastal areas to the posteriorly; tongue is small and/or narrowly oval; New South Wales border and north along the coast prevomer is much reduced or absent; vomerine teeth to at least Eden, New South Wales. Hoser 2020 - Australasian Journal of Herpetology 50-51:1-128. Available online at www.herp.net Copyright- Kotabi Publishing - All rights reserved Australasian Journal of Herpetology 87

The population from the Otway Ranges is well-known and online at: to be morphologically divergent from others in https://www.flickr.com/photos/126002448@N02/ Victoria, including those in the Ballarat region, which 33489508005/ by distance is proximal to the Otways region, but Geocrinia victoriana victoriana in life from east of separated from it by a relatively flat region. While it Melbourne, Victoria, Australia is depicted online at: is most likely that full species-level recognition is https://www.flickr.com/photos/jono-dashper/ appropriate for this population, no comparative 44487345251/ molecular studies on populations of G. victoriana and across Victoria have been published and so in this https://www.flickr.com/photos/88708273@N03/ paper I have conservatively named the Otways 41643684182/ population and similarly divergent East Gippsland and population as new subspecies. The name Crinia froggatti Fletcher, 1891 applies to https://www.flickr.com/photos/23031163@N03/ specimens from Buninyong and Gong Gong, near 26275046344/ Ballarat in Victoria and so cannot be used for the G. victoriana logani subsp. nov. is depicted in life Otways population or that from east Gippsland. With online at: no available names, the Otways population is https://www.flickr.com/photos/68921296@N06/ formally named Geocrinia victoriana otwaysensis 13709439403/ subsp. nov. and the east Gippsland population is and named G. victoriana logani subsp. nov.. https://www.flickr.com/photos/58349528@N02/ Geocrinia victoriana otwaysensis subsp. nov. is 25483347914/ readily separated from all other Geocrinia victoriana and (herein identified as Geocrinia victoriana victoriana or https://www.flickr.com/photos/akashsherping/ G. victoriana logani subsp. nov.) by having numerous 13795350524/ expanded spots across the dorsum and flanks. The and condition of expanded spots is sometimes seen in https://www.flickr.com/photos/14807473@N08/ nominate Geocrinia victoriana victoriana (but not G. 5717539060/ victoriana logani subsp. nov.) but when this is the case, the expanded spots are either small (instead of G. laevis (both subspecies) are separated from the medium or large), or if large, there is only one or two morphologically similar species G. victoriana present, as opposed to many. (Boulenger, 1888) (all three subspecies as defined in this paper), by having a mating call that is a cra-a-a- From the dorsal view, pre-metamorphasing tadpoles a-a-ack, cra-a-ack, cra-a-ack, cra-a-ack, etc, sound, of G. victoriana victoriana and G. victoriana logani versus cr-r-rack, cr-r-rack, cr-r-raxk, pip, pip, pip, pip- subsp. nov. are a dark greyish-black in colour, versus pip-pip-pip-pip-pip-pip in G. victoriana. a strongly peppered light brown in G. victoriana otwaysensis subsp. nov.. G. laevis and G. victoriana constitute the entirety of G. victoriana logani subsp. nov. is similar in most the (nominate) subgenus Geocrinia, within the genus respects to G. victoriana victoriana as defined above, Geocrinia Blake, 1973. but is separated from that subspecies by the Frogs in the genus Geocrinia are separated from the following characters: no enlarged spots on the species within the morphologically similar genus dorsum; posession of a well defined dorsal pattern Wellingtondella gen. nov. by having the inner finger consisting of two, sometimes broken, dark brown and inner toe highly reduced, the latter being not stripes, sometimes formed by blotches and at other more than half the length of the second toe and the times as a continuous line, running from behind each inner finger with at most a single very short phalanx. eye, down the back to the posterior. The central The nominate subgenus of Geocrinia is in turn region between is a lighter brown. Upper flanks are separated from subgenus Hesperocrinia (the only light brown and lower flanks darker, but the other subgenus within Geocrinia) by having toes demarcation of each zone is not always well defined. without terminal expansions of any sort and without Venter is light. On the upper surfaces of both hind subarticular tubercles, or if present, extremely and fore-limbs, dark markings on a lighter indistinct. background are well-defined, which is not the case in Frogs within Wellingtondella gen. nov. are separated G. victoriana victoriana. The upper labial region and from Geocrinia (both subgenera) by having toes front of snout has numerous small darker markings without any terminal expansions and without on a lighter background, versus only a few large dark subarticular tubercles, or if present, extremely markings over a light background in G. victoriana indistinct; inner finger and inner toe not reduced, the victoriana. latter being about two thirds the length of the second G. victoriana otwaysensis subsp. nov. in life is toe. depicted in Anstis (2013) on page 610 (all photos) Geocrinia (both subgenera) are separated from

Wellingtondella gen. nov. by having diphasic calls 149.15 E. This government-owned facility allows and terrestrial egg deposition with aquatic tadpoles. access to its holdings. Wellingtondella gen. nov. in turn is separated from Paratypes: Four preserved specimens at the Geocrinia (both subgenera) by having simpler pulsed National Museum of Victoria, Melbourne, Victoria, calls and terrestrial egg deposition with nonfeeding Australia, specimen numbers D2196, D24201, tadpoles confined to a terrestrial nest (Roberts, 1993 D24245 and D24266 all from within 10 km of the type and Roberts et al. 1990). locality (Cann River, Victoria). The subgenus Geocrinia includes the species G. Diagnosis: Until now, G. victoriana logani subsp. laevis (Günther, 1864) as type species, and G. nov. from East Gippsland, Victoria (east of victoriana (Boulenger, 1888), including a newly Bairnsdale) and also found in nearby New South named subspecies for the first species and two new Wales on the far south coast, at least as far north as subspecies for the second. Eden in New South Wales, has been treated as a The subgenus Hesperocrinia includes the type divergent and disjunct population of Geocrinia species Geocrinia (Hesperocrinia) leai (Fletcher, victoriana (Boulenger, 1888) with a type locality of 1898) as type species, Geocrinia (Hesperocrinia) Warragul, south-east of Melbourne, Victoria, brettbarnetti sp. nov. and Geocrinia (Hesperocrinia) Australia. brianbarnetti sp. nov. all from south-west Australia. The population from the Otway Ranges is well-known The genus Wellingtondella gen. nov. includes W. to be morphologically divergent from others in rosea (Harrison, 1927) as type species, W. alba Victoria, including those in the Ballarat region, which (Wardell-Johnson and Roberts, 1989), W. lutea by distance is proximal to the Otways region, but (Main, 1963) and W. vitellina (Wardell-Johnson and separated from it by a relatively flat region. While it is Roberts, 1989). most likely that full species-level recognition is All of Geocrinia, Hesperocrinia and Wellingtondella appropriate for this population, no comparative gen. nov. are separated from all other Australasian molecular studies on populations of G. victoriana frog species within the Myobatrachidae by the across Victoria have been published and so in this following unique suite of characters: paper I have conservatively named the Otways Tongue does not adhere to the floor of the mouth population and similarly divergent East Gippsland posteriorly; tongue is small and/or narrowly oval; population as new subspecies. prevomer is much reduced or absent; vomerine teeth The name Crinia froggatti Fletcher, 1891 applies to are present but tiny; maxillary teeth present. A large specimens from Buninyong and Gong Gong, near frontoparietal foramen is present in adults. Horizontal Ballarat in Victoria and so cannot be used for the pupil; tympanum is indistinct or hidden; Otways population or that from east Gippsland. With outer metatarsal tubercle if present is much smaller no available names, the Otways population is than the inner metatarsal tubercle. No dermal brood formally named Geocrinia victoriana otwaysensis pouches; first finger is normal or if vestigial, there is subsp. nov. and the east Gippsland population is no dorsolateral skin fold; Terminal phlanges pointed named G. victoriana logani subsp. nov.. and not T-shaped; tips of fingers and toes lack Geocrinia victoriana otwaysensis subsp. nov. is distinct discs, being not, or very slightly dilated; belly readily separated from all other Geocrinia victoriana smooth or slightly granular. (herein identified as Geocrinia victoriana victoriana or G. victoriana logani subsp. nov.) by having numerous Distribution: Geocrinia victoriana otwaysensis expanded spots across the dorsum and flanks. The subsp. nov. appears to be a disjunct population condition of expanded spots is sometimes seen in restricted to the Otway Ranges area in coastal south- nominate Geocrinia victoriana victoriana (but not G. west Victoria, Australia. Populations found east of victoriana logani subsp. nov.) but when this is the Ararat, across the north of Melbourne and including case, the expanded spots are either small (instead of most of eastern Victoria and far south-east New medium or large), or if large, there is only one or two South Wales are of the nominate subspecies present, as opposed to many. Geocrinia victoriana Victoriana. From the dorsal view, pre-metamorphasing tadpoles Etymology: The subspecies Geocrinia victoriana of G. victoriana victoriana and G. victoriana logani otwaysensis subsp. nov. is named in recognition of subsp. nov. are a dark greyish-black in colour, versus where the population is found. a strongly peppered light brown in G. victoriana GEOCRINIA VICTORIANA LOGANI SUBSP. NOV. otwaysensis subsp. nov.. LSIDurn:lsid:zoobank.org:act:9BC9EF8B-74F0- G. victoriana logani subsp. nov. is similar in most 48A7-AF74-FD5980763FED respects to G. victoriana victoriana as defined above, Holotype: A preserved specimen at the National but is separated from that subspecies (and in turn G. Museum of Victoria, Melbourne, Victoria, Australia, victoriana otwaysensis subsp. nov.) by the following specimen number D24265 collected from Cann River, characters: no enlarged spots on the dorsum; Victoria, Australia, Latitude -37.57 S., Longitude posession of a well defined dorsal pattern consisting

of two, sometimes broken, dark brown stripes, inner finger with at most a single very short phalanx. sometimes formed by blotches and at other times as The nominate subgenus of Geocrinia is in turn a continuous line, running from behind each eye, separated from subgenus Hesperocrinia (the only down the back to the posterior. The central region other subgenus within Geocrinia) by having toes between is a lighter brown. Upper flanks are light without terminal expansions of any sort and without brown and lower flanks darker, but the demarcation subarticular tubercles, or if present, extremely of each zone is not always well defined. Venter is indistinct. light. On the upper surfaces of both hind and fore- Frogs within Wellingtondella gen. nov. are separated limbs, dark markings on a lighter background are from Geocrinia (both subgenera) by having toes well-defined, which is not the case in G. victoriana without any terminal expansions and without victoriana. The upper labial region and front of snout subarticular tubercles, or if present, extremely has numerous small darker markings on a lighter indistinct; inner finger and inner toe not reduced, the background, versus only a few large dark markings latter being about two thirds the length of the second over a light background in G. victoriana victoriana. toe. G. victoriana otwaysensis subsp. nov. in life is Geocrinia (both subgenera) are separated from depicted in Anstis (2013) on page 610 (all photos) Wellingtondella gen. nov. by having diphasic calls and online at: and terrestrial egg deposition with aquatic tadpoles. https://www.flickr.com/photos/126002448@N02/ Wellingtondella gen. nov. in turn is separated from 33489508005/ Geocrinia (both subgenera) by having simpler pulsed Geocrinia victoriana victoriana in life from east of calls and terrestrial egg deposition with nonfeeding Melbourne, Victoria, Australia is depicted online at: tadpoles confined to a terrestrial nest (Roberts, 1993 https://www.flickr.com/photos/jono-dashper/ and Roberts et al. 1990). 44487345251/ The subgenus Geocrinia includes the species G. and laevis (Günther, 1864) as type species, and G. https://www.flickr.com/photos/88708273@N03/ victoriana (Boulenger, 1888), including a newly 41643684182/ named subspecies for the first species and two new and subspecies for the second. https://www.flickr.com/photos/23031163@N03/ The subgenus Hesperocrinia includes the type 26275046344/ species Geocrinia (Hesperocrinia) leai (Fletcher, G. victoriana logani subsp. nov. is depicted in life 1898) as type species, Geocrinia (Hesperocrinia) online at: brettbarnetti sp. nov. and Geocrinia (Hesperocrinia) brianbarnetti sp. nov. all from south-west Australia. https://www.flickr.com/photos/68921296@N06/ 13709439403/ The genus Wellingtondella gen. nov. includes W. rosea (Harrison, 1927) as type species, W. alba and (Wardell-Johnson and Roberts, 1989), W. lutea https://www.flickr.com/photos/58349528@N02/ (Main, 1963) and W. vitellina (Wardell-Johnson and 25483347914/ Roberts, 1989). and All of Geocrinia, Hesperocrinia and Wellingtondella https://www.flickr.com/photos/akashsherping/ gen. nov. are separated from all other Australasian 13795350524/ frog species within the Myobatrachidae by the and following unique suite of characters: https://www.flickr.com/photos/14807473@N08/ Tongue does not adhere to the floor of the mouth 5717539060/ posteriorly; tongue is small and/or narrowly oval; G. laevis (both subspecies) are separated from the prevomer is much reduced or absent; vomerine teeth morphologically similar species G. victoriana are present but tiny; maxillary teeth present. A large (Boulenger, 1888) (all three subspecies as defined in frontoparietal foramen is present in adults. Horizontal this paper), by having a mating call that is a cra-a-a- pupil; tympanum is indistinct or hidden; a-a-ack, cra-a-ack, cra-a-ack, cra-a-ack, etc, sound, outer metatarsal tubercle if present is much smaller versus cr-r-rack, cr-r-rack, cr-r-raxk, pip, pip, pip, pip- than the inner metatarsal tubercle. No dermal brood pip-pip-pip-pip-pip-pip in G. victoriana. pouches; first finger is normal or if vestigial, there is G. laevis and G. victoriana constitute the entirety of no dorsolateral skin fold; Terminal phlanges pointed the (nominate) subgenus Geocrinia, within the genus and not T-shaped; tips of fingers and toes lack Geocrinia Blake, 1973. distinct discs, being not, or very slightly dilated; belly Frogs in the genus Geocrinia are separated from the smooth or slightly granular. species within the morphologically similar genus Distribution: G. victoriana logani subsp. nov. is Wellingtondella gen. nov. by having the inner finger found in East Gippsland, Victoria commencing east and inner toe highly reduced, the latter being not of Bairnsdale and also found in nearby New South more than half the length of the second toe and the Wales on the far south coast, at least as far north as Hoser 2020 - Australasian Journal of Herpetology 50-51:1-128. Available online at www.herp.net Copyright- Kotabi Publishing - All rights reserved 90 Australasian Journal of Herpetology

Eden in New South Wales. coast, the most northern museum voucher specimen Etymology: The subspecies G. victoriana logani being 20 km north of Coffs Harbour Latitude -30.083 subsp. nov. is named in honour of Clinton Logan of S., Longitude 153.200 E. Genoa, Victoria, in recognition of his services to Where each species occurs they are usually herpetology over many years (with grateful thanks to abundant and easily found by collectors, either during his wife, Debbie), including assisting with relevant or after rain. fieldwork and studies on this subspecies and other Paracrinia lenhoseri sp. nov., P. funki sp. nov. and P. frogs in the same region over many years, both by haswelli are readily separated from one another as myself and other respected Victorian (Australia) follows: herpetologists, including in particular Rob Valentic. P. lenhoseri sp. nov. is the only species of the trio to PARACRINIA LENHOSERI SP. NOV. have numerous well defined large tubercles scattered LSIDurn:lsid:zoobank.org:act:641431A9-EE8A- across the dorsum that have distinctive salmon 45E5-B458-BD50C01489FE tipped tubercles, at least sometimes surrounded by Holotype: A preserved specimen at the National black. Museum of Victoria, Melbourne, Victoria, Australia, P. lenhoseri sp. nov. is further separated from the specimen number D22285, collected 1.6 km North- other two species by well defined and prominent east of Bittern, Victoria, Australia, Latitude -38.3 S., large salmon coloured blotches or markings on the Longitude 145.18 E. This government-owned facility upper surfaces of the hind limbs. allows access to its holdings. Both P. lenhoseri sp. nov. and P. haswelli have well Paratypes: Nine preserved specimens at the defined black marks of some form on the back, National Museum of Victoria, Melbourne, Victoria, versus ill defined in P. funki sp. nov.. Australia, specimen numbers D22286- D22293, P. funki sp. nov. is separated from both P. lenhoseri D44333-D44334 all collected 1.6 km North-east of sp. nov. and P. haswelli by having a Bittern, Victoria, Australia, Latitude -38.3 S., premetamorphasing tadpole that lacks prominent Longitude 145.18 E. black blotches on the muscle of the tail as seen in Diagnosis: Until now, both Paracrinia lenhoseri sp. the other two species. nov. and P. funki sp. nov. have been treated as P. funki sp. nov. has a dark snout tip, versus light in populations of P. haswelli (Fletcher, 1894), with a both P. lenhoseri sp. nov. and P. haswelli. type locality of Jervis Bay in New South Wales, In case it was missed in the above, P. haswelli is Australia. Numerous field surveys by myself across separated from the other two species by the unique the entire known range of putative P. haswelli from combination of not having numerous well defined south-east of Melbourne, along the southern large tubercles scattered across the dorsum that Victorian coastline, into southern New South Wales have distinctive salmon tipped tubercles, at least and along the coast to the mid north coast of New sometimes surrounded by black; a light snout tip; a South Wales, including inspection of many hundreds premetamorphasing tadpole that has prominent black of live specimens of all sex and age as well as blotches on the muscle of the tail. tadpoles at various stages of development has P. haswelli in life is depicted in Anstis (2013) on page confirmed that apparently allopatric populations are 626 in all images, Cogger 2014 on page 100 at divergent and in need of species-level recognition. bottom, and online at: The type form appears to be found from about https://www.flickr.com/photos/shaneblackfnq/ Ourimbah on the New South Wales Central coast, 18226091658/ Latitude 33.2154 S., Longitude 151.225 E., being and about 78 km north of the Sydney Central Business https://www.flickr.com/photos/shaneblackfnq/ District, south along the NSW coast to the Corunna 16391846764/ State Forest on the New South Wales South Coast, Latitude -36.2799 S., Longitude 150.1261 E. and https://www.flickr.com/photos/14807473@N08/ P. lenhoseri sp. nov. is found from about Kiah in the 3557615613/ Bega Valley of far southern New South Wales, and Latitude -37.15 S., Longitude 149.85 E., across https://www.flickr.com/photos/126237772@N07/ southern Victoria to the lower Mornington Peninsula, 19747508771/ Latitude -38.3 S., Longitude 145.18 E., south-east of Melbourne, Australia. and P. funki sp. nov. occurs north of Newcastle New https://www.flickr.com/photos/shaneblackfnq/ South Wales (NSW), along the NSW North coast at 17014263685/ least as far north as Nabiac, New South Wales, P. lenhoseri sp. nov. is seen in life in images online Latitude -32.1235 S., Longitude 152.3987 E., with at: further unconfirmed reports and isolated specimens https://www.flickr.com/photos/126002448@N02/ found further north on the New South Wales north 24670657915/ Hoser 2020 - Australasian Journal of Herpetology 50-51:1-128. Available online at www.herp.net Copyright- Kotabi Publishing - All rights reserved Australasian Journal of Herpetology 91

and before retiring back to the United Kingdom in his final https://www.flickr.com/photos/127392361@N04/ years, in recognition of his countless contributions to 31472328583/ herpetology over a period spanning more than 3 and decades. https://www.flickr.com/photos/88708273@N03/ PARACRINIA FUNKI SP. NOV. 13708519635/ LSIDurn:lsid:zoobank.org:act:2ECE1824-846D- P. funki sp. nov. is depicted in life online at: 46DF-B941-530B746E24FE https://www.flickr.com/photos/14807473@N08/ Holotype: A preserved specimen at the Australian 3914787034/ Museum in Sydney, New South Wales, Australia, and specimen number R.184425 collected 3.5 km along the Old Aerodrome Road, Nabiac, New South Wales, https://www.flickr.com/photos/88708273@N03/ Australia, Latitude -32.1235 S., Longitude152.3987 9966826943/ E. This government-owned facility allows access to The three preceding species, forming the entirety of its holdings. the genus Paracrinia Heyer and Liem, 1976 are Paratypes: 1/ Four preserved specimens at the readily separated from all other Myobatrachidae frogs Australian Museum in Sydney, New South Wales, by the following unique suite of characters: Australia, specimen numbers R.184426, R.184427, Average adult size 35 mm in length. Maxillary teeth R.184428 and R.184438 all collected 3.5 km along present. A large frontoparietal foramen in adults. the Old Aerodrome Road, Nabiac, New South Wales, Vomerine teeth are present, although stated as Australia, Latitude -32.1235 S., Longitude152.3987 absent in the original genus description of Paracrinia. E. 2/ Three preserved specimens at the Australian They are in two short rows behind the level of the Museum in Sydney, New South Wales, Australia, choanae. Iris golden brown. Head as long as broad specimen numbers R.158044, R.158057 and and slightly depressed; snout somewhat pointed. R.158061 all collected 1 km north north-west of Big Tongue is small, narrow, oval and free at the rear. Gibber Headland, Myall Lakes National Park, New Pupil horizontal. Indistinct tympanum. Toes fringed South Wales, Australia, Latitude -32.4814 S., and without webbing. Phlanges simple, tips of fingers Longitude 152.4055 E. not or only slightly dilated. Terminal phlanges are Diagnosis: Until now, both Paracrinia funki sp. nov. pointed and not T-shaped. No dermal brood and P. lenhoseri sp. nov. have been treated as pouches. Paratoid glands and flank glands either populations of P. haswelli (Fletcher, 1894), with a absent or not visible externally. Belly slightly granular. type locality of Jervis Bay in New South Wales, Dorsal skin smooth or with tubercles, the amount and Australia. Numerous field surveys by myself across size of tubercles varying depending on species, the entire known range of putative P. haswelli from locality and individual frog. south-east of Melbourne, along the southern Dorsal colouration beige to brown above, often with a Victorian coastline, into southern New South Wales strong grey tinge, with irregular darker flecks and and along the coast to the mid north coast of New often with a faint, broad darker band along the middle South Wales, including inspection of many hundreds of the back, that commences between or behind the of live specimens of all sex and age as well as eyes. Some specimens have a narrow pale vertebral tadpoles at various stages of development has stripe, most prominent on the posterior half of the confirmed that apparently allopatric populations are body. There is a black band from the nostril to the divergent and in need of species-level recognition. eye, below the supratympanic ridge to the flanks. The type form appears to be found from about Venter is pale brown with paler spots. There is a Ourimbah on the New South Wales Central coast, bright orange-red patch on the base of each arm, Latitude 33.2154 S., Longitude 151.225 E., being groins and hindside of the thighs (modified from about 78 km north of the Sydney Central Business Cogger 2014). District, south along the NSW coast to the Corunna Tadpoles of both P. haswelli and P. funki sp. nov. are State Forest on the New South Wales South Coast, depicted on pages 627 and 628 of Anstis (2013). Latitude -36.2799 S., Longitude 150.1261 E. Distribution: P. lenhoseri sp. nov. is found from P. lenhoseri sp. nov. is found from about Kiah in the about Kiah in the Bega Valley of far southern New Bega Valley of far southern New South Wales, South Wales, Latitude -37.15 S., Longitude 149.85 Latitude -37.15 S., Longitude 149.85 E., across E., across southern Victoria to the lower Mornington southern Victoria to the lower Mornington Peninsula, Peninsula, Latitude -38.3 S., Longitude 145.18 E., Latitude -38.3 S., Longitude 145.18 E., south-east of south-east of Melbourne, Australia, generally south Melbourne, Australia. or east of the summit of the Great Dividing Range. P. funki sp. nov. occurs north of Newcastle New Etymology: P. lenhoseri sp. nov. is named in honour South Wales, along the NSW North coast at least as of my late father, Leonard (Len) Donald Hoser, born far north as Nabiac, New South Wales, Latitude - in the UK, who spent over 30 years in Australia 32.1235 S., Longitude 152.3987 E., with further Hoser 2020 - Australasian Journal of Herpetology 50-51:1-128. Available online at www.herp.net Copyright- Kotabi Publishing - All rights reserved 92 Australasian Journal of Herpetology unconfirmed reports and isolated specimens found 24670657915/ further north on the New South Wales north coast, and the most northern Australian museum voucher https://www.flickr.com/photos/127392361@N04/ specimen being 20 km north of Coffs Harbour 31472328583/ Latitude -30.083 S., Longitude 153.200 E. and Where each species occurs they are usually https://www.flickr.com/photos/88708273@N03/ abundant and easily found by collectors. 13708519635/ Paracrinia lenhoseri sp. nov., P. funki sp. nov. and P. P. funki sp. nov. is depicted in life online at: haswelli are readily separated from one another as https://www.flickr.com/photos/14807473@N08/ follows: 3914787034/ P. lenhoseri sp. nov. is the only species of the trio to and have numerous well defined large tubercles scattered across the dorsum that have distinctive salmon https://www.flickr.com/photos/88708273@N03/ tipped tubercles, at least sometimes surrounded by 9966826943/ black. The three preceding species, forming the entirety of P. lenhoseri sp. nov. is further separated from the the genus Paracrinia Heyer and Liem, 1976 are other two species by well defined and prominent readily separated from all other Myobatrachidae frogs large salmon coloured blotches or markings on the by the following unique suite of characters: upper surfaces of the hind limbs. Average adult size 35 mm in length. Maxillary teeth Both P. lenhoseri sp. nov. and P. haswelli have well present. A large frontoparietal foramen in adults. defined black marks of some form on the back, Vomerine teeth are present, although stated as versus ill defined in P. funki sp. nov.. absent in the original genus description of Paracrinia. They are in two short rows behind the level of the P. funki sp. nov. is separated from both P. lenhoseri choanae. Iris golden brown. Head as long as broad sp. nov. and P. haswelli by having a and slightly depressed; snout somewhat pointed. premetamorphasing tadpole that lacks prominent Tongue is small, narrow, oval and free at the rear. black blotches on the muscle of the tail as seen in Pupil horizontal. Indistinct tympanum. Toes fringed the other two species. and without webbing. Phlanges simple, tips of fingers P. funki sp. nov. has a dark snout tip, versus light in not or only slightly dilated. Terminal phlanges are both P. lenhoseri sp. nov. and P. haswelli. pointed and not T-shaped. No dermal brood In case it was missed in the above, P. haswelli is pouches. Paratoid glands and flank glands either separated from the other two species by the unique absent or not visible externally. Belly slightly granular. combination of not having numerous well defined Dorsal skin smooth or with tubercles, the amount and large tubercles scattered across the dorsum that size of tubercles varying depending on species, have distinctive salmon tipped tubercles, at least locality and individual frog. sometimes surrounded by black; a light snout tip; a Dorsal colouration beige to brown above, often with a premetamorphasing tadpole that has prominent black strong grey tinge, with irregular darker flecks and blotches on the muscle of the tail. often with a faint, broad darker band along the middle P. haswelli in life is depicted in Anstis (2013) on page of the back, that commences between or behind the 626 in all images, Cogger 2014 on page 100 at eyes. Some specimens have a narrow pale vertebral bottom, and online at: stripe, most prominent on the posterior half of the https://www.flickr.com/photos/shaneblackfnq/ body. There is a black band from the nostril to the 18226091658/ eye, below the supratympanic ridge to the flanks. and Venter is pale brown with paler spots. There is a https://www.flickr.com/photos/shaneblackfnq/ bright orange-red patch on the base of each arm, 16391846764/ groins and hindside of the thighs (modified from and Cogger 2014). https://www.flickr.com/photos/14807473@N08/ Tadpoles of both P. haswelli and P. funki sp. nov. are 3557615613/ depicted on pages 627 and 628 of Anstis (2013). and Distribution: P. funki sp. nov. occurs north of https://www.flickr.com/photos/126237772@N07/ Newcastle New South Wales (NSW), along the NSW 19747508771/ North coast at least as far north as Nabiac, New and South Wales, Latitude -32.1235 S., Longitude https://www.flickr.com/photos/shaneblackfnq/ 152.3987 E., with further unconfirmed reports and 17014263685/ isolated specimens found further north on the New P. lenhoseri sp. nov. is seen in life in images online South Wales north coast, the most northern at: Australian museum voucher specimen being 20 km https://www.flickr.com/photos/126002448@N02/ north of Coffs Harbour Latitude -30.083 S., Longitude

153.200 E. logical step to take when I was reviewing the Etymology: P. funki sp. nov. is named in honour of taxonomy of the group and hence this formal Dr. Richard Funk of Mesa, Arizona, USA, previously description. of Florida, USA, in recognition of a lifetime’s services The three species are readily separated as follows: and contributions to herpetology and wildlife Metacrinia nichollsi is readily separated from both conservation in general, in particular with regard to other species by the presence of numerous closely- veterinary medicine and procedures. spaced large blunt, irregularly shaped tubercles on METACRINIA BETTYSWILEAE SP. NOV. the middle and lower flanks. By contrast both other LSIDurn:lsid:zoobank.org:act:CC305EAA-911A- two species have relatively smooth skin on the mid 4A20-AF1B-CEA50A62B3B4 and lower flanks with widely spaced small pointed Holotype: A preserved 18 mm (snout-vent length / tubercles that are mainly light tipped and encircled by body length) adult specimen at the Western dark in M. bettyswileae sp. nov. and mainly not light Australian Museum, Perth, Western Australia, tipped and encircled by dark in M. Australia, specimen number R123330 collected from wilhelminahughesae sp. nov.. Mount Shadforth, Western Australia, Australia, While all three species have a dorsum covered with Latitude -34.9678 S., Longitude 117.2797 E. This large blunt tubercles, bumps and welts, those which government-owned facility allows access to its form folds in a linear arrangement are either absent holdings. or very limited in M. nichollsi and M. Paratype: A preserved specimen at the Western wilhelminahughesae sp. nov. but prominent in M. Australian Museum, Perth, Western Australia, bettyswileae sp. nov.. Australia, specimen number R123331 collected from The dorsum of both M. nichollsi and M. bettyswileae Mount Shadforth, Western Australia, Australia, sp. nov. is generally dark grey or brown, often heavily Latitude -34.9678 S., Longitude 117.2797 E. overlain with red, brown or orange, wheras the Diagnosis: The until now monotypic genus dorsum of M. wilhelminahughesae sp. nov. is usually Metacrinia Parker, 1940, with the type species distinctly lighter in colour, being mainly beige, light Pseudophryne nichollsi Harrison, 1927 known only brown or a light brownish grey. from south-west Western Australia, is split into three M. nichollsi commonly has an obvious small to species, each being morphologically and genetically medium tympanum, usually of irregular diamond divergent. shape, although specimens without an obvious Three genetically divergent populations in south-west tympanum are also common. In both M. bettyswileae Australia were identified by Edwards (2007). sp. nov. and M. wilhelminahughesae sp. nov. Only the western, population, identified by her as the absence of a (visible) tympanum appears to be the main population, has an available name, being type usual state. form for the species Metacrinia nichollsi (Harrison, Metacrinia nichollsi in life is depicted in Anstis (2013) 1927), with a type locality of Pemberton, Western on page 617 at top right and middle right and online Australia. See Fig. 4.2 on page 101 of Edwards at: (2007), for exact distributions of each species as https://www.flickr.com/photos/fins72/38930714251/ identified herein. and A second population from the south coast from https://www.flickr.com/photos/fins72/27153941029/ Walpole in the west to Albany in the east in southern M. bettyswileae sp. nov. is depicted in life in Anstis Western Australia, identified by Edwards (2007) as (2013) on page 617 at top left and online at: the “Southcoastal Lineage” is formally named as a https://www.flickr.com/photos/euprepiosaur/ new species, M. bettyswileae sp. nov. as is another 30766600206/ outlier population confined to the Stirling Range and National Park north-east of this area, identified by Edwards (2007) as the “Stirling Range Lineage”, https://www.flickr.com/photos/wacrakey/ formally named herein as M. wilhelminahughesae sp. 27485527484/ nov.. and Edwards (2007) gave various time date estimates for https://www.flickr.com/photos/23031163@N03/ the divergences of each population, but at page 108 29903436420/ estimated the populations of the three clades (named and herein as species) diverged from one another 2.6 to https://www.flickr.com/photos/23031163@N03/ 3.4 million years before present. While recognizing 29934015530/ each as distinct lineages, she did not formally name and any. https://www.flickr.com/photos/wacrakey/ Morphological and genetic divergence of each 30573912057/ lineage, made species level recognition the only and

Hoser 2020 - Australasian Journal of Herpetology 50-51:1-128. Available online at www.herp.net Copyright- Kotabi Publishing - All rights reserved 94 Australasian Journal of Herpetology https://www.flickr.com/photos/wacrakey/ from south-west Western Australia, is split into three 28099931805/ species, each being morphologically and genetically and divergent. https://www.flickr.com/photos/wacrakey/ Three genetically divergent populations in south-west 43698034250/ Australia were identified by Edwards (2007). and Only the western, population, identified by her as the https://www.inaturalist.org/observations/53473984 main population, has an available name, being type form for the species Metacrinia nichollsi (Harrison, and 1927), with a type locality of Pemberton, Western https://www.inaturalist.org/observations/41152903 Australia. See Fig. 4.2 on page 101 of Edwards and (2007), for exact distributions of each species as https://www.inaturalist.org/observations/43023607 identified herein. The three preceding species within the genus A second population from the south coast from Metacrinia Parker, 1940, constituting the entirety of Walpole in the west to Albany in the east in southern the genus are readily separated from all other Western Australia, identified by Edwards (2007) as Australasian Myobatrachidae frogs by the following the “Southcoastal Lineage” is formally named as a unique suite of characters: A small stubby toad-like new species, M. bettyswileae sp. nov. as is another froglet whose hindlimb when adpressed reaches well outlier population confined to the Stirling Range beyond the tympanum. A large frontoparietal foramen National Park north-east of this area, identified by in adults. Pupil horizontal. Tympanum may be Edwards (2007) as the “Stirling Range Lineage”, present or absent. Tongue small and narrowly oval; formally named herein as M. wilhelminahughesae sp. prevomer much reduced or absent; tongue does not nov.. adhere to the floor of the mouth at the rear; outer Edwards (2007) gave various time date estimates for metatarsal tubercle if present is much smaller than the divergences of each population, but at page 108 the inner metatarsal tubercle. No maxillary teeth; no estimated the populations of the three clades (named terminal discs on fingers or toes; belly granular. A herein as species) diverged from one another 2.6 to fold of skin extends back from each eyelid. There is a 3.4 million years before present. While recognizing bright orange, yellow or red glanular spot at the base each as distinct lineages, she did not formally name of each forelimb. Similar spotting is in front of the any. thighs and the hind limbs. Males often have darker Morphological and genetic divergence of each throats (adapted from Cogger 2014). lineage, made species level recognition the only Distribution: M. bettyswileae sp. nov. is confined to logical step to take when I was reviewing the the south coast of south-western Australia from taxonomy of the group and hence this formal Walpole in the west to Albany in the east in Western description. Australia, Australia. The three species are readily separated as follows: Etymology: M. bettyswileae sp. nov. is named in Metacrinia nichollsi is readily separated from both honour of Betty Swile of Sunnyside, Athlone, Cape other species by the presence of numerous closely- Town, South Africa for services to primate welfare. spaced large blunt, irregularly shaped tubercles on METACRINIA WILHELMINAHUGHESAE SP. NOV. the middle and lower flanks. By contrast both other LSIDurn:lsid:zoobank.org:act:FB6FD8A6-6AA1- two species have relatively smooth skin on the mid 49F5-97CE-9910AE10F8DD and lower flanks with widely spaced small pointed Holotype: A preserved specimen at the Western tubercles that are mainly light tipped and encircled by Australian Museum, Perth, Western Australia, dark in M. bettyswileae sp. nov. and mainly not light Australia, specimen number R141980, collected from tipped and encircled by dark in M. Bluff Knoll, Stirling Range National Park, Western wilhelminahughesae sp. nov.. Australia, Australia, Latitude -34.3747 S., Longitude While all three species have a dorsum covered with 118.2381 E. This government-owned facility allows large blunt tubercles, bumps and welts, those which access to its holdings. form folds in a linear arrangement are either absent Paratypes: Ten preserved specimens at the Western or very limited in M. nichollsi and M. Australian Museum, Perth, Western Australia, wilhelminahughesae sp. nov. but prominent in M. Australia, specimen numbers R141981, R141982, bettyswileae sp. nov.. R141983, R141984, R141985, R141986, R36436, The dorsum of both M. nichollsi and M. bettyswileae R38696, R47774, R47775 all collected from the sp. nov. is generally dark grey or brown, often heavily Stirling Range National Park, Western Australia, overlain with red, brown or orange, wheras the Australia. dorsum of M. wilhelminahughesae sp. nov. is usually Diagnosis: The until now monotypic genus distinctly lighter in colour, being mainly beige, light Metacrinia Parker, 1940, with the type species brown or a light brownish grey. Pseudophryne nichollsi Harrison, 1927 known only M. nichollsi commonly has an obvious small to Hoser 2020 - Australasian Journal of Herpetology 50-51:1-128. Available online at www.herp.net Copyright- Kotabi Publishing - All rights reserved Australasian Journal of Herpetology 95

medium tympanum, usually of irregular diamond of each forelimb. Similar spotting is in front of the shape, although specimens without an obvious thighs and the hind limbs. Males often have darker tympanum are also common. In both M. bettyswileae throats (adapted from Cogger 2014). sp. nov. and M. wilhelminahughesae sp. nov. Distribution: M. wilhelminahughesae sp. nov. is absence of a (visible) tympanum appears to be the confined to the Stirling Range National Park of usual state. southern Western Australia, Australia, away from the Metacrinia nichollsi in life is depicted in Anstis (2013) south coastal strip. on page 617 at top right and middle right and online Etymology: M. wilhelminahughesae sp. nov. is at: named in honour of Wilhelmina Hughes (AKA https://www.flickr.com/photos/fins72/38930714251/ Winnie) of Silverton, Cape Town, South Africa for and services to primate welfare. https://www.flickr.com/photos/fins72/27153941029/ A NEW SUBGENUS WITHIN UPEROLEIA GRAY, M. bettyswileae sp. nov. is depicted in life in Anstis 1841. (2013) on page 617 at top left and online at: QUASIUPEROLEIA SUBGEN. NOV. https://www.flickr.com/photos/euprepiosaur/ LSIDurn:lsid:zoobank.org:act:323B9966-627C- 30766600206/ 452C-9147-48BC020DADEA and Type species: Pseudophryne mjobergii Andersson, https://www.flickr.com/photos/wacrakey/ 1913. 27485527484/ Diagnosis: The genus Uperoleia Gray, 1841, as and defined by Cogger (2014), has been an established https://www.flickr.com/photos/23031163@N03/ genus-level concept for decades as seen by an 29903436420/ essentially identical concept by Cogger et al. (1983). and Since 1983, only Wells and Wellington (1985) have provided a dissenting position, breaking up the genus https://www.flickr.com/photos/23031163@N03/ as accepted, three ways, splitting off two of the more 29934015530/ morphologically divergent groups. and A molecular phylogeny for the genus as recognized https://www.flickr.com/photos/wacrakey/ by Cogger et al. (1983) and all other authors since, 30573912057/ excluding Wells and Wellington was produced by and Catullo and Keogh (2014). It showed the species https://www.flickr.com/photos/wacrakey/ within the putative genus Hosmeria Wells and 28099931805/ Wellington, 1985, type species Uperoleia marmorata and laevigata Keferstein, 1867, to have diverged from https://www.flickr.com/photos/wacrakey/ other species within putative Uperoleia about 17 MYA 43698034250/ (see Fig. 5 on page 114). On this basis, the eastern and Australian clade is herein recognized as a genus separate from Uperoleia, comprising the species H. https://www.inaturalist.org/observations/53473984 laevigata (Keferstein, 1867), H. fusca (Davies, and McDonald and Corben, 1986), H. martini (Davies and https://www.inaturalist.org/observations/41152903 Littlejohn, 1986), H. shuddafakup sp. nov. and H. and tyleri (Davies and Littlejohn, 1986). https://www.inaturalist.org/observations/43023607 The genus name Prohartia Wells and Wellington, The three preceding species within the genus 1985, type species: Pseudophryne fimbrianus Parker, Metacrinia Parker, 1940, constituting the entirety of 1926 is herein accepted as a valid subgenus within the genus are readily separated from all other Uperoleia on the basis of the molecular results of Australasian Myobatrachidae frogs by the following Catullo and Keogh (2014). This showed a divergence unique suite of characters: A small stubby toad-like of just under 10 MYA from the nominate group of froglet whose hindlimb when adpressed reaches well species within the genus, Uperoleia Gray, 1841, type beyond the tympanum. A large frontoparietal foramen species U. marmorata Gray, 1841 by monotypy. in adults. Pupil horizontal. Tympanum may be The genus name Glauertia Loveridge, 1933, type present or absent. Tongue small and narrowly oval; species Glauertia russelli Loveridge 1933 by prevomer much reduced or absent; tongue does not monotypy is closely related to U. marmorata and is adhere to the floor of the mouth at the rear; outer therefore treated as a synonym of Uperoleia. metatarsal tubercle if present is much smaller than Catullo and Keogh (2014) found a divergence the inner metatarsal tubercle. No maxillary teeth; no between relevant species being less than 8 MYA. terminal discs on fingers or toes; belly granular. A Two species within putative Uperoleia were shown by fold of skin extends back from each eyelid. There is a Catullo and Keogh (2014), to be closely related to bright orange, yellow or red glanular spot at the base Hoser 2020 - Australasian Journal of Herpetology 50-51:1-128. Available online at www.herp.net Copyright- Kotabi Publishing - All rights reserved 96 Australasian Journal of Herpetology one another and yet 11 MYA divergent from all other HOSMERIA SHUDDAFAKUP SP. NOV. species in the genus Uperoleia. Pseudophryne LSIDurn:lsid:zoobank.org:act:4C51C2B3-1C94- mjobergii Andersson, 1913 and the closely related U. 47D6-9A52-1EA06A8A0087 micromeles Tyler, Davies and Martin, 1981 form the Holotype: A preserved male specimen at the entirety of the subgenus Quasiuperoleia subgen. nov. Queensland Museum, Brisbane, Queensland, These two species are readily separated from all Australia, specimen number J86589 collected from other species in the genus Uperoleia Gray, 1841, Thanes Creek, Durikai State Forest, west of including subgenus Prohartia Wells and Wellington, Warwick, Queensland, Australia, Latitude -28.2881 1985, as well as species in the genus Hosmeria S., Longitude 151.6964 E. This government-owned Wells and Wellington, 1985, by the following suite of facility allows access to its holdings. characters: Adults about 25 mm, body length; toes Paratype: A preserved female specimen at the fringed with basal webbing; internarial distance Queensland Museum, Brisbane, Queensland, greater than eye-naris distance; skin moderately to Australia, specimen number J86606 collected from very warty above; very prominent parotoid glands Thanes Creek, Durikai State Forest, west of and one or other of: 1/ A few maxillary teeth present Warwick, Queensland, Australia, Latitude -28.2881 (U. micromeles), or 2/ Maxillary teeth present in a S., Longitude 151.6964 E. series and the presence of a distinctive tubercle or Diagnosis: Until now, Hosmeria shuddafakup sp. flap on the heel (U. mjobergi). nov. has been treated as a Queensland, or northern Frogs in the genera Uperoleia Gray, 1841 and population of H. laevigata (Keferstein, 1867), with a Hosmeria Wells and Wellington, 1985, are separated type locality of Randwick (Sydney), New South from all other Myobatrachidae frogs by the following Wales. suite of characters: The genetic study of Clulow et al. (2016) indicated Tongue is small oval and free at the rear; prominent that the northern population of putative “Uperoleia parotoid glands; bright red or orange spots in the laevigata” had species-level divergence from the type groin and back of the knee; there is often a pale, population from further south. Morphological white, yellow or brown patch on the upper arm before evidence confirms this contention and so that taxon it joins the body; maxillary teeth may be present or is named as a new species herein. absent; frontparietal foramen may be present or The two species are separated from one another as absent; prevomer is much reduced or absent; follows: vomerine teeth are small or absent; pupil rhomboidal; tympanum is hidden; terminal phlanges are simple H. laevigata has a dorsum covered with numerous and tips of digits not dilated; inner and outer tightly spaced, small, but prominent orange tipped metatarsal tubercles are more or less equally tubercles that are pointed, but of somewhat irregular developed. shape and in prominent rows on the upper surfaces of the hind legs. The background colour of the upper Distribution: Uperoleia Gray, 1841 is found in most flanks are of a similar greyish brown to the dorsum. parts of continental Australia, with one species The oversized parotoid glands on the back of the known to extend to southern New Guinea near Cape head are more-or-less diamond-shaped but with York, Queensland. rounded edges. Quasiuperoleia subgen. nov. is found in the Pilbara H. shuddafakup sp. nov. has tubercles on the region of Western Australia, to the southern edge of dorsum, but these are moderately, as opposed to the Kimberley bioregion, extending across the tightly-spaced and whereas most if not all are northern Arid zone into the mid-central region of the orange-tipped in H. laevigata, this is not the case for Northern Territory, Australia. H. shuddafakup sp. nov., where some, but not most Both described species are closely related. are orange-tipped. The orange tipped tubercles do Catullo and Keogh (2014) estimated a divergence of not strongly contrast with the greyish or brown 1.22 MYA between both species, based on samples dorsum in H. shuddafakup sp. nov., which is the case from across the ranges of both taxa. for H. laeviagata. There is a fairly obvious Etymology: Quasi- means, “apparently but not demarcation between the darker dorsum and the really”, “seemingly”, or “being partly or almost”, with lighter surface of the upper flank in H. shuddafakup reference to the fact that the said species are almost sp. nov. again in contrast to the state in H. Uperoleia. laeviagata. Content: Uperoleia (Quasiuperoleia) mjobergii The oversized parotoid glands on the back of the (Andersson, 1913) (type species); U. head are more-or-less oval-shaped. (Quasiuperoleia) micromeles Tyler, Davies and Adult male H. laevigata has a generally blackish Martin, 1981. under throat region, versus whitish, but heavily peppered or marbled with black in H. shuddafakup sp. nov.

Images of H. shuddafakup sp. nov. in life can be Distribution: H. shuddafakup sp. nov. occurs in found in Vanderduys (2012) on page 172 at bottom south-east Queensland, north of the ranges on the and online at: NSW, Queensland border, extending at least as far https://www.flickr.com/photos/smacdonald/ north as the Blackdown Tableland National Park. 3201846955/ The distributional limits of H. laevigata is not known, and but believed to include most of New South Wales https://www.flickr.com/photos/rocknvole/6256767734/ east of the flat regions to the west of that state, Images of H. laevigata in life can be found on page extending into far north-east Victoria. 87 of Tyler (1992), on page 125 of Cogger (2014), Etymology: In mid 2019, I was camping in Paul bottom left, Anstis (2013) on page 724 (all images) Woolf’s borrowed car (see etymology for Bufonella and online at: woolfi sp. nov.) by a swamp with a Gidhabal elder of https://www.flickr.com/photos/shaneblackfnq/ the local Aboriginal tribe from Warwick in south-east 15152188723/i Queensland, when a frog next to our parked car and made a penetrating nasal buzz lasting just under half a second and being repeated every 2-3 seconds. He https://www.flickr.com/photos/126002448@N02/ yelled out “shuddafakup”. The froglet I then caught 15121247017/ making this noise is of this taxon and hence the and name. https://www.flickr.com/photos/12742129@N07/ HOSMERIA SHIREENSBOGENSIS SP. NOV. 49103585128/ LSIDurn:lsid:zoobank.org:act:D2010B70-2F80- and 4AD7-9382-EA518001075C https://www.flickr.com/photos/jono_hooper/ Holotype: A preserved specimen at the Australian 27874378436/ Museum in Sydney, New South Wales, Australia, Both H. shuddafakup sp. nov. and H. laevigata are specimen number R.184120 collected at Heaton Rd separated from all other species within the genera Dam, Wattagan State Forest, New South Wales, Uperoleia Gray, 1841 and Hosmeria Wells and Australia, Latitude -32.9934 S., Longitude 151.4455 Wellington, 1985 by the following suite of characters: E. This government-owned facility allows access to Dorsum is grey, olive or brown, with blackish spots, its holdings. bars or reticulations, usually of irregular form; Paratypes: Three preserved specimens at the including a light triangular patch on the head between Australian Museum in Sydney, New South Wales, the eyes and towards the snout (sometimes darker Australia, specimen numbers R.138913, R.138914 edged); and obscure blotches or bands on the limbs, and R.138915 all collected at the corner of Mount in particular the hindlimbs. Maxillary teeth present in Faulk and Heaton Rds, Awaba State Forest, New a well-developed series; two moderate metatarsal South Wales, Australia, Latitude -32.9944 S., tubercles, that are not strongly compressed; no Longitude 151.4455 E. tubercle or flap on the heel; toes fringed and without Diagnosis: Until now, H. shireensbogensis sp. nov. a trace of webbing; chest and abdomen are pale with of New South Wales and South-east Queensland has a strong purplish tinge, especially at the distal parts, been treated as conpsecific with H. fusca (Davies, with at most sparse peppering of darker pigment on McDonald and Corben, 1986), with a type locality of the otherwise whitish ventral surface; the entire Eungella, Queensland and restricted to that general ventral surfaces are smooth, not granular; adult body part of Australia, (mid-eastern Queensland). length of 25 mm or more and the presence of large well-developed oversized parotoid glands. Their ranges abut at the Conondale Range in south- east Queensland (north of Brisbane), with H. Frogs in the genera Uperoleia Gray, 1841 and shireensbogensis sp. nov. being distributed fairly Hosmeria Wells and Wellington, 1985, are separated continuously south of there to the Sydney region in from all other Myobatrachidae frogs by the following New South Wales in coastal and near coastal areas, suite of characters: Tongue is small oval and free at and H. fusca north of there, being patchily distributed the rear; prominent parotoid glands; bright red or as far north as the type locality in wetter hilly areas orange spots in the groin and back of the knee; there and immediate environs. is often a pale, white, yellow or brown patch on the upper arm before it joins the body; maxillary teeth Adult H. shireensbogensis sp. nov. are readily may be present or absent; frontparietal foramen may separated from H. fusca by the presence of a yellow be present or absent; prevomer is much reduced or colour inside the thigh (see for example the image in absent; vomerine teeth are small or absent; pupil Cogger 2014 at page123), versus reddish orange in rhomboidal; tympanum is hidden; terminal phlanges colour in H. fusca. Enlarged tubercles on the dorsum are simple and tips of digits not dilated; inner and of H. shireensbogensis sp. nov. are mainly tipped outer metatarsal tubercles are more or less equally orange, versus mainly tipped brown in H. fusca. developed. H. shireensbogensis sp. nov. in life is depicted in

Anstis (2013) on page 715 (all images), Cogger Etymology: In mid 2019, I was doing fieldwork on (2014) on page 123, top right and online at: the New South Wales north coast just before visiting https://www.flickr.com/photos/58349528@N02/ a pair of well-known herpetologists, Richard Wells 29280611284/ and Cliff Ross Wellington at a venue somewhere and between Brisbane and Sydney. https://www.flickr.com/photos/23031163@N03/ My wife Shireen Hoser was able to relieve herself at 16992321511/ a public toilet and because it predated the Covid-19 and pandemic, there was still toilet paper available for her to wipe her bottom. While she was relieving her https://www.flickr.com/photos/ianbool/10393353633/ bowels of Paul Woolf’s cooking from the previous few and nights (see etymology for Bufonella woolfi sp. nov.), I https://www.flickr.com/photos/ianbool/10876665173/ jumped a fence and located several specimens of An image of H. fusca in life can be found online at: this frog species. They were hiding under some https://www.flickr.com/photos/reptileshots/ rubbish next to a flooded swamp. In Australia a 24091161397/ swamp is commonly also referred to as a “bog”. Both H. shireensbogensis sp. nov. and H. fusca are Because the place became known as “Shireen’s Bog” separated from all other species within the genera because she also did a “bog” there, it is appropriate Uperoleia Gray, 1841 and Hosmeria Wells and that the species be known as H. shireensbogensis Wellington, 1985 by the following suite of characters: sp. nov.. Maxillary teeth are present in a well developed UPEROLEIA (UPEROLEIA) JADEHARRISAE SP. series; there is no tubercle or flap on the heel; the NOV. chest and abdomen are strongly pigmented; parotoid LSIDurn:lsid:zoobank.org:act:6DC0091A-03A7- glands are moderate and they are not or scarcely 426D-B647-4F6F9BC8B627 raised above the surface of the head and neck; there Holotype: A preserved specimen at the South is an absence of two rows of distinctive whitish-yellow Australian Museum, Adelaide, South Australia, tubercles along the upper surface of the forearms Australia, specimen number R23834 collected from and the tubercles on the dorsum are not yellow- 5.8 km east of Victoria River, on the Victoria Highway, tipped (as seen in the morphologically similar Northern Territory, Australia, Latitude -15.60 S., Uperoleia (Prohartia) altissima Davies, Watson, Longitude 131.15 E. This government-owned facility McDonald, Trenerry and Werren, 1993). allows access to its holdings. Frogs in the genera Uperoleia Gray, 1841 and Paratype: A preserved specimen at the South Hosmeria Wells and Wellington, 1985, are separated Australian Museum, Adelaide, South Australia, from all other Myobatrachidae frogs by the following Australia, specimen number R23835 collected from suite of characters: Tongue is small oval and free at 12.9 km east of Victoria River, on the Victoria the rear; prominent parotoid glands; bright red or Highway, Northern Territory, Australia, Latitude -15.60 orange spots in the groin and back of the knee; there S., Longitude 131.23 E. is often a pale, white, yellow or brown patch on the Diagnosis: Uperoleia jadeharrisae sp. nov., U. upper arm before it joins the body; maxillary teeth keilleri sp. nov. and U. lowryi sp. nov. have until now may be present or absent; frontparietal foramen may all been treated as putative U. borealis Tyler, Davies be present or absent; prevomer is much reduced or and Martin, 1981, with a type locality of Lake Argyle absent; vomerine teeth are small or absent; pupil Tourist Village, East Kimberley District, Western rhomboidal; tympanum is hidden; terminal phlanges Australia, Australia. However these taxa are all are simple and tips of digits not dilated; inner and morphologically distinct from U. borealis of the type outer metatarsal tubercles are more or less equally form and the evidence of Catullo and Scott Keogh developed. (2014) indicates species-level genetic divergences of Distribution: H. shireensbogensis sp. nov. occurs each as well. The four populations also conform with from New South Wales, north of the Sydney other similarly constrained taxa in the Kimberley/ metropolitan area, along the coast and nearby Victoria River regions of north-west Australia in terms ranges to South-east Queensland at the Conondale of distributions shaped by historical placement of Range north of Brisbane. From there, H. fusca escarpments and drainage basins, including those (Davies, McDonald and Corben, 1986) is patchily during of ice-age maxima. distributed as far north as the type locality (Eungella, U. borealis Tyler, Davies and Martin, 1981 is near Mackay, Queensland) in wetter hilly areas and effectively confined to the Ord River drainage system immediate environs. The two species may be of far north-east Western Australia. sympatric where their ranges abut. U. jadeharrisae sp. nov. is presently only known from Molecular evidence published by Catulla and Scott the collection sites of holotype and paratype near the Keogh (2014) at Fig. 3. indicates species level Victoria River in the Northern Territory and is divergence between the two species as identified presumably constrained to that region. It appears to herein. Hoser 2020 - Australasian Journal of Herpetology 50-51:1-128. Available online at www.herp.net Copyright- Kotabi Publishing - All rights reserved Australasian Journal of Herpetology 99

be more similar to U. borealis than the following two colour type of appearance, even though the back is species. also predominatntly covered with blackish pigment. U. keilleri sp. nov. is effectively restricted to the The extremely large parotoid glands of U. lowryi sp. Fitzroy River basin in the south-west Kimberley nov. are not with blackish pigment, but instead beige District and some smaller systems to the north along with about four irregular shaped orangeish blotches the coast, as far north as the Prince Regent River, with blackish peppering at the outer edges, north-west, Western Australia. By contrast the parotoid glands of U. keilleri sp. nov. U. lowryi sp. nov. is similar in most respects to U. are somewhat smaller and of the same blackish keilleri sp. nov. and appears to be found only on colour as the rest of the dorsum. Bigge Island, north-west Kimberley (the type locality) U. lowryi sp. nov. is further separated from U. keilleri and adjacent parts of the mainland in the north-west sp. nov., U. borealis and U. jadeharrisae sp. nov. by Kimberley District of Western Australia. having well defined blotches or cross-bands on the The three preceding newly named species are upper surfaces of fore and hind limbs, superimposed separated from U. borealis as follows: on otherwise beige or yellowish surfaces. U. lowryi U. jadeharrisae sp. nov. and U. borealis are of similar sp. nov. is unlike U. keilleri sp. nov., U. borealis and colouration. Both have a generally reddish-brown U. jadeharrisae sp. nov. in that the lower flanks have dorsum, with underlying indistinct darker markings. small scattered darker spots or blotches on an The parotoid glands are light brown to orange in otherwise lighter background. In U. keilleri sp. nov., colour and of different colour to the surrounding U. borealis and U. jadeharrisae sp. nov. the flanks pigment. The dorsum is generally granular, with a grade from the darker dorsal colour to lighter, near small number of larger and blunt tubercles most white at the lower edge and without spots, blotches, common in an irregular line down each side of the or other obvious markings. back, which are not at all distinct due to being the All of U. keilleri sp. nov., U. borealis and U. same colour as surrounding skin. jadeharrisae sp. nov. have tiny pink markings U. jadeharrisae sp. nov. has fingers that are not between the eye and the upper axilla of the forearm, fringed, versus fringed slightly in U. borealis. which are distinct in U. keilleri sp. nov. and indistinct U. jadeharrisae sp. nov. has parotoid glands glands in the other two species. These markings are absent that rise abruptly from the surrounding skin, versus in U. lowryi sp. nov.. not so in U. borealis. U. jadeharrisae sp. nov. has U. borealis in life is depicted in Anstis (2013) on page virtually no webbing on the toes, versus slight 705 in all images and Eipper and Rowland (2018) webbing in U. borealis. page 93 at bottom, and online at: U. jadeharrisae sp. nov. is also notably different to U. https://www.flickr.com/photos/88708273@N03/ borealis in that the dorsum has bold blackspots or 16359750469/ markings encircling brown tipped tubercles, and bold and black or purplish-black markings on the upper https://www.flickr.com/photos/23031163@N03/ surfaces of the legs, which are not seen in U. 8507485347/ borealis and Contrary to reports in the literature (e.g. Davies https://www.flickr.com/photos/88708273@N03/ 1987), both U. borealis and U. jadeharrisae sp. nov. 16600750347/ do have a mid-vertebral stripe (commencing from the and snout and running backwards down the dorsum), being of moderate thickness, but it is of similar colour https://www.flickr.com/photos/126002448@N02/ to the dorsum and very indistinct. 15307440612/ U. keilleri sp. nov. is readily separated from both U. U. keilleri in life is depicted online at: borealis and U. jadeharrisae sp. nov. by being a https://www.flickr.com/photos/angusmcnab/ generally charcoal blackish coloured frog. A very thin 5977205014/ red mid-vertebral stripe (commencing from the snout and and running backwards down the dorsum), is https://www.flickr.com/photos/78180980@N02/ present, which against the charcoal black 7650841344/ background colour of the dorsum, readily separates A specimen morphologically similar to U. lowryi in life this species from U. borealis and U. jadeharrisae sp. from Home Valley Station, Kimberleys, Western nov. as well as U. lowryi sp. nov.. Australia is depicted online at: In turn U. lowryi sp. nov. is separated from U. keilleri https://www.flickr.com/photos/robertwhyte/ sp. nov. by having a very thin white or yellow mid- 14176359167/ vertebral stripe (commencing from the snout and All of U. borealis, U. jadeharrisae sp. nov., U. keilleri running backwards down the dorsum), and a dorsum sp. nov. and U. lowryi sp. nov. are separated from all which is mottled and marbled beige and charcoal in other species within the genera Uperoleia Gray, 1841 colour, giving the frog a somewhat whitish or marble Hoser 2020 - Australasian Journal of Herpetology 50-51:1-128. Available online at www.herp.net Copyright- Kotabi Publishing - All rights reserved 100 Australasian Journal of Herpetology and Hosmeria Wells and Wellington, 1985 by the UPEROLEIA (UPEROLEIA) KEILLERI SP. NOV. following suite of characters: Dorsum with numerous LSIDurn:lsid:zoobank.org:act:AA772094-AA2E- tubercles, venter smooth; venter whitish, with grey 4D88-8FCA-3BD27EF3BF6B stippling on the throat. Flanks not obviously speckled Holotype: A preserved adult female specimen (29 with brown and white. Thigh, groin and behind knee mm long and 2.2. grams) at the Western Australian markings are orange or reddish. Fourth finger is Museum, Perth, Western Australia, Australia, equal to second. Minimal webbing on toes, being less specimen number R171529 collected from the than half webbed, and toes with broad fringes. Harding Range, West Kimberley District, Western Maxillary teeth absent; metatarsal tubercles are small Australia, Australia, Latitude -16.3231 S., Longitude but prominent. 124.7589 E. This government-owned facility allows I note that previously published keys for the species access to its holdings. U. borealis, U. jadeharrisae sp. nov., U. keilleri sp. Paratypes: Nine preserved specimens at the nov. and U. lowryi sp. nov., all defined by the relevant Western Australian Museum, Perth, Western authors as “U. borealis” are erroneous and will not Australia, Australia, specimen numbers R171516- separate the relevant species from others in the R171522, R171528 and R171529 all collected from genus Uperoleia as defned by them (e.g. Cogger the type locality of the Harding Range, West 2014, who erroneously states on page 119 “no Kimberley District, Western Australia, Australia, indication of pale vertebral stripe” for U. borealis, Latitude -16.3231 S., Longitude 124.7589 E. even though his depicted specimen on page 121 Diagnosis: Uperoleia keilleri sp. nov., U. does in fact have one). jadeharrisae sp. nov. and U. lowryi sp. nov. have until Mentioning of one or more errors in Cogger (2014), now all been treated as putative U. borealis Tyler, should not in any way detract from the overall quality Davies and Martin, 1981, with a type locality of Lake and utility of this magnificent work (and Argyle Tourist Village, East Kimberley District, predecessors) by Cogger and one should realise that Western Australia, Australia. However these taxa are a work of this magnitude, will by definition have all morphologically distinct from U. borealis of the numerous errors for a variety of reasons and type form and the evidence of Catullo and Scott regardless of the best possible intentions by the Keogh (2014) indicates species-level genetic author. divergences of each as well. The four populations Frogs in the genera Uperoleia Gray, 1841 and also conform with other similarly constrained taxa in Hosmeria Wells and Wellington, 1985, are separated the Kimberley/Victoria River regions of north-west from all other Myobatrachidae frogs by the following Australia in terms of distributions shaped by historical suite of characters: Tongue is small oval and free at placement of escarpments and drainage basins, the rear; prominent parotoid glands; bright red or including those during of ice-age maxima. orange spots in the groin and back of the knee; there U. borealis Tyler, Davies and Martin, 1981 is is often a pale, white, yellow or brown patch on the effectively confined to the Ord River drainage system upper arm before it joins the body; maxillary teeth of far north-east Western Australia. may be present or absent; frontparietal foramen may U. jadeharrisae sp. nov. is presently only known from be present or absent; prevomer is much reduced or the collection sites of holotype and paratype near the absent; vomerine teeth are small or absent; pupil Victoria River in the Northern Territory and is rhomboidal; tympanum is hidden; terminal phlanges presumably constrained to that region. It appears to are simple and tips of digits not dilated; inner and be more similar to U. borealis than the following two outer metatarsal tubercles are more or less equally species. developed. U. keilleri sp. nov. is effectively restricted to the Distribution: U. jadeharrisae sp. nov. is presently Fitzroy River basin in the south-west Kimberley only known from the collection sites of holotype and District and some smaller systems to the north along paratype near the Victoria River in the Northern the coast, as far north as the Prince Regent River, Territory and is presumably constrained to that north-west, Western Australia. region. U. lowryi sp. nov. is similar in most respects to U. Etymology: U. jadeharrisae sp. nov. is named in keilleri sp. nov. and appears to be found only on honour of Jade Leigh Harris of remote Rocklands, in Bigge Island, north-west Kimberley (the type locality) the general area of Mitchell’s Plain in southern Africa and adjacent parts of the mainland in the north-west in recognition of services to welfare of elderly Kimberley District of Western Australia. Africans in remote places and assisting this author in The three preceding newly named species are locating a large number of Cape Cobras Naja nivea separated from U. borealis as follows: Linnaeus, 1758 and other species of fauna in the informal local rubbish tip situated at the west side of U. jadeharrisae sp. nov. and U. borealis are of similar the road at the corner of Jakes Gerwel Drive and colouration. Both have a generally reddish-brown Cape Flats Road. dorsum, with underlying indistinct darker markings.

The parotoid glands are light brown to orange in otherwise lighter background. In U. keilleri sp. nov., colour and of different colour to the surrounding U. borealis and U. jadeharrisae sp. nov. the flanks pigment. The dorsum is generally granular, with a grade from the darker dorsal colour to lighter, near small number of larger and blunt tubercles most white at the lower edge and without spots, blotches, common in an irregular line down each side of the or other obvious markings. back, which are not at all distinct due to being the All of U. keilleri sp. nov., U. borealis and U. same colour as surrounding skin. jadeharrisae sp. nov. have tiny pink markings U. jadeharrisae sp. nov. has fingers that are not between the eye and the upper axilla of the forearm, fringed, versus fringed slightly in U. borealis. which are distinct in U. keilleri sp. nov. and indistinct U. jadeharrisae sp. nov. has parotoid glands glands in the other two species. These markings are absent that rise abruptly from the surrounding skin, versus in U. lowryi sp. nov.. not so in U. borealis. U. jadeharrisae sp. nov. has U. borealis in life is depicted in Anstis (2013) on page virtually no webbing on the toes, versus slight 705 in all images and Eipper and Rowland (2018) webbing in U. borealis. page 93 at bottom, and online at: U. jadeharrisae sp. nov. is also notably different to U. https://www.flickr.com/photos/88708273@N03/ borealis in that the dorsum has bold blackspots or 16359750469/ markings encircling brown tipped tubercles, and bold and black or purplish-black markings on the upper https://www.flickr.com/photos/23031163@N03/ surfaces of the legs, which are not seen in U. 8507485347/ borealis. and Contrary to reports in the literature (e.g. Davies https://www.flickr.com/photos/88708273@N03/ 1987), both U. borealis and U. jadeharrisae sp. nov. 16600750347/ do have a mid-vertebral stripe (commencing from the and snout and running backwards down the dorsum), being of moderate thickness, but it is of similar colour https://www.flickr.com/photos/126002448@N02/ to the dorsum and very indistinct. 15307440612/ U. keilleri sp. nov. is readily separated from both U. U. keilleri in life is depicted online at: borealis and U. jadeharrisae sp. nov. by being a https://www.flickr.com/photos/angusmcnab/ generally charcoal blackish coloured frog. A very thin 5977205014/ red mid-vertebral stripe (commencing from the snout and and running backwards down the dorsum), is https://www.flickr.com/photos/78180980@N02/ present, which against the charcoal black 7650841344/ background colour of the dorsum, readily separates A specimen morphologically similar to U. lowryi in life this species from U. borealis and U. jadeharrisae sp. from Home Valley Station, Kimberleys, Western nov. as well as U. lowryi sp. nov.. Australia is depicted online at: In turn U. lowryi sp. nov. is separated from U. keilleri https://www.flickr.com/photos/robertwhyte/ sp. nov. by having a very thin white or yellow mid- 14176359167/ vertebral stripe (commencing from the snout and All of U. borealis, U. jadeharrisae sp. nov., U. keilleri running backwards down the dorsum), and a dorsum sp. nov. and U. lowryi sp. nov. are separated from all which is mottled and marbled beige and charcoal in other species within the genera Uperoleia Gray, 1841 colour, giving the frog a somewhat whitish or marble and Hosmeria Wells and Wellington, 1985 by the colour type of appearance, even though the back is following suite of characters: Dorsum with numerous also predominatntly covered with blackish pigment. tubercles, venter smooth; venter whitish, with grey The extremely large parotoid glands of U. lowryi sp. stippling on the throat. Flanks not obviously speckled nov. are not with blackish pigment, but instead beige with brown and white. Thigh, groin and behind knee with about four irregular shaped orangeish blotches markings are orange or reddish. Fourth finger is with blackish peppering at the outer edges, equal to second. Minimal webbing on toes, being less By contrast the parotoid glands of U. keilleri sp. nov. than half webbed, and toes with broad fringes. are somewhat smaller and of the same blackish Maxillary teeth absent; metatarsal tubercles are small colour as the rest of the dorsum. but prominent. U. lowryi sp. nov. is further separated from U. keilleri I note that previously published keys for the species sp. nov., U. borealis and U. jadeharrisae sp. nov. by U. borealis, U. jadeharrisae sp. nov., U. keilleri sp. having well defined blotches or cross-bands on the nov. and U. lowryi sp. nov., all defined by the relevant upper surfaces of fore and hind limbs, superimposed authors as “U. borealis” are erroneous and will not on otherwise beige or yellowish surfaces. U. lowryi separate the relevant species from others in the sp. nov. is unlike U. keilleri sp. nov., U. borealis and genus Uperoleia as defned by them (e.g. Cogger U. jadeharrisae sp. nov. in that the lower flanks have 2014, who erroneously states on page 119 “no small scattered darker spots or blotches on an indication of pale vertebral stripe” for U. borealis, Hoser 2020 - Australasian Journal of Herpetology 50-51:1-128. Available online at www.herp.net Copyright- Kotabi Publishing - All rights reserved 102 Australasian Journal of Herpetology even though his depicted specimen on page 121 Australia, Australia. However these taxa are all does in fact have one). morphologically distinct from U. borealis of the type Mentioning of one or more errors in Cogger (2014) in form and the evidence of Catullo and Scott Keogh this or any other paper by myself (or differences of (2014) indicates species-level genetic divergences of opinion on taxonomy), should not in any way detract each as well. The four populations also conform with from the overall quality and utility of this magnificent other similarly constrained taxa in the Kimberley/ work (and predecessors) by Cogger and one should Victoria River regions of north-west Australia in terms realise that a work of this magnitude, will by definition of distributions shaped by historical placement of have numerous errors for a variety of reasons and escarpments and drainage basins, including those regardless of the best possible intentions by the during of ice-age maxima. author. U. borealis Tyler, Davies and Martin, 1981 is Frogs in the genera Uperoleia Gray, 1841 and effectively confined to the Ord River drainage system Hosmeria Wells and Wellington, 1985, are separated of far north-east Western Australia. from all other Myobatrachidae frogs by the following U. jadeharrisae sp. nov. is presently only known from suite of characters: Tongue is small oval and free at the collection sites of holotype and paratype near the the rear; prominent parotoid glands; bright red or Victoria River in the Northern Territory and is orange spots in the groin and back of the knee; there presumably constrained to that region. It appears to is often a pale, white, yellow or brown patch on the be more similar to U. borealis than the following two upper arm before it joins the body; maxillary teeth species. may be present or absent; frontparietal foramen may U. keilleri sp. nov. is effectively restricted to the be present or absent; prevomer is much reduced or Fitzroy River basin in the south-west Kimberley absent; vomerine teeth are small or absent; pupil District and some smaller systems to the north along rhomboidal; tympanum is hidden; terminal phlanges the coast, as far north as the Prince Regent River, are simple and tips of digits not dilated; inner and north-west, Western Australia. outer metatarsal tubercles are more or less equally U. lowryi sp. nov. is similar in most respects to U. developed. keilleri sp. nov. and appears to be found only on Distribution: U. keilleri sp. nov. is effectively Bigge Island, north-west Kimberley (the type locality) restricted to the Fitzroy River basin in the south-west and adjacent parts of the mainland in the north-west Kimberley District and some smaller systems to the Kimberley District of Western Australia. north along the coast, as far north as the Prince The three preceding newly named species are Regent River, north-west, Western Australia. This separated from U. borealis as follows: includes inland parts of the Fitzroy River basin and U. jadeharrisae sp. nov. and U. borealis are of similar tributaries. colouration. Both have a generally reddish-brown Etymology: U. keilleri sp. nov. is named in honour of dorsum, with underlying indistinct darker markings. Darren Keiller, a well known snake controller based in The parotoid glands are light brown to orange in Geelong, Victoria, Australia, for services to wildlife colour and of different colour to the surrounding conservation and public safety spanning many years. pigment. The dorsum is generally granular, with a UPEROLEIA (UPEROLEIA) LOWRYI SP. NOV. small number of larger and blunt tubercles most LSIDurn:lsid:zoobank.org:act:B2E7BD53-74C4- common in an irregular line down each side of the 48E4-BBC2-555EB388B352 back, which are not at all distinct due to being the Holotype: A preserved 14 mm long specimen at the same colour as surrounding skin. Western Australian Museum, Perth, Western U. jadeharrisae sp. nov. has fingers that are not Australia, Australia, specimen number R165840 fringed, versus fringed slightly in U. borealis. collected from Bigge Island, West Kimberley District, U. jadeharrisae sp. nov. has parotoid glands glands Western Australia, Australia, Latitude -14.4833 S., that rise abruptly from the surrounding skin, versus Longitude 125.1667 E. This government-owned not so in U. borealis. U. jadeharrisae sp. nov. has facility allows access to its holdings. virtually no webbing on the toes, versus slight Paratypes: Two preserved specimens at the webbing in U. borealis. Western Australian Museum, Perth, Western U. jadeharrisae sp. nov. is also notably different to U. Australia, Australia, specimen numbers R165841 and borealis in that the dorsum has bold blackspots or R165842 collected from Bigge Island, West markings encircling brown tipped tubercles, and bold Kimberley District, Western Australia, Australia, black or purplish-black markings on the upper Latitude -14.4833 S., Longitude 125.1667 E. surfaces of the legs, which are not seen in U. Diagnosis: Uperoleia lowryi sp. nov., U. keilleri sp. borealis. nov. and U. jadeharrisae sp. nov. have until now all Contrary to reports in the literature (e.g. Davies been treated as putative U. borealis Tyler, Davies 1987), both U. borealis and U. jadeharrisae sp. nov. and Martin, 1981, with a type locality of Lake Argyle do have a mid-vertebral stripe (commencing from the Tourist Village, East Kimberley District, Western Hoser 2020 - Australasian Journal of Herpetology 50-51:1-128. Available online at www.herp.net Copyright- Kotabi Publishing - All rights reserved Australasian Journal of Herpetology 103

snout and running backwards down the dorsum), and being of moderate thickness, but it is of similar colour https://www.flickr.com/photos/126002448@N02/ to the dorsum and very indistinct. 15307440612/ U. keilleri sp. nov. is readily separated from both U. U. keilleri in life is depicted online at: borealis and U. jadeharrisae sp. nov. by being a https://www.flickr.com/photos/angusmcnab/ generally charcoal blackish coloured frog. A very thin 5977205014/ red mid-vertebral stripe (commencing from the snout and and running backwards down the dorsum), is https://www.flickr.com/photos/78180980@N02/ present, which against the charcoal black 7650841344/ background colour of the dorsum, readily separates this species from U. borealis and U. jadeharrisae sp. A specimen morphologically similar to U. lowryi in life nov. as well as U. lowryi sp. nov.. from Home Valley Station, Kimberleys, Western Australia is depicted online at: In turn U. lowryi sp. nov. is separated from U. keilleri sp. nov. by having a very thin white or yellow mid- https://www.flickr.com/photos/robertwhyte/ vertebral stripe (commencing from the snout and 14176359167/ running backwards down the dorsum), and a dorsum All of U. borealis, U. jadeharrisae sp. nov., U. keilleri which is mottled and marbled beige and charcoal in sp. nov. and U. lowryi sp. nov. are separated from all colour, giving the frog a somewhat whitish or marble other species within the genera Uperoleia Gray, 1841 colour type of appearance, even though the back is and Hosmeria Wells and Wellington, 1985 by the also predominatntly covered with blackish pigment. following suite of characters: Dorsum with numerous The extremely large parotoid glands of U. lowryi sp. tubercles, venter smooth; venter whitish, with grey nov. are not with blackish pigment, but instead beige stippling on the throat. Flanks not obviously speckled with about four irregular shaped orangeish blotches with brown and white. Thigh, groin and behind knee with blackish peppering at the outer edges, markings are orange or reddish. Fourth finger is By contrast the parotoid glands of U. keilleri sp. nov. equal to second. Minimal webbing on toes, being less are somewhat smaller and of the same blackish than half webbed, and toes with broad fringes. colour as the rest of the dorsum. Maxillary teeth absent; metatarsal tubercles are small but prominent. U. lowryi sp. nov. is further separated from U. keilleri sp. nov., U. borealis and U. jadeharrisae sp. nov. by I note that previously published keys for the species having well defined blotches or cross-bands on the U. borealis, U. jadeharrisae sp. nov., U. keilleri sp. upper surfaces of fore and hind limbs, superimposed nov. and U. lowryi sp. nov., all defined by the relevant on otherwise beige or yellowish surfaces. U. lowryi authors as “U. borealis” are erroneous and will not sp. nov. is unlike U. keilleri sp. nov., U. borealis and separate the relevant species from others in the U. jadeharrisae sp. nov. in that the lower flanks have genus Uperoleia as defned by them (e.g. Cogger small scattered darker spots or blotches on an 2014, who erroneously states on page 119 “no otherwise lighter background. In U. keilleri sp. nov., indication of pale vertebral stripe” for U. borealis, U. borealis and U. jadeharrisae sp. nov. the flanks even though his depicted specimen on page 121 grade from the darker dorsal colour to lighter, near does in fact have one). white at the lower edge and without spots, blotches, Frogs in the genera Uperoleia Gray, 1841 and or other obvious markings. Hosmeria Wells and Wellington, 1985, are separated All of U. keilleri sp. nov., U. borealis and U. from all other Myobatrachidae frogs by the following jadeharrisae sp. nov. have tiny pink markings suite of characters: Tongue is small oval and free at between the eye and the upper axilla of the forearm, the rear; prominent parotoid glands; bright red or which are distinct in U. keilleri sp. nov. and indistinct orange spots in the groin and back of the knee; there in the other two species. These markings are absent is often a pale, white, yellow or brown patch on the in U. lowryi sp. nov.. upper arm before it joins the body; maxillary teeth may be present or absent; frontparietal foramen may U. borealis in life is depicted in Anstis (2013) on page be present or absent; prevomer is much reduced or 705 in all images and Eipper and Rowland (2018) absent; vomerine teeth are small or absent; pupil page 93 at bottom, and online at: rhomboidal; tympanum is hidden; terminal phlanges https://www.flickr.com/photos/88708273@N03/ are simple and tips of digits not dilated; inner and 16359750469/ outer metatarsal tubercles are more or less equally and developed. https://www.flickr.com/photos/23031163@N03/ Distribution: U. lowryi sp. nov. appears to be found 8507485347/ only on Bigge Island, north-west Kimberley (the type and locality) and adjacent parts of the mainland in the https://www.flickr.com/photos/88708273@N03/ north-west Kimberley District of Western Australia in 16600750347/ a region approximately bound by Kalumburu in the

Hoser 2020 - Australasian Journal of Herpetology 50-51:1-128. Available online at www.herp.net Copyright- Kotabi Publishing - All rights reserved 104 Australasian Journal of Herpetology north and Augustus Island in the south and drainage warty bumps on the back, as opposed to including basins flowing westwards from the adjoining surrounding skin in U. crassa. As already noted, the mainland. contrast between these darker spots (in this species) Etymology: U. lowryi sp. nov. is named in honour of and the lighter areas is minimal, versus strong Andrew Lowry of Cheltenham, Victoria, Australia, for contrast between larger dark blotches (as opposed to services to wildlife conservation and herpetology just spots) and pale interspace in U. crassa. spanning several decades. The mainly dull coloured parotoid glands are smaller UPEROLEIA (UPEROLEIA) SHANESCARFFI SP. in size than in U. crassa being mainly greyish in NOV. colour and the lighter top section, while marked beige LSIDurn:lsid:zoobank.org:act:5566E830-1D4B- with an orange flush, is barely distinct from the 4556-A5FF-9BFCE4A0C395 surrounding skin. The upper surface of the upper arm Holotype: A preserved specimen at the Australian has a well defined orange patch on it (usually larger Museum, Sydney, New South Wales, Australia, and more prominent in females). The upper lip area specimen number R.184324 collected from is mainly grey. Mornington station, Kimberley District, Western Orange spotting at the tips of tubercles scattered Australia, Latitude -17.5108 S., Longitude 126.1068 across the dorsum and upper flanks in U. crassa is E. This government-owned facility allows access to prominent. These spots are either absent, heavily its holdings. reduced or indistinct in U. shanescarffi sp. nov.. Paratypes: Three preserved specimens at the U. shanescarffi sp. nov. from the type locality is Australian Museum, Sydney, New South Wales, depicted in life in Anstis (2013) on page 709 (top Australia, specimen number R.184325-7 collected right), with U. crassa from the type locality of that from Mornington station, Kimberley District, Western species depicted in Anstis (2013) on page 709 in the Australia, Latitude -17.5108 S., Longitude 126.1068 three other photos. E. U crassa in life is also depicted in Cogger (2014) on Diagnosis: Until now, U. shanescarffi sp. nov. has page 134 bottom right, Eipper and Rowland (2018) been treated as a population of U. crassa Tyler, on page 94 (top) and online at: Davies and Martin, 1981 with a type locality of https://www.flickr.com/photos/ianbool/50209194586/ Mitchell Plateau, north-west Kimberley division of and Western Australia. However it is sufficiently https://www.flickr.com/photos/chrisjolly1989/ distinctive and biogeographically divergent to be 24600138628/ recognized as a separate species. Both U. shanescarffi sp. nov. and U. crassa are U. shanescarffi sp. nov. appears to be confined to a readily separated from all other species within the region broadly corresponding to the Fitzroy River genera Uperoleia Gray, 1841 and Hosmeria Wells system in the south and south-west Kimberley and Wellington, 1985 by the following suite of division of Western Australia. U. crassa as herein characters: Diamond-shaped iris. No obvious mid recognized appears to be confined to a region north- vertebral stripe, save for some scattered raised west of here with drainages flowing west and not orange-tipped tubercles more-or-less along the mid meeting the Fitzroy River system, even in times of dorsal line running though an area of beige or cream glacial maxima and lowest sea levels. It appears that without intruding darker blotches seen elsewhere on the relevant region was sufficiently arid in recent the dorsum, in U. crassa (but not in any way in U. geological time frames to keep the populations apart. shanescarffi sp. nov.); no maxillary teeth. Ventral The two species U. shanescarffi sp. nov. and U. surface slightly granular, whitish and without darker crassa are separated as follows: In U. crassa the markings. Inner leg red (U. crassa) or dark orange dorsum is a pale beige colour and well marked with (U. shanescarffi sp. nov.). prominent dark brown blotches and prominent Toes slightly fringed and less than half webbed; orange-tipped tubercles on dorsal and upper lateral Thigh and groin markings red; fourth finger longer surfaces. The upper surface of the upper arm is than second. cream or light yellow. The oversized paratoid gland is Frogs in the genera Uperoleia Gray, 1841 and cream to beige, and often with a strong orange flush. Hosmeria Wells and Wellington, 1985, are separated Upper lip area is mainly cream. from all other Myobatrachidae frogs by the following U. shanescarffi sp. nov. is a very different looking suite of characters: Tongue is small oval and free at frog. The colouration of the dorsum is generally dull the rear; prominent parotoid glands; bright red or and with no well defined markings. There is no strong orange spots in the groin and back of the knee; there contrast between dark and light makings on the back. is often a pale, white, yellow or brown patch on the The dark pigment is reduced in darkness and upper arm before it joins the body; maxillary teeth intensity and the light is similarly darkened, making may be present or absent; frontparietal foramen may the frog a generally dull greyish brown colour. Dark be present or absent; prevomer is much reduced or pigment is also reduced in area to only include the absent; vomerine teeth are small or absent; pupil Hoser 2020 - Australasian Journal of Herpetology 50-51:1-128. Available online at www.herp.net Copyright- Kotabi Publishing - All rights reserved Australasian Journal of Herpetology 105

rhomboidal; tympanum is hidden; terminal phlanges (darker) in colour, speckled and slightly granular are simple and tips of digits not dilated; inner and ventral surface and high-pitched rasp as an outer metatarsal tubercles are more or less equally advertisement call (modified from Doughty and developed. Roberts, 2008). Distribution: U. shanescarffi sp. nov. appears to be Frogs in the genera Uperoleia Gray, 1841 and confined to a region broadly corresponding to the Hosmeria Wells and Wellington, 1985, are separated Fitzroy River system in the south and south-west from all other Myobatrachidae frogs by the following Kimberley division of Western Australia. U. crassa as suite of characters: Tongue is small oval and free at herein recognized appears to be confined to a region the rear; prominent parotoid glands; bright red or north-west of here with drainages flowing west and orange spots in the groin and back of the knee; there not meeting the Fitzroy River system, even in times is often a pale, white, yellow or brown patch on the of glacial maxima and lowest sea levels. It appears upper arm before it joins the body; maxillary teeth that the relevant region was sufficiently arid in recent may be present or absent; frontparietal foramen may geological time frames to keep the populations apart. be present or absent; prevomer is much reduced or Etymology: U. shanescarffi sp. nov. is named in absent; vomerine teeth are small or absent; pupil honour of Shane Scarff of Heckenberg, a suburb in rhomboidal; tympanum is hidden; terminal phlanges south-western Sydney, in the state of New South are simple and tips of digits not dilated; inner and Wales, Australia, known for his snake breeding outer metatarsal tubercles are more or less equally enterprise called Shane’s Aussie Pythons, for developed. services to wildlife conservation in Ausrtralia. Distribution: At the present time U. micra divergans UPEROLEIA (UPEROLEIA) MICRA DIVERGANS subsp. nov. is only known from Katers Island, SUBSP. NOV. Western Australia, Australia, Latitude 14.2656 S., LSIDurn:lsid:zoobank.org:act:82066330-A9B4- Longitude; 125.3122 E in the north-east Kimberley 4618-810A-AD5832232705 division of Western Australia. However it almost Holotype: A preserved adult male specimen at the certainly also occurs on the adjoining mainland of the Western Australian Museum, Perth, Western same region in association with the relevant drainage Australia, specimen number R164897 collected from systems and presumably constrained by drier Katers Island, Western Australia, Australia, Latitude intermediate zones. 14.2656 S., Longitude; 125.3122 E. Etymology: The subspecies name “divergans” refers Paratype: A preserved adult male specimen at the to this taxon being morphologically divergent from the Western Australian Museum, Perth, Western nominate form. The spelling is deliberate and Australia, specimen number R164898 collected from intentional, is chosen to avoid creating any potential Katers Island, Western Australia, Australia, Latitude homonyms and should not be changed. 14.2656 S., Longitude; 125.3122 E. UPEROLEIA (PROHARTIA) MARGWEEKSAE SP. Diagnosis: The subspecies Uperoleia micra NOV. divergans subsp. nov. is similar in most respects to LSIDurn:lsid:zoobank.org:act:F8C9E380-10D3- the nominate form of Uperoleia micra Doughty and 457C-9AC1-108DAAF0F846 Roberts, 2008, but is readily separated from that Holotype: A preserved specimen at the Museum and subspecies by having slightly lighter dorsal Art Gallery of the Northern Territory, Darwin, Northern colouration, being generally medium brown, rather Territory, Australia, specimen number R35075 than dark brown to charcoal in colour and by the collected at McMillans Road, Berrimah, Northern presence of inguinal glands that are an intense Territory, Australia, Latitude -12.438 S., Longitude orange-red colouration. 130.9533 E. This government-owned facility allows Both U. micra divergans subsp. nov. and Uperoleia access to its holdings. micra micra (the nominate form) are readily Paratypes: Two preserved specimens at the separated from all other species within the genera Museum and Art Gallery of the Northern Territory, Uperoleia Gray, 1841 and Hosmeria Wells and Darwin, Northern Territory, Australia, specimen Wellington, 1985 by the following suite of characters: numbers R20706 and R20705 collected from Stage A small body size, presence of maxillary 3, Kakadu National Park, Northern Territory, teeth, broadly exposed frontoparietal fontanelle, Australia, Latitude -13.083 S., Longitude 132.15 E. slightly tubercular skin on dorsum and upper limbs, Diagnosis: Until now, both Uperoleia margweeksae moderately conspicuous parotoid and inguinal glands sp. nov. and U. grantturneri sp. nov. have been and less developed coccygeal glands, toes basally treated as populations of the widely distributed taxon webbed, elongate inner metatarsal tubercle U. lithomoda Tyler, Davies and Martin, 1981 with a perpendicular to foot, light to dark brown or charcoal type locality of Spillway Bridge, 11.5 km north-east of coloured dorsal surfaces with small darker spots, Lake Argyle Tourist Village, Western Australia, loreal and lateral zone stippled with bluish-white dots, Australia. pale orange-red femoral patches, sometimes intense Specimens consistent with this putative species are Hoser 2020 - Australasian Journal of Herpetology 50-51:1-128. Available online at www.herp.net Copyright- Kotabi Publishing - All rights reserved 106 Australasian Journal of Herpetology found in a band from the East Kimberley district in U. grantturneri sp. nov.) (N=92) (Davies 1987), Western Australia, across the Northern Territory and making this a distinctively large taxon in the complex. to the western edge of the Gulf of Carpentaria. Females are also relatively larger in U. margweeksae Mophologically divergent specimens from the top end maximus subsp. nov. as compared to in the other of the Northern Territory in the region of Darwin and species (U. margweeksae sp. nov., U.lithomoda and Arnhemland are herein treated as the new species U. U. grantturneri sp. nov.). margweeksae sp. nov.. U. grantturneri sp. nov. comes across as a The morphologically divergent, geographically distinctively whiteish coloured frog. disjunct whitish coloured specimens from the eastern The base colour of the dorsum is whitish, yellow, edge of the Gulf of Carpentaria and the drier western creamy or beige overlaid with a fairly distinctive parts of Cape York Peninsula, Queensland are herein randomised pattern of dark orange-brown blotches formally named U. grantturneri sp. nov.. and spots. In addition to this there are scattered The three species are readily separated from one orange tipped tubercles mainly on the dorsum and another as follows: U. lithomoda is charactaerised by with other tiny ones on the upper flanks. having a dorsum covered with close spaced large Like in U. lithomoda, there is a thick, sometimes blunt tubercles, sometimes lighter at the highest broken fold of skin along the upper flank, but point. The flanks are brown with numerous tiny, because it is surrounded by similarly coloured yellow, yellow-white tubercles. In males there is a thick and cream or beige skin, it is not seen as an abvious fold prominent broken white fold of skin demarcating the line as in U. lithomoda, where the whitish line is dorsum and the upper flank, commencing on the sharply demarcated from the adjoining chocolate- upper parotoid gland and extending to near the rear brown skin. The dorsum of U. grantturneri sp. nov. is leg. The pigment on either side of this fold is heavily covered with blunt warts, being not as chocolate brown, with the raised blunt tubercles densely packed as seen in U. lithomoda, but more so being reddish brown, but not particularly well defined than seen in U. margweeksae sp. nov.. in terms of colour. U. margweeksae sp. nov. has a bluish-grey iris, A thin, well-defined white or yellow vertebral line runs versus reddish brown in the other two species. from the tip of the snout to about level with the front U. lithomoda has mainly reddish-brown flanks. limbs, at which point it terminates. Anterior of snout is U. margweeksae sp. nov. has mainly greyish flanks. mainly grey. U. grantturneri sp. nov. has mainly whitish flanks. U. margweeksae sp. nov. is readily separated from Premetamorphasing tadpoles of U. lithomoda when U. lithomoda by having a dorsum that is more-or-less viewed from above are a dull greyish background smooth but with scattered and relatively pointed colour, with indistinct darker grey mottling on the tubercles across the dorsum, these becoming tiny on body and a slight darkening at the end of the tail. The the upper flanks. Where in male U. lithomoda there is muscle tissue of the tail is lightly peppered black top a thick and prominent broken white fold of skin and bottom consistently along the length. demarcating the dorsum and the upper flank, this is At the same stage and view U. margweeksae sp. reduced so as to be barely discernable. The nov. tadpoles are yellowish in colour with well-defined reduction is both in the fold itself (no longer as an aras of black pigment. The tip of the snout has a obvious fold) and in colouration in that there is a distinctive short yellow/white bar extending to slight lightening of the zone to yellowish (rather than between the nostrils, the same bar being barely a well defined colour change), but not in any way as distinct in U. lithomoda at the same life stage. The tail a distinctive white and broken line at the top of the tip is heavily pigmented black. The muscle tissue of flank as seen in U. lithomoda. Some of the scattered the tail is heavily peppered black top and bottom tubercles on the dorsum of U. margweeksae sp. nov. consistently along the length. are brightly and distinctly orange-tipped, which is not At the same stage and view U. grantturneri sp. nov. seen in U.lithomoda. tadpoles are generally a light grey colour when The subspecies U. margweeksae maximus subsp. viewed from above and with only limited, but distinct, nov. occurring only on Groote Eylandt, is readily dark blackish flecks or markings, although like in U. separated from U. margweeksae sp. nov., margweeksae sp. nov. the darker markings or flecks U.lithomoda and U. grantturneri sp. nov. by being the are strongly contrasting. The tip of the tail is heavily only taxon in the complex which has significent pigmented black in similar manner to U. amounts of dark peppering and pigment on the margweeksae sp. nov., however in contrast to both ventral surfaces. U. lithomoda and U. margweeksae sp. nov. the The average snout-vent length (body length) of male muscle tissue of the tail is characterised with U. margweeksae maximus subsp. nov. is relatively scattered large black spots, as opposed to a huge, being 24.6 mm (N=10), versus a range of 19.0- consistent and continuous blackening of the upper 21.9 mm for all other species and subspecies in the surface. complex (U. margweeksae sp. nov., U.lithomoda and U. lithomoda in life is depicted in Anstis (2013) on Hoser 2020 - Australasian Journal of Herpetology 50-51:1-128. Available online at www.herp.net Copyright- Kotabi Publishing - All rights reserved Australasian Journal of Herpetology 107

page 727 at top left, top right and middle right, Tyler, Etymology: U. margweeksae sp. nov. is named in Smith and Johnstone (1994) on plate 20, at top, and honour of Marg Weeks of Croydon Hills (North online at: Croydon), Victoria, Australia, sometimes known as https://www.flickr.com/photos/23031163@N03/ the “Gorilla Doctor” in recognition of her many years 8486378849/ of service to the female waxing and hair removal U. margweeksae sp. nov. is depicted in life in Anstis industry, including her specialty of removing hair from (2013) on pages 727 bottom right and 728 top left, people’s feet. Cogger (2014) on page 125, bottom right and online UPEROLEIA (PROHARTIA) MARGWEEKSAE at: MAXIMUS SUBSP. NOV. https://www.flickr.com/photos/ryanfrancis/ LSIDurn:lsid:zoobank.org:act:822D768C-1321- 32451097512/ 486F-B47C-A94F08C67B4D and Holotype: A preserved specimen at the South https://www.flickr.com/photos/58349528@N02/ Australian Museum, Adelaide, South Australia, 49485781717/ specimen number R25467 collected from 2.7 km east U. grantturneri sp. nov. is depicted in life online at: of Angurugu Airport, Groote Eylandt, Northern https://www.flickr.com/photos/14807473@N08/ Territory, Australia, Latitude -13.97 S., Longitude 32481012315/ 136.47 E. This government-owned facility allows and access to its holdings. https://www.flickr.com/photos/euprepiosaur/ Paratypes: Four preserved specimens at the South 6835095601/ Australian Museum, Adelaide, South Australia, U. lithomoda, U. margweeksae sp. nov., and U. specimen numbers R25468- R25471 collected from grantturneri sp. nov. are readily separated from all 2.7 km east of Angurugu Airport, Groote Eylandt, other species within the genera Uperoleia Gray, 1841 Northern Territory, Australia, Latitude -13.97 S., and Hosmeria Wells and Wellington, 1985 by the Longitude 136.47 E. following suite of characters: Large parotoid glands Diagnosis: Until now, both Uperoleia margweeksae usually tending to be creamish or cream on the upper sp. nov. and U. grantturneri sp. nov. have been surfaces; venter is cream, except for a blackish rim treated as populations of the widely distributed taxon below the lower jaw; ventral surface is slightly to U. lithomoda Tyler, Davies and Martin, 1981 with a coarsely granular; belly and abdomen pale with at type locality of Spillway Bridge, 11.5 km north-east of most some sparsely scattered stippling of darker Lake Argyle Tourist Village, Western Australia, pigment; inner thigh is orange (U. lithomoda and U. Australia. grantturneri sp. nov.) or pinkish (U. margweeksae sp. Specimens consistent with this putative species are nov.). Toes without fringes and without or at most a found in a band from the East Kimberley district in trace of basal webbing; Maxillary teeth absent. Western Australia, across the Northern Territory and Internarial distance is less than eye-naris distance. to the western edge of the Gulf of Carpentaria. Outer metatarsal tubercle is larger than the inner, Mophologically divergent specimens from the top end with both being small but conspicuous; of the Northern Territory in the region of Darwin and Frogs in the genera Uperoleia Gray, 1841 and Arnhemland are herein treated as the new species U. Hosmeria Wells and Wellington, 1985, are separated margweeksae sp. nov.. from all other Myobatrachidae frogs by the following The morphologically divergent, geographically suite of characters: Tongue is small oval and free at disjunct whitish coloured specimens from the eastern the rear; prominent parotoid glands; bright red or edge of the Gulf of Carpentaria and the drier western orange spots in the groin and back of the knee; there parts of Cape York Peninsula, Queensland are herein is often a pale, white, yellow or brown patch on the formally named U. grantturneri sp. nov.. upper arm before it joins the body; maxillary teeth The three species are readily separated from one may be present or absent; frontparietal foramen may another as follows: U. lithomoda is charactaerised by be present or absent; prevomer is much reduced or having a dorsum covered with close spaced large absent; vomerine teeth are small or absent; pupil blunt tubercles, sometimes lighter at the highest rhomboidal; tympanum is hidden; terminal phlanges point. The flanks are brown with numerous tiny, are simple and tips of digits not dilated; inner and yellow-white tubercles. In males there is a thick and outer metatarsal tubercles are more or less equally prominent broken white fold of skin demarcating the developed. dorsum and the upper flank, commencing on the Distribution: U. margweeksae sp. nov. appears to upper parotoid gland and extending to near the rear be confined to the tropical north of the Northern leg. The pigment on either side of this fold is Territory in the region of Darwin and Arnhemland and chocolate brown, with the raised blunt tubercles presumably extends further east to Groote Eylandt being reddish brown, but not particularly well defined (see description of subspecies from Groote Eylandt in terms of colour. below). A thin, well-defined white or yellow vertebral line runs Hoser 2020 - Australasian Journal of Herpetology 50-51:1-128. Available online at www.herp.net Copyright- Kotabi Publishing - All rights reserved 108 Australasian Journal of Herpetology from the tip of the snout to about level with the front U. lithomoda has mainly reddish-brown flanks. limbs, at which point it terminates. Anterior of snout is U. margweeksae sp. nov. has mainly greyish flanks. mainly grey. U. grantturneri sp. nov. has mainly whitish flanks. U. margweeksae sp. nov. is readily separated from Premetamorphasing tadpoles of U. lithomoda when U. lithomoda by having a dorsum that is more-or-less viewed from above are a dull greyish background smooth but with scattered and relatively pointed colour, with indistinct darker grey mottling on the tubercles across the dorsum, these becoming tiny on body and a slight darkening at the end of the tail. The the upper flanks. Where in male U. lithomoda there is muscle tissue of the tail is lightly peppered black top a thick and prominent broken white fold of skin and bottom consistently along the length. demarcating the dorsum and the upper flank, this is At the same stage and view U. margweeksae sp. reduced so as to be barely discernable. The nov. tadpoles are yellowish in colour with well-defined reduction is both in the fold itself (no longer as an aras of black pigment. The tip of the snout has a obvious fold) and in colouration in that there is a distinctive short yellow/white bar extending to slight lightening of the zone to yellowish (rather than between the nostrils, the same bar being barely a well defined colour change), but not in any way as distinct in U. lithomoda at the stage. The tail tip is a distinctive white and broken line at the top of the heavily pigmented black. The muscle tissue of the tail flank as seen in U. lithomoda. Some of the scattered is heavily peppered black top and bottom consistently tubercles on the dorsum of U. margweeksae sp. nov. along the length. are brightly and distinctly orange-tipped, which is not At the same stage and view U. grantturneri sp. nov. seen in U.lithomoda. tadpoles are generally a light grey colour when The subspecies U. margweeksae maximus subsp. viewed from above and with only limited, but distinct, nov. occurring only on Groote Eylandt, is readily dark blackish flecks or markings, although like in U. separated from U. margweeksae sp. nov., margweeksae sp. nov. the darker markings or flecks U.lithomoda and U. grantturneri sp. nov. by being the are strongly contrasting. The tip of the tail is heavily only taxon in the complex which has significent pigmented black in similar manner to U. amounts of dark peppering and pigment on the margweeksae sp. nov., however in contrast to both ventral surfaces. U. lithomoda and U. margweeksae sp. nov. the The average snout-vent length (body length) of male muscle tissue of the tail is characterised with U. margweeksae maximus subsp. nov. is relatively scattered large black spots, as opposed to a huge, being 24.6 mm (N=10), versus a range of 19.0- consistent and continuous blackening of the upper 21.9 mm for all other species and subspecies in the surface. complex (U. margweeksae sp. nov., U.lithomoda and U. lithomoda in life is depicted in Anstis (2013) on U. grantturneri sp. nov.) (N=92) (Davies 1987), page 727 at top left, top right and middle right, Tyler, making this a distinctively large taxon in the complex. Smith and Johnstone (1994) on plate 20, at top, and Females are also relatively larger in U. margweeksae online at: maximus subsp. nov. as compared to in the other https://www.flickr.com/photos/23031163@N03/ species (U. margweeksae sp. nov., U.lithomoda and 8486378849/ U. grantturneri sp. nov.). U. margweeksae sp. nov. is depicted in life in Anstis U. grantturneri sp. nov. comes across as a (2013) on pages 727 bottom right and 728 top left, distinctively whiteish coloured frog. Cogger (2014) on page 125, bottom right and online The base colour of the dorsum is whitish, yellow, at: creamy or beige overlaid with a fairly distinctive https://www.flickr.com/photos/ryanfrancis/ randomised pattern of dark orange-brown blotches 32451097512/ and spots. In addition to this there are scattered and orange tipped tubercles mainly on the dorsum and https://www.flickr.com/photos/58349528@N02/ with other tiny ones on the upper flanks. 49485781717/ Like in U. lithomoda, there is a thick, sometimes U. grantturneri sp. nov. is depicted in life online at: broken fold of skin along the upper flank, but https://www.flickr.com/photos/14807473@N08/ because it is surrounded by similarly coloured yellow, 32481012315/ cream or beige skin, it is not seen as an abvious fold and line as in U. lithomoda, where the whitish line is https://www.flickr.com/photos/euprepiosaur/ sharply demarcated from the adjoining chocolate- 6835095601/ brown skin. The dorsum of U. grantturneri sp. nov. is heavily covered with blunt warts, being not as U. lithomoda, U. margweeksae sp. nov. (nominate densely packed as seen in U. lithomoda, but more so form and other subspecies from Groote Eylandt, than seen in U. margweeksae sp. nov.. namely U. margweeksae maximus subsp. nov.), and U. grantturneri sp. nov. are readily separated from all U. margweeksae sp. nov. has a bluish-grey iris, other species within the genera Uperoleia Gray, 1841 versus reddish brown in the other two species.

and Hosmeria Wells and Wellington, 1985 by the Museum, Brisbane, Queensland, Australia, specimen following suite of characters: Large parotoid glands number J85141 collected near Normanton, 40km E usually tending to be creamish or cream on the upper of Chillagoe turnoff, Queensland, Australia, Latitude - surfaces; venter is cream, except for a blackish rim 17.3157 S., Longitude 141.5153 E. below the lower jaw; ventral surface is slightly to 4/ Two preserved specimens in the Queensland coarsely granular; belly and abdomen pale with at Museum, Brisbane, Queensland, Australia, specimen most some sparsely scattered stippling of darker numbers J64934 and J64938 collected at Marsupial pigment; inner thigh is orange (U. lithomoda and U. Ck, via Croydon, Queensland, Australia, Latitude - grantturneri sp. nov.) or pinkish (U. margweeksae sp. 18.2 S., Longitude 142.3 E. nov.). Toes without fringes and without or at most a 5/ Five preserved specimens in the Queensland trace of basal webbing; Maxillary teeth absent. Museum, Brisbane, Queensland, Australia, specimen Internarial distance is less than eye-naris distance. numbers J65967, J65968, J65969, J88211 and Outer metatarsal tubercle is larger than the inner, J88212 all collected from the Georgetown-Croydon with both being small but conspicuous; Road, Queensland, Australia, Latitude -18.2436 S., Frogs in the genera Uperoleia Gray, 1841 and Longitude 142.7164 E. Hosmeria Wells and Wellington, 1985, are separated 6/ Two preserved specimens in the Queensland from all other Myobatrachidae frogs by the following Museum, Brisbane, Queensland, Australia, specimen suite of characters: Tongue is small oval and free at numbers J88811 and J88812 both collected at the rear; prominent parotoid glands; bright red or Lagoon Creek, Westmoreland Station, Latitude -17.5 orange spots in the groin and back of the knee; there S., Longitude 138.1 E. is often a pale, white, yellow or brown patch on the Diagnosis: Until now, both U. grantturneri sp. nov. upper arm before it joins the body; maxillary teeth and Uperoleia margweeksae sp. nov. have been may be present or absent; frontparietal foramen may treated as populations of the widely distributed taxon be present or absent; prevomer is much reduced or U. lithomoda Tyler, Davies and Martin, 1981 with a absent; vomerine teeth are small or absent; pupil type locality of Spillway Bridge, 11.5 km north-east of rhomboidal; tympanum is hidden; terminal phlanges Lake Argyle Tourist Village, Western Australia, are simple and tips of digits not dilated; inner and Australia. outer metatarsal tubercles are more or less equally Specimens consistent with this putative species are developed. found in a band from the East Kimberley district in Distribution: U. margweeksae maximus subsp. nov. Western Australia, across the Northern Territory and is only known from Groote Eylandt, Northern to the western edge of the Gulf of Carpentaria. Territory, Australia and is believed to be an insular Mophologically divergent specimens from the top end subspecies. of the Northern Territory in the region of Darwin and Etymology: U. margweeksae maximus subsp. nov. Arnhemland are herein treated as the new species U. is named in reflection of the greater size of the adults margweeksae sp. nov.. of this subspecies as compared to the nominate form The morphologically divergent, geographically and other closely related species. disjunct whitish coloured specimens from the eastern UPEROLEIA (PROHARTIA) GRANTTURNERI SP. edge of the Gulf of Carpentaria and the drier western NOV. parts of Cape York Peninsula, Queensland are herein LSIDurn:lsid:zoobank.org:act:A43BD3AA-2F5F- formally named U. grantturneri sp. nov.. 4F57-A19F-502B39217662 The three species are readily separated from one Holotype: A preserved specimen in the Queensland another as follows: U. lithomoda is charactaerised by Museum, Brisbane, Queensland, Australia, specimen having a dorsum covered with close spaced large number J75722 collected from Forsayth-Georgetown blunt tubercles, sometimes lighter at the highest Road, Queensland, Australia, Latitude -18.3656 S., point. The flanks are brown with numerous tiny, Longitude 143.5228 E. This government-owned yellow-white tubercles. In males there is a thick and facility allows access to its holdings. prominent broken white fold of skin demarcating the Paratypes: 1/ A preserved specimen in the dorsum and the upper flank, commencing on the Queensland Museum, Brisbane, Queensland, upper parotoid gland and extending to near the rear Australia, specimen number J75729 collected from leg. The pigment on either side of this fold is Forsayth-Georgetown Road, Queensland, Australia, chocolate brown, with the raised blunt tubercles Latitude -18.3656 S., Longitude 143.5228 E. being reddish brown, but not particularly well defined 2/ A preserved specimen in the Queensland in terms of colour. Museum, Brisbane, Queensland, Australia, specimen A thin, well-defined white or yellow vertebral line runs number J77533 collected from Kendall River, from the tip of the snout to about level with the front Queensland, Australia, Latitude -13.7422 S., limbs, at which point it terminates. Anterior of snout is Longitude 142.1267 E. mainly grey. 3/ A preserved specimen in the Queensland U. margweeksae sp. nov. is readily separated from Hoser 2020 - Australasian Journal of Herpetology 50-51:1-128. Available online at www.herp.net Copyright- Kotabi Publishing - All rights reserved 110 Australasian Journal of Herpetology

U. lithomoda by having a dorsum that is more-or-less viewed from above are a dull greyish background smooth but with scattered and relatively pointed colour, with indistinct darker grey mottling on the tubercles across the dorsum, these becoming tiny on body and a slight darkening at the end of the tail. The the upper flanks. Where in male U. lithomoda there is muscle tissue of the tail is lightly peppered black top a thick and prominent broken white fold of skin and bottom consistently along the length. demarcating the dorsum and the upper flank, this is At the same stage and view U. margweeksae sp. reduced so as to be barely discernable. The nov. tadpoles are yellowish in colour with well-defined reduction is both in the fold itself (no longer as an aras of black pigment. The tip of the snout has a obvious fold) and in colouration in that there is a distinctive short yellow/white bar extending to slight lightening of the zone to yellowish (rather than between the nostrils, the same bar being barely a well defined colour change), but not in any way as distinct in U. lithomoda at the stage. The tail tip is a distinctive white and broken line at the top of the heavily pigmented black. The muscle tissue of the tail flank as seen in U. lithomoda. Some of the scattered is heavily peppered black top and bottom consistently tubercles on the dorsum of U. margweeksae sp. nov. along the length. are brightly and distinctly orange-tipped, which is not At the same stage and view U. grantturneri sp. nov. seen in U.lithomoda. tadpoles are generally a light grey colour when The subspecies U. margweeksae maximus subsp. viewed from above and with only limited, but distinct, nov. occurring only on Groote Eylandt, is readily dark blackish flecks or markings, although like in U. separated from U. margweeksae sp. nov., margweeksae sp. nov. the darker markings or flecks U.lithomoda and U. grantturneri sp. nov. by being the are strongly contrasting. The tip of the tail is heavily only taxon in the complex which has significent pigmented black in similar manner to U. amounts of dark peppering and pigment on the margweeksae sp. nov., however in contrast to both ventral surfaces. U. lithomoda and U. margweeksae sp. nov. the The average snout-vent length (body length) of male muscle tissue of the tail is characterised with U. margweeksae maximus subsp. nov. is relatively scattered large black spots, as opposed to a huge, being 24.6 mm (N=10), versus a range of 19.0- consistent and continuous blackening of the upper 21.9 mm for all other species and subspecies in the surface. complex (U. margweeksae sp. nov., U.lithomoda and U. lithomoda in life is depicted in Anstis (2013) on U. grantturneri sp. nov.) (N=92) (Davies 1987), page 727 at top left, top right and middle right, Tyler, making this a distinctively large taxon in the complex. Smith and Johnstone (1994) on plate 20, at top, and Females are also relatively larger in U. margweeksae online at: maximus subsp. nov. as compared to in the other https://www.flickr.com/photos/23031163@N03/ species (U. margweeksae sp. nov., U.lithomoda and 8486378849/ U. grantturneri sp. nov.). U. margweeksae sp. nov. is depicted in life in Anstis U. grantturneri sp. nov. comes across as a (2013) on pages 727 bottom right and 728 top left, distinctively whiteish coloured frog. Cogger (2014) on page 125, bottom right and online The base colour of the dorsum is whitish, yellow, at: creamy or beige overlaid with a fairly distinctive https://www.flickr.com/photos/ryanfrancis/ randomised pattern of dark orange-brown blotches 32451097512/ and spots. In addition to this there are scattered and orange tipped tubercles mainly on the dorsum and https://www.flickr.com/photos/58349528@N02/ with other tiny ones on the upper flanks. 49485781717/ Like in U. lithomoda, there is a thick, sometimes U. grantturneri sp. nov. is depicted in life online at: broken fold of skin along the upper flank, but https://www.flickr.com/photos/14807473@N08/ because it is surrounded by similarly coloured yellow, 32481012315/ cream or beige skin, it is not seen as an abvious fold and line as in U. lithomoda, where the whitish line is https://www.flickr.com/photos/euprepiosaur/ sharply demarcated from the adjoining chocolate- 6835095601/ brown skin. The dorsum of U. grantturneri sp. nov. is U. lithomoda, U. margweeksae sp. nov. (including the heavily covered with blunt warts, being not as single subspecies), and U. grantturneri sp. nov. are densely packed as seen in U. lithomoda, but more so readily separated from all other species within the than seen in U. margweeksae sp. nov.. genera Uperoleia Gray, 1841 and Hosmeria Wells U. margweeksae sp. nov. has a bluish-grey iris, and Wellington, 1985 by the following suite of versus reddish brown in the other two species. characters: Large parotoid glands usually tending to U. lithomoda has mainly reddish-brown flanks. be creamish or cream on the upper surfaces; venter U. margweeksae sp. nov. has mainly greyish flanks. is cream, except for a blackish rim below the lower U. grantturneri sp. nov. has mainly whitish flanks. jaw; ventral surface is slightly to coarsely granular; Premetamorphasing tadpoles of U. lithomoda when belly and abdomen pale with at most some sparsely Hoser 2020 - Australasian Journal of Herpetology 50-51:1-128. Available online at www.herp.net Copyright- Kotabi Publishing - All rights reserved Australasian Journal of Herpetology 111

scattered stippling of darker pigment; inner thigh is Diagnosis: U. minima dispar subsp. nov. is similar in orange (U. lithomoda and U. grantturneri sp. nov.) or most respects to nominate U. minima with a type pinkish (U. margweeksae sp. nov.). Toes without locality of the Mitchell Plateau Region of the North- fringes and without or at most a trace of basal east Kimberley, Western Australia, but separated webbing; Maxillary teeth absent. Internarial distance from that taxon by having a dorsum and upper flanks is less than eye-naris distance. Outer metatarsal that are dark brown, heavily infused with a leaden tubercle is larger than the inner, with both being small grey colour and with closely scattered light brown but conspicuous; tubercles of varying size, versus a similar colouration, Frogs in the genera Uperoleia Gray, 1841 and but with minimal grey infusion and generally lighter all Hosmeria Wells and Wellington, 1985, are separated over the dorsum. Fingers of U. minima dispar subsp. from all other Myobatrachidae frogs by the following nov. are mainly dark in colour on top versus mainly suite of characters: Tongue is small oval and free at light (yellowish blotches or wash) in nominate U. the rear; prominent parotoid glands; bright red or minima minima. orange spots in the groin and back of the knee; there Both forms of U. minima are readily separated from is often a pale, white, yellow or brown patch on the all other species within the genera Uperoleia Gray, upper arm before it joins the body; maxillary teeth 1841 and Hosmeria Wells and Wellington, 1985 by may be present or absent; frontparietal foramen may the following suite of characters: Internarial distance be present or absent; prevomer is much reduced or less than eye-naris distance. No maxillary teeth. Toes absent; vomerine teeth are small or absent; pupil without fringing or web. Two large metatarsal rhomboidal; tympanum is hidden; terminal phlanges tubercles. Dorsum is generally drab in colour with are simple and tips of digits not dilated; inner and little evidence of formation of colour pattern save for outer metatarsal tubercles are more or less equally numerous small, irregularly shaped and poorly developed. defined darker blotches across the dorsum. The Distribution: U. grantturneri sp. nov. appears to be dorsum and upper flanks are covered in closely confined to the eastern edge of the Gulf of scattered light brown tubercles of varying size. Bright Carpentaria and the drier, mainly western parts of red patches in the groin and behind the knee. Venter Cape York Peninsula, Queensland. whitish, but suffused with grey on the throat, chest Etymology: U. grantturneri sp. nov. is named in and lower flanks. Skin is moderately granular on the honour of Grant Turner of Innisfail, North belly. Moderate-sized parotoid glands. Average adult Queensland, Australia, formerly of Bundoora, size is about 20-26 mm (snout-vent). Victoria, Australia, in recognition of a lifetime of Frogs in the genera Uperoleia Gray, 1841 and significant contributions to herpetology in Australia, Hosmeria Wells and Wellington, 1985, are separated through numerous major scientific works and also from all other Myobatrachidae frogs by the following recognizing his invaluable (always unpaid and difficult suite of characters: Tongue is small oval and free at for him) assistances to myself, Rob Valentic and the rear; prominent parotoid glands; bright red or other herpetologists in numerous extremely intensive orange spots in the groin and back of the knee; there and demanding fieldwork projects across Victoria in is often a pale, white, yellow or brown patch on the the late 1980’s and 1990’s. upper arm before it joins the body; maxillary teeth UPEROLEIA (PROHARTIA) MINIMA DISPAR may be present or absent; frontparietal foramen may SUBSP. NOV. be present or absent; prevomer is much reduced or LSIDurn:lsid:zoobank.org:act:FEA212C1-EE72- absent; vomerine teeth are small or absent; pupil 41ED-8CB0-4A27BAAAAB12 rhomboidal; tympanum is hidden; terminal phlanges are simple and tips of digits not dilated; inner and Holotype: A preserved male specimen (snout-vent outer metatarsal tubercles are more or less equally 26 mm, weight 1.3 grams) at the Western Australian developed. Museum, Perth, Western Australia, Australia, specimen number R169936 collected from the Distribution: U. minima dispar subsp. nov. is known Wunaamin Miliwundi Ranges, which prior to 2020 only from the area of the type locality being the were known as the King Leopold Ranges, Western Wunaamin Miliwundi Ranges, which prior to 2020 Australia, Australia, Latitude -17.4943 S., Longitude were known as the King Leopold Ranges, Western 125.7537 E. This government-owned facility allows Australia, Australia, Latitude 17.4943 S., Longitude access to its holdings. 125.7537 E. Paratypes: Two preserved specimens at the Etymology: In Latin “dispar” means different, Western Australian Museum, Perth, Western referring to the subtle differences between the two Australia, Australia, specimen numbers R169934 and UPEROLEIA (PROHARTIA) GEDYEI SP. NOV. R169935 collected from the Wunaamin Miliwundi LSIDurn:lsid:zoobank.org:act:3F6A45E8-C7F1- Ranges, which prior to 2020 were known as the King 4EB6-849F-313BB8CC5690 Leopold Ranges, Western Australia, Australia, Holotype: A preserved specimen (whole animal, Latitude 17.4943 S., Longitude 125.7537 E. cleaned and stained in ethanol) at the Museum of

Comparative Zoology at Harvard University, overlaid with scattered darker blotches or spots. Cambridge, Massachusetts, USA, specimen number Paler blotches or spots are on the parotoid glands, MCZ Herp A-106605, collected from near Morehead, which are smaller in size than some other members Western Province, Papua New Guinea, Latitude - of the genus. Dorsum is more-or-less smooth with 8.7137 S., Longitude 141.6416 E. This facility allows numerous moderately spaced, moderately sized access to its holdings. tubercles, with relatively indistinct, but lighter tips. Diagnosis: The species Uperoleia gedyei sp. nov. Reddish-orange patches in the groin and behind only presently known from southern Papua New each knee. Cream or dirty white below, in turn Guinea near the Irian Jaya border is similar in most peppered with dark grey or brown. Venter, smooth or respects to U. mimula Davies, McDonald and slightly granular, except in U. rossignolii sp. nov. Corben, 1986, type locality of Lakefield Ranger where it is coarsely granular. Station, far north Queensland, which it would Distribution: Uperoleia gedyei sp. nov. is only known otherwise be identified as and has been to date (e.g. from the type locality and environs, being near Davies 1987, Cogger 2014). Morehead, Western Province, Papua New Guinea, It is readily distinguished from that species, U. Latitude -8.7137 S., Longitude 141.6416 E. mimula from the eastern side of Cape York in far Diagnosis: The species Uperoleia gedyei sp. nov. is north Queensland, being found from Torres Strait to named in honour of Andrew Gedye of Bentley Park, a at least as far south as the Paluma Range and suburb of Cairns, North Queensland, Australia, potentially south as far as Mackay and the new formerly of Cheltenham, Victoria, Australia, a well species U. rossignolii sp. nov., previously treated as known breeder of rare and threatened species of a population of U. mimula, currently only known from snakes, in recognition of contributions to herpetology Townsville Town Common, Townsville, by the in Australia spanning some decades. He has also presence of extremely prominent and raised inguinal conducted herpetological fieldwork in Papua New and femoral patches, which are not seen in either Guinea in recent years. species or for that matter in the morphologically UPEROLEIA (PROHARTIA) ROSSIGNOLII SP. similar species U. lithomoda Tyler, Davies and Martin, NOV. 1981, U. grantturneri sp. nov. and U. margweeksae LSIDurn:lsid:zoobank.org:act:FB296CE3-258B- sp. nov. (including subspecies). 4229-A60D-E0F31CBEFA9A U. rossignolii sp. nov. is separated from each of U. Holotype: A preserved specimen at the South mimula and U. gedyei sp. nov. by having coarsely Australian Museum, Adelaide, South Australia, granular ventral skin, versus only slightly granular in Australia, specimen number R29628 collected from the other two species, as well as a unique crescentric Townsville Town Common, Townsville, Queensland, indentation on the anterior edge of the nasals not Australia. This government-owned facility allows seen in either of the other two species. The access to its holdings. frontoparietal fontanelle is poorly exposed in U. Paratypes: 12 preserved specimens at the South rossignolii sp. nov. versus moderately to well Australian Museum, Adelaide, South Australia, exposed in both U. mimula and U. gedyei sp. nov.. Australia, specimen numbers R29629-R29640 U. rossignolii sp. nov. is depicted in life, showing collected from Townsville Town Common, Townsville, diagnostic characters online at: Queensland, Australia. https://www.flickr.com/photos/euprepiosaur/ Diagnosis: Uperoleia rossignolii sp. nov. and U. 6955419823/ gedyei sp. nov. have both until now been treated as and aberrant populations at the southern and northern https://www.flickr.com/photos/euprepiosaur/ extremities of the known range of the putative 8516088374/ species U. mimula Davies, McDonald and Corben, and: 1986, type locality of Lakefield Ranger Station, far https://www.flickr.com/photos/euprepiosaur/ north Queensland. 8514973181/ The species Uperoleia gedyei sp. nov. only presently All of U. mimula, U. gedyei sp. nov. and U. rossignolii known from southern Papua New Guinea near the sp. nov. are readily separated from all other species Irian Jaya border is similar in most respects to U. within the genera Uperoleia Gray, 1841 and mimula which it would otherwise be identified as and Hosmeria Wells and Wellington, 1985 by the has been to date (e.g. Davies 1987, Cogger 2014). following suite of characters: Outer metatarsal It is readily distinguished from that species, U. tubercle is large, raised and conspicuous and inner mimula from the eastern side of Cape York in far one also well developed. Internarial distance is less north Queensland, being found from Torres Strait to than the eye-naris distance. No maxillary teeth. Toes at least as far south as the Paluma Range and fringed and with a small amount of basal webbing. potentially south as far as Mackay and the new Dorsal body pattern usually not well developed, but species U. rossignolii sp. nov., previously treated as generally drab and consisting of a light background a population of U. mimula, currently only known from

Townsville Common, by the presence of extremely MIXOPHYES (QUASIMIXOPHYES) HOSERAE prominent and raised inguinal and femoral patches, JACKYAE SUBSP. NOV. which are not seen in either species or for that matter LSIDurn:lsid:zoobank.org:act:0FFABA9C-5F7F- in the morphologically similar species U. lithomoda 433A-A21F-EC900C65115C Tyler, Davies and Martin, 1981, U. grantturneri sp. Holotype: A preserved male specimen at the nov. and U. margweeksae sp. nov. (including National Museum of Victoria, Melbourne, Victoria, subspecies). Australia, specimen number D43725, collected from U. rossignolii sp. nov. is separated from each of U. 46.7 km North of Cann River, East Gippsland, mimula and U. gedyei sp. nov. by having coarsely Victoria, Australia. Latitude -37.3 S., Longitude granular ventral skin, versus only slightly granular in 149.18 S. This facility allows access to its holdings. the other two species, as well as a unique crescentric Paratypes: Five preserved specimens at the indentation on the anterior edge of the nasals not National Museum of Victoria, Melbourne, Victoria, seen in either of the other two species. The Australia, specimen numbers D43726, D43729, frontoparietal fontanelle is poorly exposed in U. D43742, D43743 and D43744 all from roughly 47 km rossignolii sp. nov. versus moderately to well North of Cann River, East Gippsland, Victoria, exposed in both U. mimula and U. gedyei sp. nov.. Australia. Latitude -37.3 S., Longitude 149.18 S. U. rossignolii sp. nov. is depicted in life, showing Diagnosis: Until 2020 Mixophyes (Quasimixophyes) diagnostic characters online at: hoserae Hoser, 2020 had been treated as a southern https://www.flickr.com/photos/euprepiosaur/ population of the well-known species M. 6955419823/ (Quasimixophyes) balbus Straughan, 1968. and All three species in the subgenus Quasimixophyes https://www.flickr.com/photos/euprepiosaur/ Hoser, 2020 are separated from the nominate 8516088374/ subgenus of Mixophyes Günther, 1864 by having a and: grey (not whitish) upper lip and areas of darker https://www.flickr.com/photos/euprepiosaur/ pigment being prominent on the upper lip, versus a 8514973181/ pale creamy-white upper lip without obvious darker All of U. mimula, U. gedyei sp. nov. and U. rossignolii blotches in Mixophyes. sp. nov. are readily separated from all other species The subgenus Feremixophyes Hoser, 2020 is readily within the genera Uperoleia Gray, 1841 and separated from the other two subgenera within Hosmeria Wells and Wellington, 1985 by the Mixophyes Günther, 1864, namely Mixophyes and following suite of characters: Outer metatarsal Quasimixophyes Hoser, 2020 by the following two tubercle is large, raised and conspicuous and inner characters: The length of the inner metatarsal one also well developed. Internarial distance is less tubercule is approximately half the length of the first than the eye-naris distance. No maxillary teeth. Toes toe versus nearly equal to the length in the other two fringed and with a small amount of basal webbing. subgenera and the webbing between the toes Dorsal body pattern usually not well developed, but extends to the second most distal joint of the fourth generally drab and consisting of a light background toe. The web extends to the third most distal joint of overlaid with scattered darker blotches or spots. the fourth toe in the other two subgenera and to the Paler blotches or spots are on the parotoid glands, terminal disc of the fourth toe in Oxyslop gen. nov.. which are smaller in size than some other members Feremixophyes Hoser, 2020 can be separated from of the genus. Dorsum is more-or-less smooth with Paramixophyes Hoser, 2016 by having a few or no numerous moderately spaced, moderately sized scattered dark spots on the side versus a broad zone tubercles, with relatively indistinct, but lighter tips. of numerous dark spots on the side. Reddish-orange patches in the groin and behind Feremixophyes can also be distinguished from each knee. Cream or dirty white below, in turn Oxyslop Hoser, 2020 by the absence of an peppered with dark grey or brown. Venter, smooth or uninterrupted narrow vertebral stripe extending from slightly granular, except in U. rossignolii sp. nov. between the eyes to just above the vent. where it is coarsely granular. Within Quasimixophyes Hoser, 2020 the species M. Distribution: Uperoleia rossignolii sp. nov. is only (Quasimixophyes) fleayi Corben and Ingram, 1987 is currently known from the type locality being the separated from the other two species M. Townsville Town Common, Townsville, Queensland, (Quasimixophyes) balbus Straughan, 1968 and M. Australia. (Quasimixophyes) hoserae Hoser, 2020 by having Etymology: Uperoleia rossignolii sp. nov. is named well-defined dark cross bands on the limbs, which in honour of Federico Rossignoli of Hurtbridge, also widen posteriorly to form dark triangles that are Victoria, Australia, previously of North Ringwood, visible from below, as well as an evenly spaced Victoria, Australia, in recognition of his services to series of conspicuous black spots or blotches on the herpetology and wildlife conservation spanning some side, versus ill-defined cross bands on the forelimbs decades. and only moderately well-defined on the upper hind Hoser 2020 - Australasian Journal of Herpetology 50-51:1-128. Available online at www.herp.net Copyright- Kotabi Publishing - All rights reserved 114 Australasian Journal of Herpetology limbs in the other two species and dark spots or subspecies M. hoserae hoserae Hoser, 2020 is found blotches on the side being either infrequent and north of the Kangaroo Valley. irregular (in M. balbus Straughan, 1968) or absent (in Etymology: Named in honour of my daughter, Jacky M. hoserae Hoser, 2020). Indigo Hoser, who as of late 2020 was aged 19, in M. balbus is further separated from M. hoserae by recognition of services to wildlife conservation in her having a broad, irregular, or broken band or patches first 19 years of life, including assisting in Scientific forming a band, running down the middle of the back. Research projects in various locations around the This is not the case for M. hoserae. world, and educating the public via the Reptile Party The subspecies M. hoserae jackyae subsp. nov. is and Snake Catcher (TM/R) businesses. found south of Ulladulla, along the coast and nearby MYOBATRACHINI TRIBE NOV. ranges of New South Wales, Australia to just south of LSIDurn:lsid:zoobank.org:act:86EEB328-06CB- the Victorian border in East Gippsland, whereas the 4104-978A-A223B88356CE allopatric nominate subspecies M. hoserae hoserae Type genus: Myobatrachus Schlegel, 1850. Hoser, 2020 is found north of the Kangaroo Valley. Diagnosis: Frogs within genera in the tribe M. hoserae jackyae subsp. nov. is separated from Myobatrachini tribe nov. are separated from all other nominate M. hoserae hoserae by having a noticeably species within the family Myobatrachidae by the thickened black bar anterior to and posterior to the following unique suite of characters: Tongue not eye, running along the upper margin from behind the adhering to the floor of the mouth at the rear; tongue nostril, over the eye, the top of the ear and posterior is small and/or narrowly oval. Maxillary teeth absent. to it. The same bar is noticeably thinner in both M. Prevomer is much reduced or absent; outer hoserae hoserae and M. balbus. metatarsal tubercle if present is much smaller than The darker banding on the upper surfaces of the the inner metatarsal tubercle; no terminal discs on forearms is wider than the lighter interspaces, in fingers or toes (Genera: Myobatrachus Schlegel, contrast to both M. hoserae hoserae and M. balbus, 1850; Bufonella Girard, 1853; Crottyphryne gen. nov.; where the lighter interspaces are wider. This banding Kankanophryne Heyer and Liem, 1976; Metacrinia also extends all the way across the top of the forearm Parker, 1940; Oxyphryne gen. nov.; Pseudophryne in M. hoserae jackyae sp. nov. as opposed to not Fitzinger, 1843; Sloppophryne gen. nov.), or: as for doing so in both M. hoserae hoserae and M. balbus. previous except for the following: Lacking vomerine Adult M. hoserae jackyae subsp. nov. is a teeth; maxillary teeth present; a massive pectoral distinctively pinkish brown coloured frog on the girdle; reduced digits; colourless and translucent skin dorsum, with underparts whitish with a slight pinkish on the snout tip; no extensive areas of dark pigment tinge. The upper lip beneath the eye is heavily on the ventral surface. The skin around the body darkened, with dark blackish pigment, dark peppering forms a loose sac which extends to the elbow and or both. knee (Genus: Arenophryne Tyler, 1976). Lower flanks of M. hoserae jackyae subsp. nov. are a Distribution: Most parts of the southern half of whitish pink in colour, versus yellowish in both M. mainland Australia and Tasmania, except extremely hoserae hoserae and M. balbus. flat arid zones. Both M. fleayi and M. balbus have a prominent Content: Myobatrachus Schlegel, 1850 (type genus); silvery white to blue crescent on top of the iris, Arenophryne Tyler, 1976; Bufonella Girard, 1853; whereas this is either indistinct or absent in M. Crottyphryne gen. nov.; Kankanophryne Heyer and hoserae sp. nov. (both subspecies). Liem, 1976; Metacrinia Parker, 1940; Oxyphryne gen. An image of living M. hoserae can be found on page nov.; Pseudophryne Fitzinger, 1843; Sloppophryne 29 of Hoser (1989) in the top image or alternatively in gen. nov.. Anstis (2013) on page 425 at top right in amplexus. OXYPHRYNEINA SUBTRIBE NOV. An image of living M. balbus can be seen in Anstis LSIDurn:lsid:zoobank.org:act:FB3734E1-8F71- (2013) on page 425 in the top left image and bottom 4EAA-91EA-6992EF1039F3 right image. Type genus: Oxyphryne gen. nov. Images of living M. fleayi in life can be found in Anstis Diagnosis: Frogs in the subtribe Oxyphryneina (2013) at page 440 (top three images). subtribe nov. are readily separated from the nominate An image of living M. hoserae jackyae subsp. nov. subtribe Myobatrachina subtribe nov. by having short can be seen online at: limbs that are more-or less normal, the adpressed https://canberra.naturemapr.org/Species/15417 hindlimb reaching the tympanic region or beyond and Distribution: The subspecies M. hoserae jackyae a smooth ventral surface. subsp. nov. is found south of Ulladulla, along the Frogs within genera in the tribe Myobatrachini tribe coast and nearby ranges of New South Wales, nov. are separated from all other species within the Australia to just south of the Victorian border in East family Myobatrachidae by the following unique suite Gippsland, whereas the allopatric nominate of characters: Tongue not adhering to the floor of the

mouth at the rear; tongue is small and/or narrowly SPICOSPINAINA SUBTRIBE NOV. oval. Maxillary teeth absent. Prevomer is much LSIDurn:lsid:zoobank.org:act:13FF82AF-7BB7- reduced or absent; outer metatarsal tubercle if 4E5C-9D84-B98C351006B8 present is much smaller than the inner metatarsal Type genus: Spicospina Roberts, Horwitz, Wardell- tubercle; no terminal discs on fingers or toes Johnson, Maxon and Mahony, 1997. (Genera: Myobatrachus Schlegel, 1850; Bufonella Frogs in the subtribe Spicospinaina subtribe nov. Girard, 1853; Crottyphryne gen. nov.; are readily separated from species within the Kankanophryne Heyer and Liem, 1976; Metacrinia nominate subtribe Uperoleiaina subtribe nov., the Parker, 1940; Oxyphryne gen. nov.; Pseudophryne only other tribe within Uperoleiaini tribe nov. and all Fitzinger, 1843; Sloppophryne gen. nov.), or: as for other Myobatrachidae species by the following previous except for the following: Lacking vomerine unique suite of characters: Tongue not adhering to teeth; maxillary teeth present; a massive pectoral the floor of the mouth at the rear; tongue is small girdle; reduced digits; colourless and translucent skin and/or narrowly oval; prevomer much reduced or on the snout tip; no extensive areas of dark pigment absent; vomerine teeth vestigial or absent. Dermal on the ventral surface. The skin around the body brood pouches absent. Parotoid present and evident forms a loose sac which extends to the elbow and externally; no prevomer or vomerine teeth; terminal knee (Genus: Arenophryne Tyler, 1976). phlanges pointed, not T-shaped. Tips of fingers and The nominate subtribe Myobatrachina subtribe nov. is toes lack distinct discs. First finger is normal, or if also formally defined within this diagnosis. vestigial, there is no dorsolateral skin fold. No outer Distribution: Most parts of the southern half of metatarsal tubercle. Maxillary teeth present. No loose mainland Australia and Tasmania, except extremely sac of skin around the body; very dark brown or black flat arid zones. above; throat, chest and feet bright orange; belly and Content: Oxyphryne gen. nov. (type genus); undersides of limbs are bright blue, overlain with a Bufonella Girard, 1853; Crottyphryne gen. nov.; blackish reticulum Kankanophryne Heyer and Liem, 1976; Species within the subtribe Uperoleiaina subtribe nov. Pseudophryne Fitzinger, 1843; Sloppophryne gen. are in turn separated from all species within nov.. Uperoleiaini tribe nov. (only the monotypic species, UPEROLEIAINI TRIBE NOV. Spicospina flammocaerulea Roberts, Horwitz, LSIDurn:lsid:zoobank.org:act:1BEAA6AB-8585- Wardell-Johnson, Maxon and Mahony, 1997) and all 4AD2-97F9-F75E293268D3 other Myobatrachidae by the following unique suite of Type genus: Uperoleia Gray, 1841. characters: Tongue not adhering to the floor of the Diagnosis: Species within the genera within the tribe mouth at the rear; tongue is small and/or narrowly Uperoleiaini tribe nov. are readily separated from all oval; prevomer much reduced or absent; vomerine other species within the family Myobatrachidae by the teeth vestigial or absent. Inner and outer metatarsal following unique suite of characters: tubercles more or less equally developed. Tongue not adhering to the floor of the mouth at the The nominate subtribe Uperoleiaina subtribe nov. is rear; tongue is small and/or narrowly oval; prevomer also formally defined within this diagnosis. much reduced or absent; vomerine teeth vestigial or Content: Spicospina Roberts, Horwitz, Wardell- absent, and one or other of the following unque Johnson, Maxon and Mahony, 1997 (monotypic). suites of characters: 1/ Inner and outer metatarsal WELLINGTONDELLAINI TRIBE NOV. tubercles more or less equally developed (subtribe LSIDurn:lsid:zoobank.org:act:171D5B31-A64A- Uperoleiaina subtribe nov.), or: 2/ Dermal brood 4E37-8DD0-9B6600ABBE98 pouches absent. Parotoid glands present and evident Type genus: Wellingtondella gen. nov. externally; no prevomer or vomerine teeth; terminal Diagnosis: Species within the tribe phlanges pointed, not T-shaped. Tips of fingers and Wellingtondellaini tribe nov. are readily separated toes lack distinct discs. First finger is normal, or if from all other species within the family vestigial, there is no dorsolateral skin fold. No outer Myobatrachidae by the following unique suite of metatarsal tubercle. Maxillary teeth present. No loose characters: sac of skin around the body; very dark brown or black Tongue not adhering to the floor of the mouth at the above; throat, chest and feet bright orange; belly and rear; tongue is small and/or narrowly oval; prevomer undersides of limbs are bright blue, overlain with a much reduced or absent; vomerine teeth vestigial or blackish reticulum (subtribe Spicospinaina subtribe absent. maxillary teeth present; small terminal discs nov.), absent; terminal phlanges are pointed, not T-shaped, Distribution: Most parts of mainland Australia. and one or other of the following three suites of Content: Uperoleia Gray, 1841 (type genus); characters: 1/ Dermal inguinal brood pouches Hosmeria Wells and Wellington, 1985; Spicospina present in males; first finger vestigial; a faint to Roberts, Horwitz, Wardell-Johnson, Maxon and conspicuous dermal skin fold that extends back from Mahony, 1997. the supratympanic region, often sharply demarcating Hoser 2020 - Australasian Journal of Herpetology 50-51:1-128. Available online at www.herp.net Copyright- Kotabi Publishing - All rights reserved 116 Australasian Journal of Herpetology the contrasting dorsal and lateral colours (Genus (Genera Wellingtondella gen. nov., Geocrinia Blake, Assa Tyler, 1972), or 2/ No dermal brood pouches 1973). present; first finger normal, or if vestigial, there is no The nominate subtribe Wellingtondellaina subtribe dorsol-lateral skin fold. Vomerine teeth, small but nov. is also formally defined within this diagnosis. present. Belly smooth (Genera Wellingtondella gen. Distribution: Coastal areas of south-east Australia, nov., Geocrinia Blake, 1973), or 3/ Vomerine teeth extending from south-east of Melbourne, Victoria present and conspicuous, behind the level of the (The Mornington Peninsula), along the coast and choanae; Granular belly. Parotoid glands and flank nearby range areas to the lower north coast of New glands are absent or not evident externally. Toes South Wales, north of Newcastle and south of the broadly fringed (Genus Paracrinia Heyer and Liem, Queensland border. 1976 forming the subtribe Paracriniaina subtribe Content: Paracrinia Heyer and Liem, 1976 (herein nov.). treated as including at least three species). Distribution: Wetter parts of south-east and south- CRINIAINI TRIBE NOV. west Australia, extending as far north as south-east LSIDurn:lsid:zoobank.org:act:EA86A910-CAA8- Queensland in the east. 4A34-BAEB-B1BC7B924176 Content: Wellingtondella gen. nov. (type genus); Type genus: Crinia Tschudi, 1838. Geocrinia Blake, 1973; Paracrinia Heyer and Liem, 1976. Diagnosis: Species of frogs within the tribe Criniaini tribe nov. are readily separated from from all other PARACRINIAINA SUBTRIBE NOV. species within the family Myobatrachidae by the LSIDurn:lsid:zoobank.org:act:DAF69A89-4A03- following unique suite of characters: Tongue not 4247-96B1-3EF4C01EB6D4 adhering to the floor of the mouth at the rear; tongue Type genus: Paracrinia Heyer and Liem, 1976. is small and/or narrowly oval; prevomer much Diagnosis: Species within the subtribe Paracriniaina reduced or absent; vomerine teeth vestigial or subtribe nov. are separated from all other species absent. maxillary teeth present; small terminal discs within tribe Wellingtondellaini tribe nov. and from all absent; terminal phlanges are pointed, not T-shaped. other species within the family Myobatrachidae by the No vomerine teeth, although sometimes rarely following unique suite of characters: Tongue not present, but if so, then very inconspicuous and in the adhering to the floor of the mouth at the rear; tongue form of small clusters or short rows. Tympanum is small and/or narrowly oval; prevomer much usually hidden or otherwise indistinct. Skin on belly is reduced or absent; vomerine teeth vestigial or coarsely granular. Parotoid glands and flank glands absent. maxillary teeth present; small terminal discs are absent or not evident externally. A large absent; terminal phlanges are pointed, not T-shaped. frontoparietal foramen in adults. Toes without fringes, Vomerine teeth present and conspicuous, behind the or if present only narrow. level of the choanae; Granular belly. Parotoid glands The genus Crinia Tschudi, 1838 as defined herein and flank glands are absent or not evident externally. includes six well-defined and divergent subgenera, Toes broadly fringed (Genus Paracrinia Heyer and as defined elsewhere in this paper, especially with Liem, 1976 forming the entirety of the subtribe respect of those newly named ones, that all may Paracriniaina subtribe nov.). ultimately warrant being split into full genera. Species within the subtribe Wellingtondellaina Distribution: Most of mainland Australia, including subtribe nov. are separated from all other species Tasmania, except for the most arid regions. Known within the only other subtribe in the tribe, being from southern New Guinea near the closest area to Paracriniaina subtribe nov. and from all other species the Cape York Peninsula. within the family Myobatrachidae by the following Content: Crinia Tschudi, 1838 (monotypic as unique suite of characters: Tongue not adhering to identified herein, but including defined subgenera). the floor of the mouth at the rear; tongue is small REFERENCES CITED and/or narrowly oval; prevomer much reduced or Agassiz, L. 1846. Nomenclator Zoologicus Continens absent; vomerine teeth vestigial or absent. maxillary Nomina Systematica Generum Animalium tam teeth present; small terminal discs absent; terminal Viventium quam Fossilium, . . . Fasicle 12 (Indicem phlanges are pointed, not T-shaped, and one or other Universalem). Soloduri: Jent et Gassmann. of the following two suites of characters: 1/ Dermal inguinal brood pouches present in males; first finger Ananjeva, N. B., Borkin, L. J., Darevsky, I. S. and vestigial; a faint to conspicuous dermal skin fold that Orlov, N. L. 1988. Dictionary of Amphibians and extends back from the supratympanic region, often Reptiles in Five Languages. Amphibians and sharply demarcating the contrasting dorsal and Reptiles. Russky Yazyk Publishers, Moscow, USSR. lateral colours (Genus Assa Tyler, 1972), or 2/ No Andersson, L. G. 1916. Results of Dr. E. Mjöbergs dermal brood pouches present; first finger normal, or Swedish scientific expeditions to Australia 1910- if vestigial, there is no dorsol-lateral skin fold. 1913. IV. Batrachians. Kongliga Svenska Vomerine teeth, small but present. Belly smooth Vetenskaps-Akademiens Handlingar 52:1-26.

Anstis, M. 2010. A comparative study of divergent Journal of Zoology 49:539-559. embryonic and larval development in the Australian Bush, B., Maryan, B., Browne-Cooper, R. and frog genus Geocrinia (Anura: Myobatrachidae). Robinson, D. C. 2010. A Field Guide to Reptiles and Records of the Western Australian Museum 25:399- Frogs of the Perth Region. Second Edition. Western 440. Australian Museum, Perth, Australia. Anstis, M. 2013. Tadpoles and frogs of Australia. Byrne, P. G. and Silla, A. J. 2020. An experimental Reed / New Holland, Sydney, Australia:829 pp. test of the genetic consequences of population Barbour, T. and Loveridge, A. 1929. Typical reptiles augmentation in an amphibian. Conservation Science and amphibians. Bulletin of the Museum of and Practice. 2020;2:e194. (online) at: Comparative Zoology. Cambridge, Massachusetts https://doi.org/10.1111/csp2.194. 69:203-360. Catullo, R. A. and Scott Keogh, J. 2014. Aridification Barendse, W. 1984. Speciation in the genus Crinia drove repeated episodes of diversification between (Anura: Myobatrachidae) in southern Australia: A Australian biomes: Evidence from a multi-locus phylogenetic analysis of allozyme data supporting phylogeny of Australian toadlets (Uperoleia: endemic speciation in southwestern Australia. Myobatrachidae). Molecular Phylogenetics and Evolution 18:1238-1250. Evolution 79:106-117. Barker, J., Grigg, G. C. and Tyler, M. J. 1995. A Field Catullo, R. A., Doughty, P., Roberts, J. D. and Scott Guide to Australian Frogs. Edition 2. Surrey Beatty Keogh, J. 2011. Multi-locus phylogeny and taxonomic and Sons, Chipping Norton, Australia. revision of Uperoleia toadlets (Anura: Bauer, A. M., Günther, R. and Robeck, H. E. 1996. Myobatrachidae) from the western arid zone of An annotated type catalogue of the hemisotid, Australia, with a description of a new species. microhylid, myobatrachid, pelobatid and pipid frogs in Zootaxa (PRINO) (online) 2902:1-43. the Zoological Museum, Berlin (Amphibia: Anura: Catullo, R. A., Doughty, P. and Keogh, J. S. 2014a. A Hemisotidae, Microhylidae, Myobatrachidae, new frog species (Myobatrachidae: Uperoleia) from Pelobatidae and Pipidae). Mitteilungen aus dem the northern desert region of Australia, with a Zoologischen Museum in Berlin 72:259-275. redescription of U. trachyderma. Zootaxa (PRINO) Berger, L., Speare, R. and Hyatt, A. 1999. Chytrid (online) 3753:251-262. fungi and amphibian declines: overview, implications Catullo, R. A., Lanfear, R., Doughty, P. and Scott and future directions. in: Campbell, A. (ed.) Declines Keogh, J. 2014b. The biogeographical boundaries of and Disappearances of Australian Frogs. northern Australia: evidence from ecological niche Environment Australia, Canberra, Australia:23-33. models and a multi-locus phylogeny of Uperoleia Available from: http://www.environment.gov.au/ toadlets (Anura: Myobatrachidae). Journal of biodiversity/threatened/publications/frogs.html. Biogeography 41:659-672. Blackwell, J. M. and Bull, C. M. 1978. A narrow Clulow, S., Anstis, M., Scott Keogh, J. and Catullo, R. hybrid zone between two Western Australian frog A. 2016. A new species of Australian frog species Ranidella insignifera and R. (Myobatrachidae: Uperoleia) from the New South pseudinsignifera: the extent of introgression. Heredity Wales mid-north coast sandplains. Zootaxa (PRINO) 40:13-25. (online) 4184:285-315. Blake, A. J. D. 1973. Taxonomy and relationships of Cochran, D. M. 1961. Living Amphibians of the myobatrachine frogs (Leptodactylidae): a numerical World. Doubleday and Company, Garden City, New approach. Australian Journal of Zoology 21:119-149. York, USA. Bossuyt, F. and Roelants, K. 2009. Anura. pp. 357- Cogger, H. G. 1979. Type specimens of reptiles and 364 in Hedges, S. B. and Kumar, S. (eds.), The amphibians in the Australian Museum. Records of Timetree of Life. Oxford University Press, New York, the Australian Museum 32:164-210. USA. Cogger, H. G. 2014. Reptiles and Amphibians of Boulenger, G. A. 1882. Catalogue of the Batrachia Australia (Seventh edition), CSIRO. Sydney, Salientia s. Ecaudata in the Collection of the British Australia:1064 pp. Museum. Second Edition. Taylor and Francis. Cogger, H. G., Cameron, E. E. and Cogger, H. M. London, UK. 1983. Zoological Catalogue of Australia (1): Amphibia Boulenger, G. A. 1885. Catalogue of the lizards in the and Reptilia. AGPS, Canberra, ACT, Australia:313 British Museum (Natural History). Vol. 2, Second pp. edition. London, xiii+497 pp. Colefax, A. N. 1956. New information on the Boulenger, G. A. 1888. Descriptions of two new Corroboree Frog (Pseudophryne corroboree Moore). Australian frogs. Annals and Magazine of Natural Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South History, 6(2):142-143. Wales 80:258-266. Burton, T. C. 2001. Variation in the foot muscles of Condon, H. T. 1941. Further records of lizards and frogs of the family Myobatrachidae. Australian frogs from Kangaroo Island. Records of the South

Australian Museum 7:111-114. Donnellan, S. C., Anstis, M., Price, A. H. and Cope, E. D. 1865. Sketch of the primary groups of Wheaton, L. 2012b. A new species of Crinia (Anura: Batrachia s. Salientia. Natural History Review. New Myobatrachidae) from the Flinders Ranges, South Series 5:97-120. Australia. Zootaxa (PRINO) (online) 3499:1-26. Cope, E. D. 1866. On the structures and distribution Doughty, P. and Roberts, J. D. 2008. A new species of the genera of the arciferous Anura. Journal of the of Uperoleia (Anura: Myobatrachidae) from the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. Series northwest Kimberley, Western Australia. 2(6):7-112. Zootaxa (PRINO) (online) 1939:10-18. Cope, E. D. 1867. On the families of the raniform Doughty, P., Anstis, M. and Price, L. C. 2009. A new Anura. Journal of the Academy of Natural Sciences species of Crinia (Anura: Myobatrachidae) from the of Philadelphia. Series 2(6):189-206. high rainfall zone of the northwest Kimberley, Court of Appeal Victoria. 2014. Hoser v Department Western Australia. Records of the Western of Sustainability and Environment [2014] VSCA 206 Australian Museum 25:127-144. (5 September 2014). Driscoll, D. A. 1998. Genetic structure, Coventry, A. J. 1970. Reptile and amphibian type metapopulation processes and evolution influence specimens housed in the National Museum of the conservation strategies for two endangered frog Victoria. Memoirs of the National Museum of Victoria. species. Biological Conservation 83(1):43-54. Melbourne 31:115-124. Dubois, A., Bauer, A. M., Ceriaco, L. M. P., Dusoulier, Davies, M. M. 1987. Taxonomy and systematics of F., Fretey, T., Lobl, I., Lorvelec, O., Ohler, A., the genus Uperoleia Gray (Anura: Leptodactylidae). Stopiglia, R. and Aescht, E. 2019. The Linz Zoocode PhD Thesis. Department of Zoology, University of project: a set of new proposals regarding the Adelaide, South Australia. Australia:310 pp. terminology, the Principles and Rules of zoological Davies, M. M. 1989. Rediscovery of Uperoleia nomenclature. First report of activities (2014-2019). orientalis (Parker) (Anura: Myobatrachinae). Bionomina (online), 17:1-111. Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia Duméril, A. M. C. and Bibron. G. 1841. Erpétologie 113:115. Genérale ou Histoire Naturelle Complète des Davies, M. M. and Littlejohn, M. J. 1986. Frogs of the Reptiles. Volume 8. Paris: Librarie Enclyclopedique genus Uperoleia Gray (Anura: Leptodactylidae) in de Roret. south-eastern Australia. Transactions of the Royal Duméril, A. M. C., Bibron, G., and Duméril. A. H. A. Society of South Australia 110: 111-143. 1854. Erpétologie Genérale ou Histoire Naturelle Davies, M. M. and Martin, A. A. 1988. Redefinition of Complète des Reptiles. Volume 9. Paris: Librarie Uperoleia talpa Tyler, Davies & Martin, 1981 (Anura: Enclyclopedique de Roret. Leptodactylidae: Myobatrachinae). Transactions of Edwards, D. L. 2007. Biogeography and speciation of the Royal Society of South Australia 112:87-89. southwestern Australian frogs. PhD Thesis, School of Davies, M. M., Mahony, M. J. and Roberts, J. D. Animal Biology, University of Western Australia:222 1985. A new species of Uperoleia (Anura: pp. Leptodactylidae) from the Pilbara Region, Western Eipper, S. and Rowland, P. 2018. A Naturalist’s Guide Australia. Transactions of the Royal Society of South to the Frogs of Australia. John Beaufoy Publishing, Australia 109:103-108. Oxford, UK:176 pp. Davies, M. M., McDonald, K. R. and Corben. C. J. Ellis, R. J., Doughty, P. and Roberts, J. D. 2017. An 1986. The genus Uperoleia (Anura: Leptodactylidae) annotated type catalogue of the frogs (Amphibia: in Queensland, Australia. Proceedings of the Royal Anura: Limnodynastidae, Myobatrachidae, Society of Victoria 98:147-188. Pelodryadidae) in the collection of the Western Davies, M. M., Watson, G. F. and McDonald, K. R. Australian Museum. Records of the Western 1992. Redefinition of Uperoleia littlejohni Davies, Australian Museum 32:1-28. McDonald & Corben (Anura: Leptodactylidae: Fitzinger, L. J. F. J. 1843. Systema Reptilium. Myobatrachinae). Transactions of the Royal Society Fasciculus Primus. Wien: Braumüller et Seidel. of South Australia 116:137-139. Fletcher, J. J. 1891. Description of a supposed new Davies, M. M., Watson, G. F., McDonald, K. R., cystignathoid frog. Proceedings of the Linnean Trenerry, M. P. and Werren, G. L. 1993. A new Society of New South Wales, 2(6):275-276. species of Uperoleia (Anura: Leptodactylidae: Fletcher, J. J. 1894. Description of a new Myobatrachinae) from northeastern Australia. cystignathoid frog from New South Wales. Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 33:167-174. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Donnellan, S. C., Mahony, M. J. and Bertozzi, T. Wales, 2(8):522-523. 2012a. A new species of Pseudophryne (Anura: Fletcher, J. J. 1898. Contributions to a more exact Myobatrachidae) from the central Australian ranges. knowledge of the geographical distribution of Zootaxa (PRINO) (online) 3476:69-85. Australian Batrachia. No. V. Proceedings of the

Linnean Society of New South Wales, 2(2):660-684. knowledge of Australian reptiles and fishes. Annals Frank, N. and Ramus, E. 1995. Complete Guide to and Magazine of Natural History, 3(20):45-68. Scientific and Common Names of Amphibians and Günther, A. C. L. G. 1869 (1868). First account of Reptiles of the World. N. G. Publishing Inc., species of tailless batrachians added to the collection Pottsville, Pennsylvania, USA. of the British Museum. Proceedings of the Zoological Frost, D. R., Grant, T., Faivovich, F., Bain, R. H., Society of London 1868:478-490. Haas, A., Haddad, C. F. B., de Sá, R. O., Channing, Harrison, L. 1927. Notes on some Western A., Wilkinson, M., Donnellan, S. C., Raxworthy, C. J., Australian Frogs, with descriptions of new species. Campbell, J. A., Blotto, B. L., Moler, P. E., Drewes, R. Records of the Australian Museum 15:277-287. C., Nussbaum, R. A., Lynch, J. D., Green, D. M. and Harrison, P. A. and Littlejohn, M. J. 1985. Diphasy in Wheeler, W. C. 2006. The amphibian tree of life. the advertisement calls of Geocrinia laevis (Anura: Bulletin of the American Museum of Natural History Leptodactylidae): Vocal responses of males during 297:1-370. field playback experiments. Behavioral Ecology and Fletcher, J. J. 1898. Contributions to a more exact Sociobiology 18:67-73. knowledge of the geographical distribution of Hero, J., Littlejohn, M. and Marantelli, G. 1991. Australian Batrachia. No. V. Proceedings of the Frogwatch guide to Victorian Frogs. Department of Linnean Society of New South Wales, 2(12):660-684. Conservation and Environment, Victoria, Girard, C. 1853. Descriptions of new species of Australia:108 pp. reptiles, collected by the U.S. Exploring Expedition, Heyer, W. R. and Liem, D. S. S. 1976. Analysis of the under the command of Capt. Charles Wilkes, U.S.N. intergeneric relationships of the Australian frog family Second part: including the species of batrachians, Myobatrachidae. Smithsonian Contributions to exotic to North America. Proceedings of the Zoology 233:1-29. Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia 6:420- Heyer, W. R., Daugherty, C. H. and Maxson, L. R. 424. 1982. Systematic resolution of the genera of the Girard, C. 1858. United States Exploring Expedition Crinia complex (Amphibia: Anura: Myobatrachidae). During the Years 1838, 1839, 1840, 1841, 1842, Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Under the Command of Charles Wilkes, U.S.N. Vol. 95:423-427. 20 (Herpetology). J. B. Lippincott., Philadelphia, Holthius, L. B. 1988. Comments on the proposed USA. suppression for nomenclature of three works by R. Gollmann, G. 1991. Osteological variation in W. Wells and C. R. Wellington. (Case 2531: see BZN Geocrinia laevis, Geocrinia victoriana, and their 44: 116-121; 257-261 and 45: 52-54). (6). Bulletin of hybrid populations (Amphibia, Anura, Zoological Nomenclature 45:151-152. Myobatrachinae). Zeitschrift für Zoologische Hoser, R. T. 1989. Australian Reptiles and Frogs. Systematik und Evolutionsforschung 29:289-303. Pierson and Co., Sydney, NSW, Australia:238 pp. Gray, J. E. 1835. Untitled. Proceedings of the Hoser, R. T. 1991. Endangered Animals of Australia. Zoological Society of London 1835:57. Pierson and Co., Mosman, NSW, 240 pp. Gray, J. E. 1841. Description of some new species Hoser, R. T. 1993. Smuggled: The Underground and four new genera of reptiles from western Trade in Australia’s Wildlife. Apollo Publishing, Moss Australia, discovered by John Gould, Esq.. Annals Vale, NSW. 160 pp. and Magazine of Natural History, 1(7):86-91. Hoser, R. T. 1995. Release into hell. Monitor:Journal Gray, J. E. 1845. Appendix. Description of some new of the Victorian Herpetological Society, 7(2):77-88. Australian animals. Eyre, E. J. ed., Journals of Hoser, R. T. 1996. Smuggled-2: Wildlife Trafficking, Expeditions of Discovery into Central Australia and Crime and Corruption in Australia. Kotabi Publishing, Overland from Adelaide to King George’s Sound in Doncaster, Victoria, 3108, Australia:280 pp. the Years 1840-1. Volume 1: 405-411. T. and W. Boone. London, UK. Hoser, R. T. 2007. Wells and Wellington - It’s time to bury the hatchet. Calodema Supplementary Paper Guibé, J. 1950 (1948). Catalogue des Types 1:1-9. d’Amphibiens du Muséum National d’Histoire Naturelle. Imprimerie Nationale, Paris, France. Hoser, R. T. 2009. Creationism and contrived science: A review of recent python systematics Günther, A. 1858. Catalogue of the Batrachia papers and the resolution of issues of taxonomy and Salienata in the Collection of the British Museum, nomenclature. Australasian Journal of Herpetology London. British Museum, UK:xvi+160 pp. 2:1-34. (3 February). Günther, A. C. L. G. 1864. Third contribution to our Hoser, R. T. 2012a. Exposing a fraud! Afronaja knowledge of batrachians from Australia. Wallach, Wüster and Broadley 2009, is a junior Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London synonym of Spracklandus Hoser 2009! Australasian 1864:46-49. Journal of Herpetology 9 (3 April 2012):1-64. Günther, A. C. L. G. 1867. Additions to the Hoser, R. T. 2012b. Robust taxonomy and

Hoser 2020 - Australasian Journal of Herpetology 50-51:1-128. Available online at www.herp.net Copyright- Kotabi Publishing - All rights reserved 120 Australasian Journal of Herpetology nomenclature based on good science escapes harsh Hoser, R. T. 2017. The inevitable break-up of the fact-based criticism, but remains unable to escape an Australian legless lizard genera Delma Gray, 1831 attack of lies and deception. Australasian Journal of and Aprasia Gray, 1839, formal descriptions of 13 Herpetology 14:37-64. well-defined Pygopodid species, as well as a further Hoser, R. T. 2013. The science of herpetology is built improvement in Pygopodid taxonomy and on evidence, ethics, quality publications and strict nomenclature. Australasian Journal of Herpetology compliance with the rules of nomenclature. 35:3-32. Australasian Journal of Herpetology 18:2-79. Hoser, R. T. 2018. Six new species of Dwarf Goanna, Hoser, R. T. 2015a. Dealing with the “truth haters” ... Worrellisaurus Wells and Wellington, 1984 from a summary! Introduction to Issues 25 and 26 of Australia. Australasian Journal of Herpetology 37:24- Australasian Journal of Herpetology. Including “A 37. timeline of relevant key publishing and other events Hoser, R. T. 2019a A new species of Philocryphus relevant to Wolfgang Wüster and his gang of Fletcher, 1894 (Amphibia: Myobatrachidae) from thieves.” and a “Synonyms list”. Australasian Journal north-east Victoria and south-east New South Wales. of Herpetology 25:3-13. Australasian Journal of Herpetology 39:6-8. Hoser, R. T. 2015b. The Wüster gang and their Hoser, R. T. 2019b. 11 new species, 4 new proposed “Taxon Filter”: How they are knowingly subspecies and a subgenus of Australian Dragon Lizard in the genus Tympanocryptis Peters, 1863, publishing false information, recklessly engaging in with a warning on the conservation status and long- taxonomic vandalism and directly attacking the rules term survival prospects of some newly named taxa. and stability of zoological nomenclature. Australasian Australasian Journal of Herpetology 39:23-52. Journal of Herpetology 25:14-38. Hoser, R. T. 2019c. Richard Shine et al. (1987), Hoser, R. T. 2015c. Best Practices in herpetology: Hinrich Kaiser et al. (2013), Jane Melville et al. (2018 Hinrich Kaiser’s claims are unsubstantiated. and 2019): Australian Agamids and how rule Australasian Journal of Herpetology 25:39-52. breakers, liars, thieves, taxonomic vandals and law Hoser, R. T. 2015d. PRINO (Peer reviewed in name breaking copyright infringers are causing reptile only) journals: When quality control in scientific species to become extinct. Australasian Journal of publication fails. Australasian Journal of Herpetology Herpetology 39:53-63. 26:3-64. Hoser, R. T. 2020a. Three new species of frog in the Hoser, R. T. 2015e. Rhodin et al. 2015, Yet more lies, genus Limnodynastes Fitzinger, 1843 from east misrepresentations and falsehoods by a Australia, two new Platyplectron Peters, 1863 band of thieves intent on stealing credit for the species from east Australia and three new species of scientific works of others. Australasian Journal of Ranaster Macleay, 1878 from north Australia. Herpetology 27:3-36. Australasian Journal of Herpetology 43:3-14. Hoser, R. T, 2015f. Comments on Spracklandus Hoser, R. T. 2020b. The inevitable reassessment of Hoser, 2009 (Reptilia, Serpentes, ELAPIDAE): the Australasian frog genera Mixophyes Günther, request for confirmation of the availability of the 1864 and Taudactylus Straughan and Lee, 1966, generic name and for the nomenclatural resulting in the formal descriptions of two new validation of the journal in which it was published families, new subfamilies and tribes, three new (Case 3601; see BZN 70: 234-237; comments BZN genera, 2 new subgenera, 1 new species and 2 new 71:30-38, 133-135). (unedited version) Australasian subspecies. Australasian Journal of Herpetology Journal of Herpetology 27:37-42. 43:15-26. Hoser, R. T. 2016a. Two new species of frogs in the Hoser, R. T. 2020c. For the first time ever! An genus Adelotus Ogilby, 1907 from Queensland overdue review and reclassification of the Australia (Anura: Limnodynastidae). Australasian Australasian Tree Frogs (Amphibia: Anura: Journal of Herpetology 33:55-56. Pelodryadidae), including formal descriptions of 12 Hoser, R. T. 2016b. A redefinition of the Australian tribes, 11 subtribes, 34 genera, 26 subgenera, 62 frog genus Platyplectrum Günther, 1863, dividing the species and 12 subspecies new to science. genus into two and including the description of two Australasian Journal of Herpetology 44-46:1-192. new species from mid Western Australia and far Hoser, R. T. 2020d. A new species of the Australian North Queensland. Australasian Journal of Bandy Bandy Vermicella Gray, 1841 (Serpentes: Herpetology 33:57-59. Elapidae) from north-west Australia. Australasian Hoser, R. T. 2016c. New frogs of the genus Journal of Herpetology 47:39-41. Mixophyes Günther, 1864 from Eastern Queensland, Hoser, R. T. 2020e. Four new species of frog in the and New South Wales, Australia (Anura: genus Assa from eastern Australia. Australasian Myobatrachidae). Australasian Journal of Journal of Herpetology 47:57-63. Herpetology 33:60-64. Hoser, R. T. 2020f. A new species of Tree Frog in the

genus Shireenhoserhylea Hoser, 2020 from north tropischen Amerika. Nachrichten von der Georg- Queensland, Australia. Australasian Journal of Augusts-Universität und der Königl. Gesellschaft der Herpetology 49:7-8. Wissenschaften zu Göttingen 18:342-361. Howitt, A. W., Lucas, A. H. S. and Dendy, A. 1891. A Keferstein, W. 1868. Ueber die Batrachier visit to Lake Nigothoruk and the Mount Wellington Australiens. Archiv für Naturgeschichte, 34(1):251- District, Gippsland. Victorian Naturalist. Melbourne 290. 8:17-40. Kluge, A. G. 1976. Phylogenetic relationships in the Ingram, G. J. and Corben, C. J. 1975. A new species lizard family Pygopodidae: an evaluation of theory, of Kyarranus (Anura: Leptodactylidae) from methods and data. Miscellaneous Publications, Queensland, Australia. Memoirs of the Queensland Museum of Zoology, University of Michigan (152):1- Museum 17:335-339. 72. Ingram, G. J. and Corben, C. J. 1994. Two new Knowles, R., Mahony, M. J., Armstrong, J. and species of broodfrogs (Pseudophryne) from Donnellan, S. C. 2004. Systematics of the sphagnum Queensland. Memoirs of the Queensland Museum frogs of the genus Philoria (Anura: Myobatrachidae) 37:267-272. in eastern Australia, with the description of two new Ingram, G. J., Nattrass, A. E. O. and Czechura, G. V. species. Records of the Australian Museum 56:57- 1993. Common names for Queensland frogs. 74. Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 33:221-224. Lawrence, J. P., Mahony, M. and Noonan, B. P. 2018. International Commission of Zoological Nomenclature Differential responses of avian and (ICZN) 1991. Decision of the Commission: mammalian predators to phenotypic variation in Three works by Richard W. Wells and C. Ross Australian Brood Frogs. PLoS ONE 13(4): Wellington: proposed suppression for nomenclatural e0195446. (online) at: https://doi.org/10.1371/ purposes. Bulletin of Zoological Nomenclature journal.pone.0195446 48(4):337-338. Liem, D. S. S. and Ingram, G. J. 1977. Two new Iverson, J. B., Thomson, S. A. and Georges, A. 2001. species of frogs (Anura: Myobatrachidae, Validity of taxonomic changes for turtles proposed by Pelodryadidae) from Queensland and New South Wells and Wellington. Journal of Herpetology 35:361- Wales. Victorian Naturalist. Melbourne 94:255-262. 368. Linnaeus, C. 1758. Systema naturae per regna tria Kaiser, H. 2012a. SPAM email sent out to numerous naturae, secundum classes, ordines, genera, recipients on 5 June 2012. species, cum characteribus, differentiis, synonymis, Kaiser, H. 2012b. Point of view. Hate article sent as locis. Tomus I. Editio decima, reformata. Laurentii attachment with SPAM email sent out on 5 June Salvii, Holmiae. 10th Edition:824 pp. 2012. Littlejohn, M. J. 1957. A new species of frog of the Kaiser, H. 2013. The Taxon Filter, a novel mechanism genus Crinia. Western Australian Naturalist 6:18-23. designed to facilitate the relationship between Littlejohn, M. J. 1958. A new species of frog of the taxonomy and nomenclature, vis-à-vis the utility of genus Crinia Tschudi from South Eastern Australia. the Code’s Article 81 (the Commission’s plenary Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South power). Bulletin of Zoological Nomenclature 70(4) Wales 83:222-226. December 2013:293-302. Littlejohn, M. J. 2008. Geographic variation in the Kaiser, H. 2014a. Comments on Spracklandus Hoser, advertisement call of Crinia signifera (Anura : 2009 (Reptilia, Serpentes, ELAPIDAE): request for Myobatrachidae) on Kangaroo Island and across confirmation of the availability of the generic name southern south-eastern Australia. Australian Journal and for the nomenclatural validation of the journal in of Zoology 56:223-232. which it was published. Bulletin of Zoological Littlejohn, M. J. and Martin, A. A. 1964. The Crinia Nomenclature, 71(1):30-35. laevis complex (Anura: Leptodactylidae) in south- Kaiser H. 2014b. Best Practices in Herpetological eastern Australia. Australian Journal of Zoology Taxonomy: Errata and Addenda. Herpetological 12:70-83. Review, 45(2):257-268. Littlejohn, M. J. and Martin, A. A. 1965. A new Kaiser, H., Crother, B. L., Kelly, C. M. R., Luiselli, L., species of Crinia (Anura: Leptodactylidae) from O’Shea, M., Ota, H., Passos, P., Schleip, W. D. and South Australia. Copeia 1965:319-324. Wüster, W. 2013. Best practices: In the 21st Century, Loveridge, A. 1933a. Four new crinine frogs from Taxonomic Decisions in Herpetology are Acceptable Australia. Occasional Papers of the Boston Society Only When supported by a body of Evidence and of Natural History 8:55-60. Published via Peer-Review. Herpetological Review Loveridge, A. 1933b. A new genus and three new 44(1):8-23. species of crinine frogs from Australia. Occasional Keferstein, W. M. 1867. Über einige neue oder Papers of the Boston Society of Natural History 8:89- seltene Batrachier aus Australien und dem 94.

Loveridge, A. 1934. Tasmanian Amphibia in the Moore, J. A. 1953. A new species of Pseudophryne Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, from Victoria. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of Massachusetts. Papers and Proceedings of the New South Wales 78:179. Royal Society of Tasmania 1933:57-64. Moore, J. A. 1954. Geographic and genetic isolation Loveridge, A. 1935. Australian Amphibia in the in Australian Amphibia. American Naturalist 88:65- Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, 74. Massachusetts. Bulletin of the Museum of Moore, J. A. 1958. A new genus and species of Comparative Zoology. Cambridge, Massachusetts leptodactylid frog from Australia. American Museum 78:11-60. Novitates 1919:1-7. Lucas, A. H. S. 1892. Note on the distribution of Moore, J. A. 1961. The frogs of eastern New South Victorian batrachians, with descriptions of two new Wales. Bulletin of the American Museum of Natural species. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria History, 121(3):149-386, pls. 27-46. 4:61-64. Morgan, M. J., Hunter, D., Pietsch, R., Osborne, W. Lütken, C. F. 1864. (1863). Nogle ny Krybyr og S. and Keogh, J. S. 2008a. Assessment of genetic Padder. Videnskabelige Meddelelser fra Dansk diversity in the critically endangered Australian Naturhistorisk Forening i Kjøbenhavn, Serie 2, 4:292- corroboree frogs, Pseudophryne corroboree and 311. Pseudophryne pengilleyi, identifies four evolutionarily Lynch, J. D. 1971. Evolutionary relationships, significant units for conservation. Molecular Ecology osteology, and zoogeography of leptodactyloid frogs. 17:3448-3463. Miscellaneous Publication. Museum of Natural Morgan, M. J., Byrne, P. G., Hayes, C. M. and History, University of Kansas 53:1-238. Keogh, J. S. 2008b. Microsatellite markers in the Main, A. R. 1957. Studies in Australian Amphibia. I. endangered Australian northern corroboree frog, The genus Crinia Tschudi in South-Western Australia Pseudophryne pengilleyi (Anura: Myobatrachidae) and some species from South-Eastern Australia. and amplification in other Pseudophryne species. Australian Journal of Zoology 5:30-55. Conservation Genetics 9:1315-1317. Main, A. R. 1963. A new species of Crinia (Anura: Nieden, F. 1923. Anura I. Subordo Aglossa und Leptodactylidae) from National Park, Nornalup. Phaneroglossa, Sectio 1. Arcifera. Das Tierreich Western Australian Naturalist 8:143-144. 46:xxxii+584. Main, A. R. 1964. A new species of Pseudophryne Odendaal, F. J. and Bull, C. M. 1982. A parapatric (Anura: Leptodactylidae) from north-western boundary between Ranidella signifera and R. riparia Australia. Western Australian Naturalist 9:66-72. (Anura: Leptodactylidae) in South Australia. Main, A. R. 1965. Frogs of Southern Western Australian Journal of Zoology 30:49-57. Australia. Western Australian Naturalist’s Club, Perth, Odendaal, F. J., Bull, C. M. and Adams, M. 1983. Australia. Genetic divergence between two morphologically Main, A. R. and Storr, G. M. 1966. Range extensions similar Ranidella species (Anura: Leptodactylidae). and notes on the biology of frogs from the Pilbara Copeia 1983:275-279. region, Western Australia. Western Australian Osborne, W. S., Zentelis, R. A. and Lau, M. W. -n. Naturalist 10:53-61. 1996. Geographical variation in Corroboree Frogs, Malnate, E. V. 1971. A catalog of primary types in the Pseudophryne corroboree Moore (Anura: herpetological collections of the Academy of Natural Myobatrachidae): a reappraisal supports recognition Sciences, Philadelphia (ANSP). Proceedings of the of P. pengilleyi Wells & Wellington. Australian Journal Academy of Natural Sciences of of Zoology 44:569-587. Philadelphia 123:345-375. Parker, H. W. 1940. The Australasian frogs of the Martin, A. A. and Littlejohn, M. J. 1982. Tasmanian family Leptodactylidae. Novitates Zoologicae. Tring Amphibians. University of Tasmania, Hobart, 42: 1-106. Tasmania, Australia. Parker, W. K. 1881. On the structure and Martin, A. A., Tyler, M. J. and Davies, M. M. 1980. A development of the skull in the Batrachia: Part III. new species of Ranidella (Anura: Leptodactylidae) Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of from northwestern Australia. Copeia 1980:93-99. London 3:1-266. Maryan, B., Oliver, P. M., Fitch, A. J. and O’Connell, Péron, F. 1807. Voyage de Decouvertes aux Terres M. 2014. Molecular and morphological assessment Australes, execute par ordre de sa majeste of Varanus pilbarensis (Squamata: Varanidae), with a l’Empereur et Roi, sur les Corvettes la Geographe, la description of a new species from the southern Naturaliste et la Goulette le Casuarina, pendant les Pilbara, Western Australia. Zootaxa (PRINO) (online) annees 1800, 1801, 1803 et 1804. Volume 1. 3768(2):139-158. Imprimerie imperial, Paris, France. Menzies, J. I. 2006. The Frogs of New Guinea and Perry, C. R. 2004. Phylogenetic Analysis of the the Solomon Islands. Pensoft, Moscow, Russia. Australian Genus Pseudophryne (Myobatrachidae)

Using Morphological Characters. MSc Thesis, works by Richard W. Wells and C. Ross Wellington. Department of Biological Sciences, East Tennessee (Case 2531, see BZN 44: 116-121). Bulletin of State University, USA. 59 pp. Zoological Nomenclature 44(4):257-261. Peters, W. C. H. 1863. Eine Übersicht der von Hrn. Shea, G. M. 1988. Nomenclatural notes on two frogs Richard Schomburgk an das zoologische Museum from south-eastern Australia. Victorian Naturalist. eingesandten Amphibien, aus Buchsfelde bei Melbourne 105:152-153. Adelaide in Südaustralien. Monatsberichte der Shea, G. M. 2005. The type locality of the sphagnum Königlichen Preussische Akademie des frog Philoria loveridgei (Anura: Myobatrachidae). Wissenschaften zu Berlin 1863:228-236. Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 51:524. Pyron, R. A. and Wiens, J. J. 2011. A large-scale Shea, G. M. and Kraus, F. 2007. A list of phylogeny of Amphibia including over 2800 species, herpetological type specimens in the collections of and a revised classification of advanced frogs, the Papua New Guinea National Museum and Art salamanders, and caecilians. Molecular Gallery and University of Papua New Guinea. Phylogenetics and Evolution 61:543-583. Zootaxa (PRINO) (online) 1514:37-60. Read, K., Keogh, J. S., Scott, I. A., Roberts, J. D. Shea, G. M. and Rowley, J. J. L. 2018. Resolution of and Doughty, P. 2001. Molecular phylogeny of the the types and type localities of some early nominal Australian frog genera Crinia, Geocrinia, and allied species of the Australian myobatrachid frog genus taxa (Anura: Myobatrachidae). Molecular Pseudophryne Fitzinger, 1843. Zootaxa (PRINO) Phylogenetics and Evolution 21:294-308. (online) 4407(1):051-064. Reynolds, S. J. 2007. Some common names for top Shea, G. M. and Sadlier, R. A. 1999. A catalogue of end frogs. Northern Territory Naturalist 19:60-68. the non-fossil amphibian and reptiles type specimens Ride, W. D. L. (ed.) et al. (on behalf of the in the collection of the Australian Museum; types International Commission on Zoological currently, previously and purportedly present. Nomenclature) 1999. International code of Zoological Technical Reports of the Australian Museum 15:1-91. Nomenclature. The Natural History Museum - Shine, R. (As President, Australian Society of Cromwell Road, London SW7 5BD, UK (also Herpetologists). 1987. Case 2531. Three works by commonly cited as “The Rules”, “Zoological Rules” or Richard W. Wells and C. Ross Wellington: proposed “ICZN 1999”). suppression for nomenclatural purposes. Bulletin of Roberts, J. D. 2010. Natural hybrid between the frogs Zoological Nomenclature 44:116-121. Crinia pseudinsignifera and Crinia subinsignifera Spencer, B. 1901. Two new species of frogs from (Myobatrachidae) from southwestern Australia Victoria. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria defined by allozyme phenotype and call. Journal of 13:176-178. Herpetology 44:654-657. Stauber, A. 1999. Geographic variation in Roberts, J. D. and Maxson, L. R. 1989. A molecular Pseudophryne australis: morphological and genetic perspective on relationships of Australian differences. BSc (Honours) Thesis, University of Pseudophryne (Anura: Myobatrachidae). Systematic Technology, Sydney, Australia. Zoology 38:154-165. Stauber, A. G. 2006. Habitat requirements and Roberts, J. D., Wardell-Johnson, G. and Barendse, habitat use of the Red-crowned toadlet W. 1990. Extended descriptions of Geocrinia vitellina Pseudophryne australis and the Giant Burrowing frog and Geocrinia alba (Anura: Myobarachidae) from Heleioporus australiacus in the Sydney basin. PhD south-western Australia, with comments on the status Thesis, Department of Environmental Sciences, of G. lutea. Records of the Western Australian University of Technology, Sydney, Australia:263 pp. Museum 14:427-437. Steindachner, F. 1867. Reise der österreichischen Rounsevell, D. E., Ziegeler, D., Brown, P. B., Davies, Fregatte Novara um die Erde in den Jahren 1857, M. M. and Littlejohn, M. J. 1994. A new genus and 1858, 1859 unter den Bafehlen des Commodore B. species of frog (Anura: Leptodactylidae: von Wüllerstorf-Urbair. Zologischer Theil. 1. Myobatrachinae) from southern Tasmania. Amphibien. Wien: K. K. Hof- und Staatsdruckerei. Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia Storr, G. M. 1967. The genus Vermicella (Serpentes: 118:171-185. Elapidae) in Western Australia and the Northern Saunders, S. 2019. Morrison and Shorten’s Big Territory. Joural of the Royal Society of Western Australia: The overpopulation problem. News article Australia 50:80-92. published 17 April 2019 and downloaded from Storr, G. M. 1980. The monitor lizards (genus https://independentaustralia.net/politics/politics- Varanus Merrem, 1820) of Western Australia. display/morrison-and-shortens-big-australia-the- Records of the Western Australian Museum 8(2):237- overpopulation-problem,12584 293. Shea, G. M. 1987. Comment on the proposed Straughan, I. R. and Main, A. R. 1966. Speciation suppression for nomenclatural purposes of three and polymorphism in the genus Crinia Tschudi

(Anura, Leptodactylidae) in Queensland. Proceedings Frogs of Western Australia. Fourth Edition. Western of the Royal Society of Queensland 78:11-78. Australian Museum, Perth, Australia. Stuart, S. N., Hoffmann, M., Chanson, J., Cox, N., Tyler, M. J. and Knight, F. 2009. Field Guide to the Berridge, R., Ramani, P. and Young, B. (eds.). 2008. Frogs of Australia. CSIRO Publishing, Collingwood, Threatened Amphibians of the World. Barcelona, Victoria, Australia. Spain; International Union for the Conservation of Tyler, M. J. and Parker, F. 1974. New species of hylid Nature (IUCN), Gland. Switzerland; Conservation and leptodactylid frogs from southern New Guinea. International, Arlington, Virginia, U.S.A.: Lynx Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia Editions. 98:71-77. Symula, R., Scott Keogh, J. and Cannatella, D. C. Tyler, M. J., Davies, M. M. and Martin, A. A. 1981a. 2008. Ancient phylogeographic divergence in Australian frogs of the leptodactylid genus Uperoleia southeastern Australia among populations of the Gray. Australian Journal of Zoology, Supplemental widespread common froglet, Crinia signifera. Series 29(79):1-64. Molecular Phylogenetics and Evolution 47:569-580. Tyler, M. J., Davies, M. M. and Martin, A. A. 1981b. Thompson, M. B. 1981. The systematic status of the New and rediscovered species of frogs from the genus Australocrinia Heyer & Liem (Anura: Derby-Broome area of Western Australia. Records of Leptodactylidae). Australian Journal of Zoology the Western Australian Museum 9:147-172. 29:93-102. Tyler, M. J., Davies, M. M. and Martin, A. A. 1981c. Thumm, K. and Mahony, M. 2002. Evidence for Frog fauna of the Northern Territory: new continuous iteroparity in a temperate zone frog, the distributional records and the description of a new red-crowned toadlet, Pseudophryne australis (Anura: species. Transactions of the Royal Society of South Myobatrachidae). Australian Journal of Zoology Australia 105:149-154. 50:151-167. Tyler, M. J., Davies, M. M. and Martin, A. A. 1983. Tiedemann, F. and Grillitsch, H. 2000 (1999). The frog fauna of the Barkly Tableland, Northern Ergänzungen zu den Katalogen der Typusexemplare Territory. Transactions of the Royal Society of South der Herpetologischen Sammlung des Australia 107:237-242. Naturhistorischen Museums in Wien. Herpetozoa. Tyler, M. J., Smith, L. A. and Johnstone, R. E. 1994. Wien 12:147-156. Frogs of Western Australia. Western Australian Tschudi, J. J. von. 1838. Classification der Batrachier Museum, Perth, Western Australia, Australia:187 pp. mit Berücksichtigung der fossilen Thiere dieser Vanderduys, E. 2012. Field Guide to the Frogs of Abtheilung der Reptilien. Neuchâtel: Petitpierre. Queensland. CSIRO, Collingwood, Victoria, Tyler, M. J. 1976. Vertebrate type-specimens in the Australia:192 pp. South Australian Museum. 2. Amphibians. Records Victorian Civil and Administrative Tribunal (VCAT). of the South Australian Museum 17:177-180. 2015. Hoser v Department of Environment Land Tyler, M. J. 1978. Amphibians of South Australia. Water and Planning (Review and Regulation) [2015] Australian Government Printer, Adelaide, Australia. VCAT 1147 (30 July 2015, judgment and transcript). Tyler, M. J. 1985. Nomenclature of the Australian Waite, E. R. 1929. The Reptiles and Amphibians of herpetofauna; anarchy rules O.K.. Herpetological South Australia. Handbooks of the Flora and Fauna Review 16:69. of Australia. Govenment Printer, Adelaide, South Tyler, M. J. 1988. Comments on the proposed Australia, Australia. suppression for nomenclature of three works by R. Walker, S. J. and Goonan, P. M. 2000. Re-evaluation W. Wells and C. R. Wellington. (Case 2531: see BZN of the distribution of Geocrinia laevis (Anura: 44: 116-121; 257-261 and 45: 52-54). (7). Bulletin of Leptodactylidae) in South Australia. Transactions of Zoological Nomenclature 45:152. the Royal Society of South Australia 124:135-139. Tyler, M. J. 1992. Encyclopedia of Australian Wardell-Johnson, G. and Roberts, J. D. 1989. Animals: Frogs. The Australian Museum / National Endangered!. Landscope. Perth 5:17. Photographic Index of Wildlife. Angus and Wells, R. W. and Wellington, C. R. 1984. A synopsis Robertson, Pymble, NSW, Australia:109 pp. of the class Reptilia in Australia. Australian Journal of Tyler, M. J. and Davies, M. M. 1980. Systematic Herpetology 1(3-4):73-129. studies of Kankanophryne Heyer & Liem (Anura: Wells, R. W. and Wellington, C. R. 1985. A Leptodactylidae). Transactions of the Royal Society classification of the Amphibia and Reptilia of of South Australia 104:17-20. Australia. Australian Journal of Herpetology Tyler, M. J. and Davies, M. M. 1984. Uperoleia Gray Supplementary Series 1:1-61. (Anura: Leptodactylidae) in New Guinea. Wells, R. W. and Wellington, C. R. 1989. A checklist Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia of the Amphibians and Reptiles known from the 108:123-125. Cumberland Plain Region, Sydney Basin, New South Tyler, M. J. and Doughty, P. 2009. Field Guide to Wales Australia. Australian Herpetologist, 506, 1-34.

Werner, F. 1914. Amphibia. Michaelsen, W. and 609. Hartmeyer, R. (eds.), Die Fauna Südwest- Zaczek, Z. 2019. Former PM Kevin Rudd says Australiens, Ergebnisse der Hamburger südwest- Australia should drastically increase its population to australischen Forschungsreise 1905. Volume 4, Part 50 MILLION to make sure nation can defend itself in 10: 403-426. Jena, Gustav Fischer. the face of threats from China. Daily Mail (Australia) Wüster, W. 2020. Hate post on ICZN List server (27 November), published online at: https:// posted on 6 May 2020 at 7:44 AM UK time. www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-7729689/Kevin- Young, J. E., Tyler, M. J. and Kent, S. A. 2005. Rudd-says-Australia-increase-population-50- Diminutive new species of Uperoleia Grey (Anura: MILLION-defend-China.html Myobatrachidae) from the vicinity of Darwin, Northern CONFLICTS OF INTEREST Territory, Australia. Journal of Herpetology 39:603- None.

Crinia signifera from Kooweerup, Victoria.

Australasian Journal of Herpetology Publishes original research in printed form in relation to reptiles, other fauna and related matters in a peer reviewed journal for permanent public scientific record, and has a global audience. Full details at: http://www.herp.net Online journals (this issue) appear a month after hard copy publication. Minimum print run of first printings is always at least fifty hard copies.

Proudly Supported by Snakebusters: Australia’s best reptiles.

Snakebusters are Australia’s only hands-on reptiles shows that let people hold the animals. Relevant trademarks registered

Hoser 2020 - Australasian Journal of Herpetology 50-51:1-128. Available online at www.herp.net Copyright- Kotabi Publishing - All rights reserved AustralasianAustralasian JournalJournal ofof HerpetologyHerpetology ISSN 1836-5698 (Print) ISSN 1836-5779 (Online)

ISSUE 51, PUBLISHED 10 OCTOBER 2020

Covers: Issue 50: Crinia signifera from Kooweerup, Victoria. Covers: Issue 51: Crinia parainsignifera from Kangaroo Ground, Victoria. Photos of frogs and habitat by Author, Raymond Hoser. AustralasianAustralasian JournalJournal ofof HerpetologyHerpetology

ISSN 1836-5698 (Print) ISSN 1836-5779 (Online)

ISSUE 51, PUBLISHED 10 OCTOBER 2020